Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Return to the Browser Screen
*
SERIES 20000 LEGACY
SERVICE MANUAL
ALCON SURGICAL * Reg. U.S. Pat. & TM Off.

a division of Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
15800 Alton Parkway
Irvine, California 92618-3818 U.S.A.
Telephone: 949/753-1393
800/832-7827
FAX: 949/753-6614
906-2000-501 F, ASSEMBLY 2002, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1994 Alcon Laboratories, Inc.
906-2000-001 F, TEXT ONLY
SERIES 20000* LEGACY
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Equipment improvement is an on-going process and, as such, changes may be made to the equipment after this
manual is printed. Accordingly, Alcon Surgical makes no warranties, expressed or implied, that the information
contained in this service manual is complete or accurate. It is understood that if this manual is used to perform service
on the equipment by other than trained personnel, the user assumes all risks in the use of this manual.
CAUTION
Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
Pay close attention to warnings and cautions in this manual. Warnings are written to protect individuals from bodily
injury. Cautions are written to protect the instrument from damage.
UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS:
Universal precautions shall be observed by all people who come in contact with the instrument and/or accessories to
help prevent their exposure to blood-borne pathogens and/or other potentially infectious materials. In any circum-
stance, wherein the exact status of blood or body fluids/tissues encountered are unknown, it shall be uniformly
considered potentially infectious and handled accordingly. This is in accordance with OSHA guidelines.
Comments or corrections concerning this manual should be addressed to:
Alcon Surgical
Technical Services Group
PO BOX 19587
Irvine, CA, USA 92623-9587
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, or stored in a retrieval system, in any form
or by any means; photocopying, electronic, mechanical, recording, or otherwise; without prior written permission
from Alcon Surgical.
*Registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

**MACKOOL is a trademark of Richard J. Mackool, M.D.,
ii 906-2000-501
SERVICE MANUAL
906-2000-501
MANUAL REVISION RECORD
DATE REVISION REVISED PAGE NUMBERS
08/94 A Initial release
11/94 B Change of binder
12/97 C ECN 33181 - i, iii
7/98 D ECN 34142- Removed Service Test Procedure from Section Four. All pages,
except engineering drawings in Sections Six & Seven, changed to update trade-
marks and area codes.
11/99 E ECN 99200934

General update and edit to cover all configurations of the STTL:
Section One - updated with information from latest Operator's Manual;
Section Two - added Steerable I/A, and updated remaining theory and block diagrams;
Section Three - added disassembly procedures for various LCD's and new handpiece
connector panel;
Section Five - updated supplies, tools, and spares tables, expanded tables for fault,
warning, and advisory messages, updated troubleshooting table, added system
configuration table;
Sections Six and Seven - updated all drawings and parts lists;
Section Eight - added service information for the VideOverlay Parameters System.
05/2002 F ECN 20022436

General update and edit to cover all configurations of the STTL:
Section One - updated with information from latest Operator's Manual.
Section Two - added NeoSonix* information and new phaco block diagram.
Section Three - added notes for upgraded systems.
Section Four - removed this section (Service Test Procedure) and renumbered
subsequent sections.
Section Five - renumbered to Section Four, updated supplies, tools, and spares tables,
added POST codes for new CPU, updated system configuration table.
Sections Six and Seven - renumbered to Sections Five and Six, updated all drawings and
parts lists, added drawings for new configurations.
Section Eight - renumbered to Section Seven.
906-2000-501 iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE #
SECTION ONE - GENERAL INFORMATION
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Reference Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Receiving Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Unpacking and Setting Up the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Cautery, Diathermy, Coagulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Electronic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Cassette Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Other Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Audible Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Modes and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Irrigation (Irr) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Hydrosonics* (Hydro) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
AdvanTec Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Ultrasound (U/S) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Vitrectomy (Vit) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Coagulation (Coag) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Custom Mode (for software versions 3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Custom Mode (for software versions 3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Test Mode (for software versions 3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Test Mode (for software versions 3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Handpiece and Tip Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Irrigation Handpiece and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Ultraflow* I/A Handpieces and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Reusable I/A Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Ultrasonic Handpiece In U/S Bimodal Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Ultrasonic Handpieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Hydrosonics* Handpiece and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
ATIOP Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Coagulation Handpieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Steerable I/A Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Steerable I/A Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Consumable Pak Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Error Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
SECTION TWO - THEORY OF OPERATION

System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Common Interface Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Subsystem Kernel Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
iv 906-2000-501
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE #
Host System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Multifunction PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Footswitch Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
IV Pole PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Video PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Front Panel Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Front Panel Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Display PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Remote Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Fluidics Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Fluidics Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Transducer PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Cassette Type PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Fluidics Backplane PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Anterior Pneumatic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Anterior Vit Drive PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Anterior Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Phaco Subsystem (software V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Phaco Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
U/S Driver PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Cautery PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Phaco Subsystem (software V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
NeoSonix* Controller PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Cautery PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Steerable I/A System (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
SECTION THREE - PARTS LOCATION AND DISASSEMBLY

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Skins Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
STTL Disassembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
SECTION FOUR - MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Recommended Supplies (Table 4-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Recommended Tools (Table 4-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Recommended Spares (Table 4-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
System Configurations (Table 4-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Legacy System Fault Messages (Table 4-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Legacy System Warning Messages (Table 4-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Legacy System Advisory Messages (Table 4-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Troubleshooting (Table 4-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Maintenance Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
1 Replacing CPU PCB Lithium Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
2 Installing or Upgrading System Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
3 Cleaning the Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4 Cautery Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
906-2000-501 v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE #
Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB's PN 200-1592-001 and
200-1845-001 (Table 4-9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB PN 200-2290-001 (Table 4-10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
SECTION FIVE - SCHEMATICS

Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SECTION SIX - PARTS LISTS AND DRAWINGS

Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
SECTION SEVEN - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

VideOverlay Parameters System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
TITLE PAGE #
Figure 1-1 The Series 20000* Legacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Figure 1-2 STTL Packing Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Figure 1-3 Icons used with the STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Figure 1-4 Coagulation Power Through 75 Ohm Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Figure 1-5 Coagulation Power vs. Load Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Figure 1-6 Front Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Figure 1-7 Cassette Housing and Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Figure 1-8 Series 20000* Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Figure 1-9 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Figure 1-10 Remote Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Figure 1-11 Modes and Submodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Figure 1-12 Irrigation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Figure 1-13 Footswitch Functions - Hydrosonics* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Figure 1-14 AdvanTec Visco Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Figure 1-15 Footswitch Functions - AdvanTec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Figure 1-16 Footswitch Functions - U/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Figure 1-17 Footswitch Functions - I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Figure 1-18 Footswitch Functions - Vitrectomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Figure 1-19 Footswitch Functions - Coag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Figure 1-20 Priming is in Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Figure 1-21 Custom: Program (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Figure 1-22 Special I/V Pole Setup (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Figure 1-23 Special Functions: Aspiration (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Figure 1-24 Custom: Sound (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Figure 1-25 Custom: Footswitch (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Figure 1-26 Custom Mode (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Figure 1-27 Custom: Program (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Figure 1-28 Metrics Screen (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Figure 1-29 Special IV Pole Setup (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Figure 1-30 Special Functions: Aspiration (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Figure 1-31 Special Functions: Occlusion (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Figure 1-32 Custom: Sound (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
vi 906-2000-501
TITLE PAGE #
Figure 1-33 Custom: Footswitch (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Figure 1-34 Custom: Footswitch:Procedure (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Figure 1-35 Accurus/Legacy Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Figure 1-36 Footpedal Travel By Mode of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Figure 1-37 Irrigation Handpiece and Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Figure 1-38 Ultraflow* Handpiece and .3mm Tips (Handpiece Shown with Straight Tip) . . . . . . . 1-44
Figure 1-39 Ultraflow* O-Ring Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Figure 1-40 Ultraflow* SP Handpiece (Handpiece Shown with .3 mm 45 Tip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
Figure 1-41 Reusable I/A Tips And Threaded Tip Adaptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Figure 1-42 Ultrasonic Handpiece (375-40) with Infusion Sleeve and Bubble Suppression Insert . . . 1-45
Figure 1-43 Hydrosonics* Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Figure 1-44 NeoSonix* Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
Figure 1-45 ATIOP Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Figure 1-46 4 Inch Nadler Coaptation, 0.4 mm Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Figure 1-47 Disposable Bipolar Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Figure 1-48 Coagulation Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Figure 1-49 Steerable I/A Handpiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Figure 1-50 Steerable I/A Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Figure 1-54 Handpiece Tip Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Figure 2-1 Subsystem Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Figure 2-2 System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Figure 2-3 CPU-Subsystem Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Figure 2-4 Subsystem Kernal Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Figure 2-5 Host Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Figure 2-6 Fluidics Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Figure 2-7 Stepper Motor Control Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Figure 2-8 Vit Air Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Figure 2-9 Steerable I/A Control Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Figure FO-1 Multifunction PCB Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Figure FO-2 Footswitch Interface Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Figure FO-3 IV Pole Interface Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Figure FO-4 Video PCB Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Figure FO-5 Front Panel Subsystem Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Figure FO-6 Fluidics Subsystem Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Figure FO-7 Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.01 and below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Figure FO-8 Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.12 and above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Figure 3-1 STTL Skins Location Diagram (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Figure 3-2 STTL Skins Location Diagram (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Figure 3-3 Exploded View of the STTL Front Panel Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Figure 3-4 Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 088-032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Figure 3-5 Location of LCD Backlights on LCD PN 200-1836-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Figure 3-6 Location of LCD Backlights on LCD PN 200-1721-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Figure 3-7 Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Figure 3-8 Series 20000* Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Figure 3-9 STTL Parts Location (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Figure 3-10 STTL Parts Location (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Figure 3-11 STTL PCB Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
906-2000-501 vii
TITLE PAGE #
Figure 4-1 24 mm Custom Wrench Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Figure 4-2 Lithium Battery on CPU PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Figure 4-3 Disk Insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Figure 7-1 Rear Panel - Videoverlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Figure 7-2 RCA to SVHS Adaptor Cables Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Figure 7-3 Standard Interconnect (Using RCA To SVHS Adaptor Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Figure 7-4 Super VHS High-Resolution Setup (Using Customer-Supplied SVHS Video Cables) . . . 7-5
Figure 7-5 VideOverlay Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
LIST OF TABLES
TITLE PAGE #
Table 1-1 Series 20000* Legacy Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Table 1-2 Audible Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Table 1-3 Footpedal Travel in Enhanced Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Table 1-4 Various Memory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Table 1-5 Acceptable Pre-Occlusion/Occlusion Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33
Table 1-6 Footpedal Travel in Enhanced Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Table 1-7 Operation by Mode and Footpedal Position for Software Versions 3.01 and Below . . . . 1-42
Table 1-8 Operation by Mode and Footpedal Position for Software Versions 3.12 and Above . . . . 1-43
Table 2-1 U/S Driver PCB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Table 2-2 U/S Enable Logic (Low=0, High=1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Table 2-3 NeoSonix* Controller PCB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Table 2-4 U/S Enabling Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Table 3-1 Skins Removal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Table 4-1 Recommended Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Table 4-2 Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Table 4-3 Recommended Spares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Table 4-4 System Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Table 4-5 Legacy System Fault Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Table 4-6 Legacy System Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Table 4-7 Legacy System Advisory Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Table 4-8 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Table 4-9 Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB's PN 200-1592-001 and
200-1845-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Table 4-10 Power On Self-Test (Post) Error Codes for CPU PCB PN 200-2290-001 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Table 7-1 VideOverlay Display Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
viii 906-2000-501
SECTION ONE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Alcon Surgicals SERIES 20000* LEGACY ABOUT THIS MANUAL...
(STTL) is a sophisticated ophthalmic surgical instrument This manual covers all configurations of the Legacy
manufactured to be durable, reliable, safe and easy to and is divided into eight sections as follows:
operate. This state-of-the-art instrument has been
developed to be user friendly; it combines hardware that Section One-General Information
is easy to install and maintain along with computer This section gives a general description of the STTL
software that increases the effectivity of the user. features and components. Also included is an unpacking
and installation procedure.
Section Two-Theory of Operation

This section gives a detailed description of how the
STTL operates starting at the system level and working
down to the PCB (Printed Circuit Board) level. Detailed
block diagrams are provided at the end of this section.
Section Three-Parts Location and Disassembly

This section contains parts location diagrams along with
field level disassembly procedures.
Section Four-Maintenance & Troubleshooting

This section contains system maintenace procedures and
troubleshooting information.
Section Five-Schematics
This section contains the system interconnect diagram,
PCB assembly drawings, and schematic diagrams.
Section Six-Parts Lists and Drawings

This section contains parts lists, engineering
documentation for each major assembly, and cable
drawings.
Section Seven-Additional Information

This section contains information on accessories or
optional equipment that may require service.
Figure 1-1 The Series 20000* Legacy
906-2000-501 1-1
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS RECEIVING INSPECTION

Although this manual provides the necessary information
for maintaining optimum performance of the STTL, it The system was inspected mechanically and electrically
does not contain all of the operating procedures or prior to shipment. If the shipping container appears
functional descriptions contained in the Operator's damaged, ask that the carriers agent be present when the
Manual. In addition, the Warnings and Cautions in the system is unpacked. The system should be inspected for
Operator's Manual also apply for this Service Manual. external damage (i.e. scratches, dents, or broken parts).
The Operator's Manual supplements information If damage is discovered or if the system fails any of the
provided in this manual and should be available on-site functional tests notify the carrier and an Alcon Surgical
with the system. representative. Retain the shipping container and
packing material for the carriers inspection. As
If you have any questions or require additional necessary, file a claim with the carrier or, if insured
information, please contact your local Service separately, with the insurance company.
Representative or the Technical Services Department at:
ALCON SURGICAL UNPACKING AND SETTING UP THE SYSTEM

15800 Alton Parkway
Irvine, CA 92618 1 Cut and remove the binding straps.
(949) 753-1393
(800) 832-7827 2 Remove the outer sleeve and rails from the shipping
carton (see Figure 1-2 for packing configuration).
If you are located outside the United States, please
contact your local authorized Alcon Surgical distributor. 3 Remove the accessory box, foam inserts, and
footswitch. Inspect for signs of damage.
CAUTION
4 Carefully tip the shipping carton so as to place the
Federal Law restricts this device to sale by or on the system in an upright position .
order of a physician.
5 Roll the system out of the container, remove the
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT: antistatic cover, and inspect the system for signs of
This product contains software licensed from Microsoft shipping damage.
Corporation.
6 Unwrap the footswitch and plug it into the
appropriate connector on the rear panel.
7 Release the tray arm and pull it out of the storage

position. Remove the instrument tray and remote
control from the accessory box. Open the remote
control back cover and install the batteries.
8 Snap the instrument tray into position on the tray

arm. Place the remote control in the recessed area of
the instrument tray.
9 Release the 115 VAC power cord from the Rear

Panel and plug into a functioning 115 VAC
receptacle but do not turn on the AC Power Switch
or the Stand-by Switch until instructed to do so.
10 Perform the STTL Service Test Procedure.
1-2 906-2000-501
Figure 1-2 STTL Packing Configuration
906-2000-501 1-3
TABLE 1-1. SERIES 20000* LEGACY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL IV POLE
The system will auto-select between the following Bottle height at retraction ............................. .2 cm 1
voltage: Bottle height when fully raised (without IV
100 Vac nominal ( 88-110 Vac), 47-63 Hz, single pole extension) ............................................ 78 cm 1
120 Vac nominal (102-132 Vac), 47-63 Hz, single Bottle height at power-up (default) .............. 65 cm 1
220 Vac nominal (176-242 Vac), 47-63 Hz, single IV Pole Speed........................................ 10 2 cm/sec
240 Vac nominal (204-270 Vac), 47-63 Hz, single
VACUUM ACCURACY
Maximum power ........................................ 523 Watts
ACTUAL VACUUM DISPLAYED VACUUM
0 mmHg .................................................... 0 2 mmHg
LEAKAGE CURRENT 50 mmHg ............................................. 50 2.5 mmHg
< 100 A @120 VAC, per NFPA99 (includes power cord) 200 mmHg .......................................... 200 10 mmHg
< 500 A @264 VAC, per IEC-60601-1, 400 mmHg .......................................... 400 20 mmHg
Edition 2 (includes power cord) 500 mmHg .......................................... 500 25 mmHg
VOLTAGE NO-LOAD VACUUM OCCLUSION

+5V ............................................................. +5.10 .05 VACUUM SETTING OCCLUSION RANGE
+12V ......................................................... +12.00 .12 5 mmHg @ 5 cc/min ................................. 0-10 mmHg
+15V ......................................................... +15.00 .15 22 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ............................. 7-27 mmHg
-15V ........................................................... -15.00 .15 48 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ........................... 43-53 mmHg
+24V ......................................................... +24.00 .24 66 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ........................... 61-71 mmHg
+85V ......................................................... +85.00 .85 102 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ....................... 92-112 mmHg
400 mmHg @ 25 cc/min ..................... 385-415 mmHg
VOLTAGE UNDER LOAD
+5V ............................................................. +5.10 .10
RESIDUAL VACUUM
+12V ......................................................... +12.00 .20
With irrigation line occluded at the white HP connection
+15V ......................................................... +15.00 .15
and waiting 3 seconds after the footswitch is released.
-15V ........................................................... -15.00 .20
VACUUM METER READING
+24V ......................................................... +24.00 .24
46 mmHg .......................................... 5 mmHg vacuum
+85V ......................................................... +85.00 .85
400 mmHg ...................................... 15 mmHg vacuum
DIMENSIONS ANTERIOR VIT PUMP

Height ............................................. 55 inches (138 cm)
Pressure @ 10 CPM ...................... 30 psi (pressure)
Width ................................................ 20 inches (51 cm)
Vacuum @ 10 CPM .................. 450 mmHg (vacuum)
Depth ................................................ 23 inches (57 cm)
Cut Rate .............................................. 10 to 400 CPM
WEIGHT ULTRASONIC HANDPIECE STROKE

Unpacked ...................................... 200 pounds (90 kg)
U/S 375-40 ......................... 3.0 to 4.0 mils (maximum)
Packed......................................... 275 pounds (125 kg) Hydrosonic .............................................. 1.0 to 1.6mils
NeoSonix* .............................................. 2 degrees
ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS
Altitude
COAGULATION
Operating ............................ 8,000 feet (2438 meters)
Frequency............................................... 300-400 KHz
Non-Operating ............... 40,000 feet (12,191 meters)
Power @ 100% power using a
Temperature
Operating ...................... 10C to 35C (50F to 95F) 75 ohm non-inductive load ...................... 20 .5 watts
Non-Operating .......... -40C to 75C (-40F to 167F)
Humidity VIDEO
Operating ................... 10% to 95% w/o condensation 640 x 480 pixel VGA
Non-Operating ........... 10% to 95% w/o condensation 256 Color Active Matrix LCD Screen
1-4 906-2000-501
Type B equipment, providing a particular Coagulation

B degree of protection, i.e., basic insulation. (Coag)
(Phaco/Fragmentation) Protection class I.
Type BF equipment, providing both the Custom

BF attributes of basic insulation and "floated"
isolation. (Bipolar Coagulation)
Dangerous Voltage Hydrosonics

(Hydro) (V3.01 and below)
CAUTION: Consult accompanying documents.
! Advantec (V3.12 and above)
Equipotential ground connection.

Irrigation/Aspiration
(I/A)
Alternating current.
Irrigation
(Irr)
Stand-by state for a part of equipment.

Ultrasonic
(U/S)
ON (POWER)
Vitrectomy
(Vit)
OFF (POWER)
Footswitch.
Figure 1-3 ICONS USED WITH THE STTL - Icons identifying modes, functions, etc., that are used with the
STTL are identified in this chart.
906-2000-501 1-5
CAUTERY, DIATHERMY, COAGULATION ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
In the past, some of Alcon Surgicals products have The STTL is a multi microprocessor-controlled system
referred to the feature Cautery. The STTL uses the with associated memory and input/output (I/O) circuitry.
word Coagulation in place of Cautery, based on the The system communicates via the Front Panel. An
following definitions: automatic self-test is initiated each time the system is
turned on. This test performs a variety of checks
Cautery - cutting and burning method associated with including the following:
two hot wires passing a current between them; cutting
away skin; halting bleeding. Tests the Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Diathermy - introducing an electric field into a body Tests the RAM and ROM memory, and the I/O
part to produce heat. circuits
Coagulation - an isolated bipolar current supplied to Initializes the system
conductors (e.g. forceps). Current passes between Defaults to:
these electrodes, halting bleeding. (Abbreviated IRR: Footswitch mode (V3.01 and below)
Coag in some of the text of this operators manual.) Advantec: Visco mode (V3.12 and above)
When the system successfully completes the self-test, it

25 automatically goes into the default mode. If the system
fails the self-test, an error message is displayed. Voice
20 confirmation verifies all mode selections.
15
SYSTEM DESIGN
POWER
THROUGH
10
75 OHM
LOAD
Front Panel
(WATTS)
05
The front control panel (see Figure 2-1) has a flat,
non-glare surface located on the front of the main
00 chassis. It contains a graphics display, a touch screen, up
00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
% DISPLAYED VOLTAGE
and down arrows, mode buttons, bottle height, U/S time
displays, and a Test button.
Figure 1-4 COAGULATION POWER THROUGH 75
OHM LOAD The buttons are located both on the sides and on the
bottom of the screen. There are two basic push-type
buttons on the front panel: (1) Those that control up and
NOTE: Unloaded output voltage is roughly 145V down arrows: press and hold until the adjustment is
peak to peak. complete and (2) Those that are momentary buttons: a
100% VOLTAGE single push-and-release activates the function. The
25
75% VOLTAGE momentary buttons and the up/down arrows emit an
50% VOLTAGE
audible signal to indicate key activation.
20
25% VOLTAGE
1. Standby Power Switch - This is a two-position,

POWER (WATTS)
15
rocker-type switch used to turn secondary power
(part of equipment) ON and OFF. It is located to the
10 right of the speaker on the front of the machine. This
switch is used to turn the system ON/OFF
5 between surgeries.
10 100 1000
LOAD (LOG OHMS)
Figure 1-5 COAGULATION POWER VS. LOAD

IMPEDANCE
1-6 906-2000-501
9. GRAPHICS DISPLAY
AND TOUCH SCREEN
8. REMOTE CONTROL SENSOR
Not Primed Not Tuned DR. ALCON 3

Panel
Vent Reflux Occlusion StdCas Rmt Bat Lo P.E.L. A.P. 0%
7. BOTTLE HEIGHT DISPLAY U/S: Pulse 375-40 kHz
0
Surgeon
AND ADJUSTMENT ARROWS

Asp Rate
U/S Power %
65 0 cc/min 20
3. PARAMETER
Max Limit Actual Max Limit
ADJUSTMENT ARROWS
3. PARAMETER Vac Level mmHg Pulse Rate
ADJUSTMENT ARROWS 66 0 pps 15

Memory
Phaco Pulse BiModal Burst
6. U/S TIME DISPLAY Irr AdvanTec U/S I/A Vit Coag Custom
AND RESET BUTTON
5. TEST BUTTON
2. PRIMARY MODE
SELECTION BUTTONS
1. STANDBY POWER SWITCH
4. SPEAKER
Doctor Name Handpiece ID

and Memory Selected and Handpiece Icon
Cassette Status
Priming/Tuning/Charging and Cassette Type Footswitch Status
Status
Not Primed Not Tuned DR. ALCON 3

Panel
Vent Reflux Occlusion StdCas Rmt Bat Lo P.E.L. A.P. 0% Control Keys
Status Window 0
Surgeon
U/S: Pulse 375-40 kHz
Actual Display Bar
and Actual Value U/S Power %
Asp Rate
Primary
Parameter #1
65 0 cc/min 20 Secondary
Parameter #1
mmHg Pulse Rate

Vac Level
Primary
Parameter #2
66 0 pps 15 Secondary
Parameter #2
Memory Memory Key

Submode Keys Phaco Pulse BiModal Burst
Touch Keys/Icons
Mode Keys Irr AdvanTec U/S I/A Vit Coag Custom
Figure 1-6 FRONT CONTROL PANEL (Display for software versions 3.12 and above shown)
906-2000-501 1-7
2. Primary Mode Selection Buttons - These seven 6. U/S Time Display and Reset Button - Records the
push-buttons allow selection of operating modes. cumulative amount of time U/S power is applied
They are single-condition (press to turn on) and also during surgery. Time is given in minutes, to one
allow the operator to scroll through the sub modes. decimal place, to a maximum of 30 minutes. U/S
(Access to modes is also available by pressing the power elapsed time is retained until the Reset button
associated symbol on the touch screen, or on the is pressed, a new U/S or NeoSonix* handpiece is
remote control, or by activating the heel switch on plugged in, or until the system is turned off. The U/S
the footswitch if programmed.) Time Reset Button resets U/S Time (displayed in the
IRR - Used to select one of three Irrigation U/S Time Display) and Average U/S Power
submodes (footswitch, free flow, and continuous (displayed in the Status window) to zero.
irrigation). Irrigation: Footswitch is the default
submode. 7. Bottle Height Display and Adjustment Arrows -
HYDRO (V3.01 and below) - Used to activate Display the height of the irrigation bottle in the
the HydroSonics* mode which allows the display window; bottle height is measured from the
surgeon to use the Auto HydroSonics* drip chamber to the level of the patient's eye.
handpiece. Below the display are up and down arrows which
AdvanTec (V3.12 and above) Used to activate raise and lower the irrigation bottle, allowing
the NeoSonix* or 375/40 handpiece to perform irrigation pressure to be adjusted. Adjustments can
a phacoemulsification procedure. There are four also be made from the left and right dual pivot
submodes within the mode: Visco, Phaco, Pulse, switches on the footswitch, as well as from the
and Burst. Phaco is the default submode. remote control. The irrigation pole is positioned at
U/S - Used to activate the 375/40 handpiece 65 cm1 at power up.
while performing phacoemulsification NOTE: Bottle height is measured from the center
procedures. There are four submodes of the U/S of drip chamber to the patient's eye level. The
mode: Phaco, Pulse, BiModal, and Burst. US: patient's eye level is normally set to be even with
Phaco is the default submode. the center of the cassette mechanism. In those
I/A - Used to activate the Irrigation/Aspiration cases where the patient's eye level is required to
system. There are three submodes of the I/A be different from that of the cassette mechanism,
mode: Min, Max, and CapVac. I/A Max is the a patient eye level adjustment must be registered
default submode. in the Custom mode.
VIT - Used to activate the Vitrectomy mode,
which operates the ATIOP handpiece. There are 8. Remote Control Sensor - Receives remote control
two sub modes: ATIOP and I/A Cutter. inputs. It is located at the top left of the unit above
VIT: ATIOP is the default submode. the bottle height display; no operator interface is
COAG - Used to activate the Coagulation mode required.
which uses bipolar coagulation to drive the
Alcon brush and forceps. 9. Graphics Display and Touch Screen - This display
CUSTOM - Used to program the following screen serves as the operator's control center. The
operational settings: program, sound, voice, system operating status is displayed here, and its
language, footswitch and remote. touch screen is used to input operator commands (see
Figure 2-2).
3. Parameter Adjustment Arrows - Used to adjust Mode Keys, Touch Keys/Icons, Submode Keys -
primary and secondary parameters. Displays the active mode and submode (if
applicable). When activated, continuous irrigation
flashes above the Irr key/icon. To select mode/
4. Speaker - Emits audible tones from below the submode, press the desired icon.
movable display screen.
Primary Parameters - Displays up to two primary
parameters for a selected mode (along with the
5. Test Button - Used to access various functions such graphical representation of the data), including
as Priming, Tuning, Charging, Fill, and Clean. The maximum limits. When primary parameters are not
TEST key is not available when in the Custom and displayed this area is used for user prompts, user
Coag modes.
1-8 906-2000-501
display, and user data input. Maximum limits can be Reflux - Appears in red when the footswitch
adjusted for each parameter by using the up/down reflux function is operational.
arrows. Occlusion - Appears in black when the aspiration
Secondary Parameters - Displays up to four line becomes occluded, the system has reached
additional parameters for a selected mode, along with the preset vacuum limit, and the pump stops.
the maximum limit value. Maximum limits can be Cassette Type - Indicates active cassette ("Std
adjusted for each parameter by using the up/down Cas, Max Vac, Attache") in white on black, as
arrows. long as a valid cassette is inserted.
Actual Display Bar and Actual Value - Linear values Bottle Height Offset Numerical value in
in selected modes, controlled with the footpedal, are centimeters which takes into account the offset
represented here with a sliding bar display and due to presence of I.V. pole extender and patient
numeric readout. eye level located above or below tray level.
Status Window - Alerts the operator to the system's Rmt Bat Lo - Appears in white on black when
normal operating status: remote control battery is low.
Modes and Submodes (if applicable) - Blue A.P. % - Average U/S Power is calculated from
background/white text displayed during normal the average U/S power that was applied over
operation unless other information needs to be time, based on instantaneous power levels. The
presented. average power accounts for varying levels of
General Messages - Text may be displayed to stroke as well as the off time between the power
signify that a normal operation, or step in a pulses for the Visco, Pulse, and Burst submodes.
sequence, is being carried out. For example, the Average U/S Power is reset simultaneously with
routine steps in the priming/tuning sequence the U/S Time display.
(e.g., Vacuum Check). Priming/Tuning/Charging - Not Primed is backlit
Faults - Displayed on a red background to signify in red when the system turns on. Upon successful
the most critical of conditions. The system shuts completion of priming, Primed is backlit in green.
down and remains inoperable until the fault is Not Tuned is backlit in red when the system is
corrected. turned on. Upon successful completion of tuning,
Errors - These are displayed on a yellow Tuned is backlit in green (in AdvanTec and U/S
background to signify a condition which must be modes). If the Steerable I/A option is installed and
given attention, such as Vacuum Reading Error selected, "Not Charged" is backlit in red when the
or other hardware failures. Errors must be system is turned on. Upon successful charging of the
acknowledged by the user by pressing a Continue Steerable I/A system, "Charged" is backlit in green.
key. Operation of the machine may continue in Cassette Status and Cassette Type - Icon appears
the presence of and/or after the acknowledgment when cassette insertion is not detected. Upon
of specific error conditions. insertion icon disappears and cassette type is
Advisories - These are displayed on a green displayed in the Status Window.
background to signify a specific condition which Doctor Name and Memory Selected - Current
requires operator intervention, such as Please doctors memory & memory number selected.
insert cassette. Selection made by pressing the Memory Key.
Handpiece Identification - These are displayed to Handpiece ID and Handpiece Icon - The handpiece
signify the type of U/S handpiece installed, such ID is displayed in the Status Window to identify the
as a "375-40." type of U/S handpiece installed. Its icon appears
Kelman Steerable I/A Identification - This will when a handpiece is not connected, not connected
display Steerable I/A if the Steerable I/A system properly, or there is a handpiece identification error
is installed and selected. (in AdvanTec and U/S modes).
Each word illuminates in the text window in a Footswitch Indicator - Displays the footpedal
specific color: position (backlit numbers from zero to three) in
different colors; also indicates when the reflux and
Vent - Appears in fuchsia when the venting
other footswitch functions are activated.
system opens and the footpedal goes from
position 2 to position 1.
906-2000-501 1-9
Control Keys - Indicates the type of control of One pneumatic male luer connector for the Steerable
Aspiration Flow Rate, Vacuum Limits, U/S Burst I/A system (if installed).
Width and Off Time, and U/S Power Level. The Two receptacles for bipolar coagulation handpieces
surgeon can toggle between linear control of to accommodate dual safety banana-type connectors
parameters via the footswitch (Surgeon, SrgAsp, (Coag)
SrgVac, Linear or Fixed) and the presets of the front
One female luer lock pneumatic connection for the
panel (Panel).
ATIOP (Vit) and the HydroSonics* (V3.01 and
Memory Key - Used to recall preprogrammed lower) handpieces.
settings. When the memory key (or heel switch of the
Additionally, there is one unlabeled connector for future
Accurus/Legacy footswitch, if installed and
expansion. Colors and symbols near the connectors
programmed to do so) is pressed, a memory menu
facilitate handpiece identification.
temporarily appears over the secondary parameters
window. Four programmed memory selections, plus
Rear Panel
a default setting selection, are available. The
The rear panel (see Figure 1-8) contains various
currently selected doctor name and memory number
connectors and outlets used for interconnections and
is displayed at the top of the screen.
power input. A floppy disk drive, located on the
connector panel, allows the system to be upgraded.
Cassette Housing
The cassette housing is located on the upper left side of 1. Power Supply Panel - located on the bottom right of
the system (see Figure 1-7). Two factors contribute to the instrument.
fast and easy installation of the cassette: the cassette
AC power input - connects to electrical outlet in
housing contains all the connections required for the
the wall.
disposable fluidics Cassette Pak set, and the cassette was
designed with an auto-load feature. Main power switch - connects AC power to
power supply. This switch is used for overnight
Connector Panel storage of the system.
The Connector Panel is located to the right of the cassette Fuse box - holds two fuses. Refer to label on
housing (see Figure 1-7). The following connections are back of system to identify size and type.
provided: 2. Rear Connector Panel - located near middle of the
Two self-locking smart electrical connections on instrument.
systems with software V3.01 and below. On V3.12
and above the lower connection is capped off. The Floppy Disk Slot.
connector is active and can be used as a trouble- Parallel - 25-pin D connector port.
shooting tool under service supervision. To gain Serial 1 and 2 - 9-pin D connector ports.
access to the connector pry the cap away using a
PH1 and 2.
small screwdriver.
3. Footswitch Connector - For connecting either the

U/S CONNECTOR
HUB ROLLER
PANEL Series 20000*, Accurus/Legacy, or ATFS-
U/S
Legacy footswitch to the unit.
STEERABLE I/A
CONNECTOR
Str I/A IS OPTIONAL
LATCHING 4. Footswitch bracket - Used to hold the footswitch

MECHANISM Coag
when not in use. Located on the rear panel, to the left
Coag of the cord wrap.
CASSETTE
HOUSING
5. Cord Wrap - Used to store both the footswitch cord
Vit
and the power supply cord. Located on the far right
of the rear panel, directly above the power supply.
Figure 1-7 CASSETTE HOUSING AND

CONNECTOR PANEL
1-10 906-2000-501
Other Features 9. Storage Drawer - Located on the right side of the

unit, it can be used to store handpieces and
6. Tiltable, Rotatable Front Panel - Allows easy accessories.
maneuverability during setup and surgery. 10. Locking Wheel Mechanism - Locks are located on
7A. Tray Assembly - Provides a movable instrument tray the two front wheels only. The wheels should always
within the sterile field. There is a curved metal rod on be locked when the unit is in use, and unlocked when
the tray arm for a sterile bag pouch. The tray is being moved.
capable of accommodating a variety of positions in 11. IV Pole - The bottle of irrigating fluid is hung from
the operating room environment: right, left, front and the hook on top of this pole. Used to raise and lower
rear of the surgeon as well as the front of the bed. the bottle height.
7B. Autoclavable Instrument Tray - Fits over the tray 12. Fan Filter - Located underneath unit, the fan filter
assembly. It is slotted in order to hold six handpieces removes particles from incoming air used for cooling
and the remote control. components.
8. Handles (2) - One handle is located on the front and 13. Equipotential Ground Connector - For Service
another is located on the back of the unit. Handles personnel use.
should always be used to move the unit. For greater
safety and control, the unit should be pulled, not
pushed.
AUTOCLAVABLE
INSTRUMENT TRAY TILTABLE,
(7B) ROTATABLE
FRONT PANEL
(6)
I/V POLE
(11)
REAR HANDLE
(8)
REAR
CONNECTOR
PANEL
(2)
TRAY ASSEMBLY
(7A) CORD WRAP
(5)
STORAGE DRAWER
(9)
POWER SUPPLY
PANEL
(1)
FOOTSWITCH BRACKET
(4)
LOCKING WHEEL
MECHANISM
(10)
EQUIPOTENTIAL GROUND FOOTSWITCH

FAN FILTER CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(12) (13) (3)
Figure 1-8 SERIES 20000* REAR VIEW
906-2000-501 1-11
Audible Tones
Ten different and clearly distinguishable audible

frequencies, in conjunction with multiple tones, are
produced by the STTL.
TONE TYPE
VACUUM TONE CONTINUOUS WHEN ASPIRATION ACTIVE
COAGULATION CONTINUOUS WHEN COAGULATION ACTIVE
REFLUX CONTINUOUS WHEN REFLUX ACTIVE
ASPIRATION OCCLUSION INTERMITTENT SINGLE BEEP WHEN OCCLUDE DURING ASPIRATION ONLY
U/S OCCLUSION INTERMITTENT DOUBLE BEEP WHEN OCCLUDE DURING U/S
FTSW. IRRIGATION TONE INTERMITTENT
FRONT PANEL SWITCH ACTIVATION INTERMITTENT
CONTINUOUS IRRIGATION ONE BEEP FOR ACTIVATION, TWO FOR DEACTIVATION
FAULT BELL CHIME
CASSETTE NOT DETECTED SHORT WHISTLE
Table 1-2 AUDIBLE TONES
REMOTE CONTROL On systems with software V3.01 and below: There are
three inactive keys for future expansion: one marked
The Series 20000* remote control (see Figure 1-9) is SCROLL, one marked ENTER, and one undesignated.
wireless and can, therefore, be used in one of three ways:
It can be laid into the articulated arm and tray assembly On systems with software V3.12 and above: The Forward
and operated through the sterile drape supplied in the and Reverse buttons functionality can be customized
disposable pak. This offers the Scrub Nurse or assistant using the Custom Footswitch screen.
access to the controls from the sterile field. A sterile,
sealed pouch (available in the remote control aseptic The remote control can be configured to operate on one
transfer packaging) can also be utilized to maintain the of four channels (A, B, C, or D). This feature allows four
sterile field if the remote is used in a hand-held manner. remote controls to independently control four systems
The circulator could also operate the remote in a non- operating in the same room or area. Remote controls are
sterile manner. Programmability and custom user factory preset to channel A. To change channels, access
setup features are functions which are not accessible the switch located in the battery compartment (see Figure
from the remote control. 1-10). For proper remote operation, the system must be
set to the same channel as the remote. Once the correct
The error message, RMT BAT LO is displayed in the channel is selected on the system, no other steps are
text window on the front panel when the remote batteries needed to save it into memory.
are low. (The battery compartment on the back holds four
AA batteries; to replace batteries, loosen the captive To ensure proper operation when two or more remote
screw on the compartment door with a standard controls are being used in the same room or area, adjust
screwdriver.) each system including remote control to separate
channels.
The controls on the remote control have been arranged to
approximate the respective controls on the consoles front NOTE: Label the remote controls and the units, if
panel. The Test button has a raised area around it; this necessary.
differentiates it from the other buttons in order to ensure
that the test function is not accidentally actuated. All
controls are backlit by heat actuation; i.e., illumination in CAUTION
low ambient light is activated when the sensor detects
heat from the hand. Do not sterilize the remote control as it will damage
the unit.
1-12 906-2000-501
Secondary Parameter Adjustment Keys

IR Transmitter
LA
IC
RG
Photo Sensor
SU
Custom (Program / Exit / Stop)
Memory
Bottle Height Adjustment Arrows
T
H
IG
Y
E
R
H
O
LE
M
E
TT
M
O
B
L
O
TR
N
O
C
Forward
Primary Parameter Adjustment Keys
T
S
TE
Primary Mode Keys Heat Sensor
(hand proximity sensor)
Toggle between secondary parameters

in AdvanTec Mode Reverse
Test
Control Mode
(Surgeon / Panel / SrgAsp / SrgVac)
Figure 1-9 REMOTE CONTROL (Remote Control for software versions 3.12 and above shown)
ON ON
Channel A Channel C
S1 S1
1 2 1 2
ON
S1
1 2
ON ON
Channel B Channel D
S1 S1
1 2 1 2
Figure 1-10 REMOTE CONTROL SWITCHES
906-2000-501 1-13
MODES AND FUNCTIONS the front panel settings are controlling the system the
word Panel is illuminated; if the footswitch is controlling
The STTL has seven basic operational modes or the system the word Surgeon, Srg Asp, or Srg Vac is
functions, some with submodes (see Figure 1.11). Each illuminated.
allows for the appropriate adjustment of the power,
aspiration, and vacuum settings. These settings can be put Coagulation during test states, except for tuning, is
into one of 96 (V3.01 and below) or 384 (V3.12 and available in Panel control modality.
above) memory programs and, consequently, be available
for future use without having to re-program the When a mode button is pressed, the symbol becomes
instrument. animated and the selected sub mode is highlighted. The
titles of the selected mode and submode are displayed in
The operating modes are selectable from the units front the text window.
panel controls or from the remote control unit. The
functions within an operating mode are controlled by the The following sections provide an overview of each
operating position of the footpedal. Mode changes will mode and, where applicable, the differences between
result in voice confirmation. (The user has the ability to operating in the various control modes.
turn this feature off via the Custom menus.) An audible
beeper-tone is generated to indicate a change in the Irrigation (Irr) Mode
operating mode and to alert the operator of certain
conditions such as an occluded line. Additionally, a Irrigation operates on a gravity-feed principle from the
varied pitch tone is generated to audibly indicate vacuum IV bottle, through the cassette irrigation valve to
levels; the pitch increases as the vacuum level increases. handpiece. The irrigation valve is normally closed when
The volume of the audible variable-pitch tone is cassette is inserted. Bottle height is measured from the
adjustable via the Custom menus. patient's eye to mid-drip chamber.
The operating mode/function is displayed in the mode Irrigation pressure is increased or decreased by raising or
display window. The primary modes of operation are lowering the irrigation bottle. Default height is 65 cm
Irrigation (IRR), Advantec (V3.12 and above) above the tray; maximum bottle height of 78 cm (above
HydroSonics* (V3.01 and below), Ultrasonics (U/S), the tray) of BSS results in maximum irrigation pressure.
Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A), Vitrectomy (Vit), and When an IV Pole Extension is installed, the maximum
Coagulation (Coag). Preset (default) operating bottle height is 110 cm above the tray. In the event of
parameters for the selected mode are programmed into power loss, bottle position is maintained; however, if the
the system, or new operating parameters can be set by unit is turned off using the Standby switch, the IV Pole is
using the front panel or remote. automatically retracted to its storage position.
Depending on the operating mode, the system can be set The Irrigation mode is automatically entered when the
up to automatically operate at the preset limits displayed system is initially turned on, when self-test has been
on the front panel displays, or to provide linear control of successfully completed, or when the IRR mode button is
one of the operating parameters from the footswitch. The pressed (if the machine has been operating in another
controlling factor is determined by the control mode mode). At any time the Irrigation mode is re-entered the
switches (Panel/Surgeon/Srg Asp/Srg Vac). In general, if system will default to Irrigation: Footswitch.
Legacy
Modes and Submodes
Irr AdvanTec U/S I/A Vit Coag Custom

(V3.12 and above)
Irrigation Ultrasonic Irrigation and Vitrectomy Coagulation See Custom
FootSw Ultrasonic and Phaco Aspiration I/A Cut mode later in
FreeFlow NeoSoniX Pulse Min ATIOP this section of
Cont Irr Visco BiModal Max the manual.
Phaco Burst Cap Vac
Pulse
Burst
Hydro
(V3.01 and above)
Figure 1-11 MODES AND SUBMODES
1-14 906-2000-501
In the Irrigation mode, Panel and Surgeon functions are 2. When enabled, toggling the footswitch's right
not available; therefore, they are not illuminated. horizontal switch in footpedal position 0 opens and
Irrigation mode has three sub modes: closes the irrigation valve to provide continuous
Irrigation: Footswitch - entered when system is turned irrigation in a similar manner.
on (default) or by pressing the IRR mode button when
operating in another mode. The mode display window Continuous Irrigation is not available in Test,
reads Irrigation: FootSwitch. Irrigation is provided in HydroSonics*, or Coagulation modes.
footpedal positions 1, 2, and 3.
Irrigation: Free Flow - entered by pressing Free Flow Providing Access to the Continuous Irrigation Footswitch
icon or irrigation button. The mode display window Feature
reads Irrigation: FreeFlow. Free flow irrigation The Continuous Irrigation Footswitch feature is normally
continues until the IRR button is pressed twice to disabled. To access this feature, the user must enter the
change to Irrigation: Footswitch or until another mode Custom menu and select the Footswitch menu. The
is selected (except when continuous irrigation option Enable and Disable switches for Continuous Irrigation
is turned on). will be found on the left side of the screen. Continuous
Continuous Irrigation - Continuous Irrigation is Irrigation can be accessed in any of the Custom detent
available as a floating sub mode for U/S, I/A, and Vit modes. For convenience, this feature can be programmed
modes to allow for continuous irrigation of the eye into a doctors memory. This provides only the ability for
during surgery. It maintains irrigation of the anterior Continuous Irrigation Footswitch feature to be enabled.
chamber independent of footpedal position (i.e., even
in position 0). It is described as a floating mode as it Actual Use of Continuous Irrigation
can start from Irrigation and go to any allowable Continuous irrigation cannot turn on automatically even
mode. Exiting from U/S, I/A, or Vit modes shuts though the Custom Continuous Irrigation Footswitch
Continuous Irrigation off allowing leak-free exchange switch is enabled. It must be invoked by either depressing
of irrigation and aspiration lines to handpieces. the Continuous Irrigation sub mode from the front panel
or by the footswitch's right horizontal switch.
Continuous Irrigation is activated by one of two methods Entering and exiting the Custom mode or the Pop-up
for U/S, I/A, and Vit modes: memory menu will not affect the status of Continuous
Irrigation. The footswitch can toggle the irrigation switch
1. Transferring from Continuous Irrigation to another on and off in the Custom mode, though. Changing
mode. If the system is in Irrigation: Continuous, memories will not affect status of Continuous Irrigation.
irrigation will be carried over to the next mode If a particular memory setting is not footswitch
selected unless the new mode does not support it. programmed, switching the Continuous Irrigation on and
off can only be done via the front panel.
Not Primed DR. ALCON Def
StdCas A.P. 0%
An audio beep confirmation is heard each time the
0
Irrigation: FootSwitch Continuous Irrigation valve is opened, and two beeps
when the valve is closed. The front panel also displays
activation of Continuous Irrigation above the Irrigation
mode symbol.
When exiting from U/S, I/A, or Vit modes the system

automatically shuts off Continuous Irrigation regardless
of how it was turned on. This allows leak-free exchange
FootSw FreeFlow Cont Irr
Memory of the irrigation and aspiration lines to the handpieces. It
can also be shut off by the footswitch's right horizontal
switch. Before switching handpieces, it is advised to tap
the right horizontal switch or change modes after exiting
the eye to prevent excess BSS sterile irrigating solution
Figure 1-12 IRRIGATION MODE (software V3.12 from flowing out of the handpieces.
shown)
906-2000-501 1-15
HydroSonics* (Hydro) Mode (software V3.01 and AdvanTec Mode (software V3.12 and above)
below)
AdvanTec Mode supports the NeoSonix*, the 375/40,
Because this mode has only one function, pressing the and the Mackool** 375/40 U/S handpieces. When the
Hydro button puts the unit into the HydroSonics* AdvanTec function is operational, irrigation, aspiration,
mode immediately. The mode display window reads U/S: and ultrasonics are provided by the handpiece. In
Hydro. The HydroSonics* mode allows use of the auto addition to these, the NeoSonix* handpiece provides
HydroSonics* handpiece, which allows the surgeon to mechanical oscillations. The user has the ability to adjust
perform hydrodissection and soften the cataract prior to the aspiration rate, vacuum levels, U/S power and
phaco-emulsification. No aspiration is provided in the NeoSonix* parameters, Amplitude and Threshold (if
HydroSonics* mode. applicable) above or below the preset levels at any time
during the surgical procedure via the respective
Injection Rate and U/S Power are the primary parameters adjustment buttons or the remote control. The
displayed in the HydroSonics* mode. Pulse Rate is the NeoSonix* parameters become active when the
secondary parameter. It is displayed in the window NeoSonix* handpiece is attached, otherwise they are
located in the lower right hand portion of the front panel grayed out.
and is controlled with the arrows to the right of this
Not Primed Not Tuned DR. ALCON
ALCON Def Panel
window. Following are the allowable injection rates
A.P.
A.P. 0% Surgeon
(pulses/min.) in the HydroSonics* mode: 60, 70, 80, 90 MaxVac
MaxVac
0
AdvanTec:
AdvanTec: Visco
Visco NeoSoniX Lin Flow
and 100.
NeoSoniX Asp Rate
U/S Power %
NOTE: When in HydroSonics* mode the left Reflux 0 0 50 % 20 cc/min
pedal provides pulsed injection only, with no U/S. Max Limit Actual Amplitude Max Limit
mmHg NeoSoniX
Vac Level
If Panel Control is selected, pulsed fixed ultrasonic 120 0 0%
power is delivered in footpedal position 2 at the preset Max Limit Actual Threshold
or operator set power level maximum limit. The Memory

Visco Phaco Pulse Burst
ultrasonic power maximum limit is initialized to 80%
at power up. In footpedal position 3 fixed ultrasonic
power and pulsed injection are provided. The injection Irr AdvanTec
AdvanTec U/S I/A Vit Coag Custom
rate is initialized to 60 pulses/min. at power up.
Figure 1-14 ADVANTEC VISCO MODE
If Surgeon Control is selected, ultrasonic power varies
from 0% at the top of footpedal position 2, to the full
There are four selectable submodes within AdvanTec
preset or operator set power level maximum limit at
mode: Visco, Phaco, Pulse, and Burst; each reached by
the bottom of footpedal position 3. The ultrasonic
pressing the appropriate area on the display screen or
power maximum limit is initialized to 80% at power
remote control.
up. Pulsed injection is added to variable ultrasonic
power in footpedal position 3. The injection rate is
NOTE: If a NeoSonix*, Mackool**, or 375/40 U/S
initialized to 60 pulses/min. at power up.
handpiece is not connected, or is not connected
OFF (position 0)
properly, a U/S handpiece symbol blinks in the text
window.
IRRIGATION (position 1)
PULSED U/S (position 2) U/S power or NeoSonix* amplitude are increased or

decreased via the front panel in increments of 5% from
PULSED U/S & PULSED INJECTION
(position 3)
minimum of 0% to a maximum of 100%. Ultrasonic
power is controlled by one of two methods: Panel control
Figure 1-13 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - or Surgeon control.
HydroSonics*
All AdvanTec submodes provide irrigation in footpedal
position 1.
1-16 906-2000-501
If the Lin Flow button is not highlighted, footpedal OFF (position 0)
Irrigation (position 1)
position 2 provides irrigation and fixed aspiration
according to the flow rate selected. When Lin Flow IRR / Aspiration (position 2)
button is highlighted, the console will announce "Linear IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics
(position 3; U/S power <NeoSoniX threshold)
Flow." When the button is pressed again (Lin Flow not IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics/NeoSoniX
highlighted), the console will announce "Fixed Flow." If (position 3; U/S power NeoSoniX threshold)
Lin Flow is highlighted, footpedal position 2 provides

irrigation and aspiration proportional to the displacement
OFF (position 0)
of footpedal throughout position 2. It starts at 0 cc/min at
the top of the position 2 and reaches maximum value as
IRR / Aspiration (position 2)
set on the screen at the bottom of position 2.
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics
Footpedal position 3 provides irrigation, fixed aspiration (position 3; NeoSoniX threshold >U/S power
limit or NeoSonix amplitude = 0)
flow rate as set on the main screen or on the Custom/
Special Functions/Aspiration screen if defined and
different from the flow rate set on the main screen. OFF (position 0)
If U/S Panel Control (including linear or fixed flow IRR / Aspiration (position 2)
in footpedal position 2) is selected, ultrasound power
will be constant throughout the footpedal position 3 IRR / ASP / NeoSoniX
(position 3; NeoSoniX threshold = 0,
and equal to the power setting as set on the screen. U/S power = 0)
To increase or decrease power, the arrow buttons are

activated. The default maximum U/S power level Figure 1-15 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - AdvanTec
setting is 60% except for AdvanTec Visco submode
where it is 0%.
AdvanTec Visco
The AdvanTec Visco submode is automatically entered
If U/S Surgeon Control (including linear or fixed when system power is initially turned ON and the self
flow in footpedal position 2) is selected, the test is successfully passed, or when the AdvanTec button
ultrasound power display indicates the maximum is pressed, AdvanTec: Visco is displayed, and the
power available. To increase ultrasonic power the NeoSonix* or 375/40 U/S handpiece is activated.
surgeon must further depress the footpedal into
position 3. Power starts at 0% and increases until This submode is designed to simplify creation of working
power reaches the displayed maximum setting. To space in the anterior chamber filled with a viscoelastic
change the maximum available power, activate the material prior to engaging ultrasound. Viscoelastic
up or down arrow which will raise or lower the material can occlude the aspiration port and/or reduce
maximum power available. The default maximum wound leakage. Either of the events, and especially a
U/S power level setting is 60%, except for AdvanTec combination of both, can lead to rapid and significant
Visco submode where it is 0%. increase of temperature in the anterior chamber,
especially at the incision site when ultrasound is
NeoSonix* oscillations are activated when the activated. To minimize the possibility of thermal injury
ultrasound power reaches or exceeds the NeoSonix* to eye tissues it is therefore recommended to partially
threshold displayed on the screen. At that point aspirate viscoelastic material from the anterior chamber.
oscillations are activated according to the NeoSonix*
amplitude displayed on the screen. There is no The AdvanTec Visco submode contains default values of
proportional Surgeon control of the NeoSonix* 120 mm Hg vacuum limit, and 0% of ultrasound power
amplitude. In footpedal position 1-2 the amplitude and NeoSonix* amplitude. If a user finds it helpful to
maximum value is displayed. In footpedal position 3 the add a small amount of ultrasound or NeoSonix* action
actual value of the amplitude is displayed, that is, 0% is to facilitate partial removal of viscoelastic, the ultrasound
displayed while the ultrasound power is less than the and/or NeoSonix* will be available pulsed at 8 pulses
NeoSonix* threshold, and the maximum amplitude per second, 25% time on, 75% time off. Maximum
value is displayed when the ultrasound power is equal to ultrasound power is limited to 50% in this submode.
or exceeds the threshold.
906-2000-501 1-17
U/S Power Level and Vac Level are the primary AdvanTec Burst
parameters displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate is the Press the AdvanTec button, then select AdvanTec Burst
secondary parameter displayed. If NeoSonix* submode on the screen. AdvanTec Burst is displayed.
handpiece is connected, NeoSonix* parameters, The AdvanTec Burst function allows bursts of ultrasound
Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as an additional and/or NeoSonix* oscillations, of preset or operator set
secondary parameters pair. duration, to occur either singly, or with a linearly-
controlled frequency.
AdvanTec Phaco
Press the AdvanTec button, then select Phaco submode. AdvanTec Burst differs from other AdvanTec submodes
AdvanTec: Phaco is displayed. This submode provides in that the U/S power is fixed at the preset or operator set
continuous ultrasound and NeoSonix* oscillations, if limit, throughout footpedal position 3. This is true for
applicable. both Panel and Surgeon control in AdvanTec Burst.
U/S Power Level and Vac Level are the primary AdvanTec Burst Panel Control provides a single
parameters displayed, Aspiration Flow Rate is the burst of ultrasonic power and/or NeoSonix*
secondary parameter displayed. If NeoSonix* oscillations upon entrance to footpedal position 3.
handpiece is connected, NeoSonix* parameters, NeoSonix* oscillations will be delivered if the
Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as an additional NeoSonix* handpiece is used and the ultrasound
pair of secondary parameters. power setting is equal to or exceeds the threshold.
- The duration of this burst is determined by the
AdvanTec Pulse preset or operator set limit.
Press the AdvanTec button, then select Pulse submode.
- When a single burst is complete, the user must
AdvanTec: Pulse is displayed. When operating in this
lift the footpedal and re-enter position 3 to get
mode, U/S power and NeoSonix* oscillations are
each additional burst.
turned on and off in a 50% duty cycle (50% on time, 50%
off time) with a frequency determined by the pulse rate
setting. AdvanTec Burst Surgeon Control provides repeated
bursts of ultrasonic power and/or NeoSonix*
U/S Power Level and Vac Level are the primary oscillations in footpedal position 3.
parameters displayed, Aspiration Flow Rate and Pulse - The duration of each burst is determined by the
Rate are the secondary parameters displayed. If preset or operator set limit.
NeoSonix* handpiece is connected, NeoSonix* - The time between each burst, during which no U/S
parameters, Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as power or NeoSonix* oscillations are applied,
an additional secondary parameters pair. varies linearly from the 2.5 second maximum at the
top of footpedal position 3, to the 0 second
(continuous) minimum at the bottom of position 3.
U/S Power Level and Vac Level are the primary

parameters displayed, Aspiration Flow Rate and Burst
Width are the secondary parameters displayed. If a
NeoSonix* handpiece is connected, then NeoSonix*
parameters, Amplitude, and Threshold are displayed as
an additional secondary parameters pair.
1-18 906-2000-501
Ultrasound (U/S) Mode or down arrow which will raise or lower the maximum
power available. The default maximum U/S power
There are four selectable sub-modes within U/S Mode: level setting is 60%.
Phaco, Pulse, BiModal, and Burst; each reached by
pressing the appropriate area on the display screen or U/S Phaco
remote control. This is the default function within the U/S Mode. When
the U/S button is pressed, U/S:Phaco is displayed and
NOTE: The NeoSonix* handpiece is for systems the 375/40 U/S handpiece is activated. When the U/S
with software V3.12 and above only. It will not be function is operational, irrigation, aspiration, and
recognized on systems with lower versions of ultrasonics are provided by the 375/40 U/S handpiece.
software. The user has the ability to adjust the aspiration rate,
vacuum levels, and U/S power above or below the preset
This mode is designed to use either the 375/40 ultrasonic levels at any time during the surgical procedure via the
or NeoSonix* handpieces. Only ultrasound vibrations respective adjustment buttons or the remote control.
will be produced by the NeoSonix* handpiece in this
mode, so operation of the NeoSonix* handpiece is U/S Phaco Panel Control provides irrigation
largely identical to that of the 375/40 ultrasonic (footpedal position 1), irrigation/aspiration (footpedal
handpiece. Therefore, all statements made regarding position 2), and irrigation/aspiration/fixed ultrasonics
operation of the 375/40 U/S handpiece in the U/S mode simultaneously (footpedal position 3).
are also applicable to the operation of the NeoSonix*
handpiece in the U/S mode. U/S Phaco Surgeon Control allows the user to linearly
control the ultrasonic power via the footpedal in
NOTE: If a 375/40 U/S, Mackool**, or NeoSonix* position 3 from 0% power up to whatever has been set
handpiece is not connected, or is not connected as the maximum ultrasonic power on the console.
properly, a U/S handpiece symbol blinks in the text
window. U/S Power Level and Vac Level are the primary
OFF (position 0) parameters displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate is the
secondary parameter displayed.
IRR/ASPIRATION (position 2) U/S Pulse

Press the U/S button, then select Pulse mode. U/S: Pulse
IRR/ASP/ULTRASONICS (position 3) is displayed. When operating in this function, U/S power
is turned on and off on a 50% duty cycle, with a
Figure 1-16 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - U/S freequency determined by the pulse rate setting.
U/S power is increased or decreased via the front panel in U/S Pulse Panel Control provides irrigation in
increments of 5% to a maximum of 100%. Ultrasonic footpedal position 1, irrigation and aspiration in
power is controlled by one of two methods: either Panel footpedal position 2, and simultaneous irrigation,
control or Surgeon control. aspiration, and fixed pulsed ultrasonics in footpedal
position 3. The aspiration rate, vacuum limit, U/S
If Panel Control is selected, the power setting is power, and pulse rate are all preset at default values,
displayed on the ultrasonic power display. To increase but can be increased or decreased before or during the
or decrease power, the arrow buttons are activated. procedure via the up and down arrows adjacent to
Ultrasonic power is initialized to 60% at power up. their respective windows on the front panel or remote
The selected power is fully activated in footpedal control.
position 3.
U/S Pulse Surgeon Control performs the same as
Panel control plus it provides pulsed U/S power
If Surgeon Control (including Srg Asp and Srg Vac) is linearly via the footswitch from 0% up to the
selected, the ultrasonic power display indicates the maximum preset or operator set limit.
maximum power available. To increase ultrasonic
power the surgeon must further depress the footpedal
U/S Power and Vac Level are the primary parameters
into position 3. Power starts at 0% and increases until
displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate and Pulse Rate are the
power reaches the displayed maximum setting. To
secondary parameters displayed.
change the maximum available power, activate the up
906-2000-501 1-19
U/S BiModal - The duration of this burst is determined by the

Press the U/S button, then select U/S BiModal mode on preset or operator set limit.
the screen. U/S: BiModal is displayed. The U/S BiModal - When a single burst is complete, the user must
function allows linear control of aspiration rate or lift the footpedal and reenter position 3 in order
vacuum limit in footpedal position 2, plus linear control to get each additional burst.
of U/S power in position 3.
U/S Burst Surgeon Control provides irrigation
U/S BiModal SrgAsp Control provides irrigation in
(footpedal position 1), irrigation/aspiration (footpedal
footpedal position 1, irrigation and linearly controlled
position 2), and repeated bursts of ultrasonic power
aspiration in footpedal position 2, and simultaneous
(footpedal position 3).
irrigation, fixed aspiration, and linearly controlled U/S
power in footpedal position 3. - The duration of each burst is determined by the
preset or operator set limit.
- In footpedal position 2, the aspiration rate starts
at 1 cc/min at the top of the position, and reaches - The time between each burst, during which no
the full preset or operator set flow rate at the end U/S power is applied, varies linearly from the 2.5
of position 2. second maximum at the top of footpedal position
3, to the 0 second (continuous U/S) minimum at
- In footpedal position 3, the full aspiration flow
the bottom of position 3.
rate is maintained, while U/S power varies from
0% at the top, to the maximum preset or operator
set limit at the bottom of the position. U/S Power and Vac Level are the primary parameters
displayed; Aspiration Flow Rate and Burst Width are the
secondary parameters displayed.
U/S BiModal SrgVac Control is functionally identical
to U/S BiModal SrgAsp control mode, except that:
- In footpedal position 2, the vacuum limit is Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A) Mode
varied linearly from 1 mmHg at the top of the
position to the preset or operator set limit at the There are three selectable sub modes within the
bottom of position 2. Irrigation/Aspiration mode: Minimum (I/A Min),
- The aspiration flow rate is fixed, at the preset or Maximum (I/A Max), and Capsule Vacuum (Cap Vac).
operator set limit, in both footpedal position 2 Each of the selectable functions is reached by pressing
and 3. the appropriate button. The I/A mode provides
gravity-feed irrigation and/or simultaneous peristaltic
U/S Power and Vac Level are the primary parameters aspiration. In any of the sub modes under Panel Control,
displayed; Aspiration Flow rate is the secondary the operator can adjust the preset aspiration and vacuum
parameter displayed. limits using the adjustment control buttons on the control
panel.
U/S Burst OFF (position 0)
Press the U/S button, then select U/S Burst mode on the IRRIGATION (position 1)
screen. U/S: Burst is displayed. The U/S Burst function
IRR/ASPIRATION (position 2)
allows bursts of U/S power, of preset or operator set
duration, to occur either singly, or with a linearly
controlled frequency.
U/S Burst differs from other U/S submodes in that U/S Figure 1-17 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - I/A
power is fixed, at the preset or operator set limit,
throughout footpedal position 3. This is true for both I/A Max
Panel and Surgeon control in U/S Burst. Press the I/A button then select I/A Max on the screen or
the remote. I/A: Max is displayed. I/A Max provides
U/S Burst Panel Control provides irrigation (footpedal irrigation (footpedal position 1) and simultaneous
position 1), irrigation/aspiration (footpedal position 2), irrigation and aspiration (footpedal positions 2 and 3).
and a single burst of ultrasonic power upon entrance The preset vacuum level for I/A Max is 500+ mmHg
to footpedal position 3. (unlimited), and the adjustable range is 0 to 500+mmHg
(unlimited).
1-20 906-2000-501
I/A Max Panel Control - I/A Max Panel provides Cap Vac
irrigation in footpedal position 1 and simultaneous Press the I/A button, then select the CapVac mode on the
irrigation and aspiration in footpedal positions 2 and screen or the remote control. I/A CapVac is displayed.
3. CapVac provides irrigation and low aspiration rate and
I/A Max Surgeon Control vacuum limit, allowing the surgeon to polish the surface
of the posterior capsule following the emulsification and
- Surgeon (Surg) Asp - identical to Panel control removal of the cataractous tissue. The preset vacuum
except footpedal positions 2 and 3 allow linear limit is 5mmHg.
control of aspiration flow rate with fixed vacuum
limits. Asp Rate and Vac Level are the primary parameters.
- Surgeon (Surg) Vac - identical to Panel control Only Panel Control is enabled in the CapVac function.
except footpedal positions 2 and 3 allow linear
control of vacuum limits with fixed aspiration Kelman Steerable I/A System Option
flow rate. The Kelman Steerable I/A system consists of a flexible,
Asp Rate and Vac Level are the primary parameters steerable irrigation/aspiration tip with an accompanying
displayed. handpiece and drive mechanism. The Steerable I/A
system is used in I/A mode to remove cortical material
I/A Min via aspiration while maintaining chamber pressure with
Press the I/A button then select I/A Min on the screen or irrigation.
the remote. I/A: Min is displayed.
The system is used with the infusion sleeve provided in
I/A Min Panel Control - for a low preset vacuum limit the Legacy pak. This system provides aspiration and
of 66 mmHg, and an adjustable range of 0 to 500+ irrigation and the ability to easily, smoothly, and
mmHg. The levels manually set by the operator can be continually adjust the tip in the eye from a straight
easily increased or decreased before or during position to a fully bent position. The ability to steer the
operation. I/A Min provides irrigation in footpedal tip provides the Surgeon with greater access to all
position 1 and simultaneous irrigation and aspiration cortical material in the eye. The operator has the ability
in footpedal positions 2 and 3. to steer the tip via the footswitch, and the distal end of
the tip will remain in that position until changed by the
I/A Min Surgeon Control operator via the footswitch.
- Surgeon (Surg) Asp - identical to Panel Control
except footpedal positions 2 and 3 allow linear The Kelman Steerable I/A system is an option and must
control of aspiration flow rate with fixed be installed in the Legacy console. The Steerable
vacuum limits. I/A system is limited to altitudes up to 6,000 feet (1,828
meters). Once installed, the system must be selected in
- Surgeon (Surg) Vac - identical to Panel Control
the Custom mode (see Custom Mode). All functions of
except footpedal positions 2 and 3 allow linear
the Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A) mode are available when
control of vacuum limits with fixed aspiration
the Steerable I/A system is installed and selected.
flow rate.
The Kelman Steerable I/A tip is adjusted to any position
Asp Rate and Vac Level are the primary parameters between straight and fully bent by pressing the right and
displayed. left vertical switches on the footswitch. The left vertical
switch increases the bend of the tip, while the right
vertical switch reduces the bend.
906-2000-501 1-21
Vitrectomy (Vit) Mode I/A Cutter

Press VIT mode. Select the I/A Cutter mode on the
There are two selectable sub modes within the screen or remote and Vit: I/A Cutter is displayed.
Vitrectomy (Vit) mode: ATIOP and I/A Cutter. Each is
reached by pressing the appropriate mode on the screen, I/A Cutter Panel - Irrigation is provided in footpedal
and each utilizes the pneumatically operated ATIOP position 1; irrigation and aspiration in position 2; and
handpiece. The cutting rate for both sub modes is irrigation, aspiration, and cutting in position 3.
adjustable from 0 to 400 cuts per minute. I/A Cutter Surgeon
ATIOP - Surgeon (Surg) Asp - identical to Panel Control
This is the default for the VIT mode. Press the VIT mode except footpedal positions 2 and 3 allow linear
on the screen or the remote and Vit: ATIOP is displayed. control of aspiration flow rate with fixed vacuum
limits.
ATIOP Panel - Irrigation is provided in footpedal - Surgeon (Surg) Vac - identical to Panel Control
position 1; irrigation and guillotine-motion cutting in except footpedal positions 2 and 3 allow linear
position 2; and irrigation, cutting, and aspiration in control of vacuum limits with fixed aspiration
position 3. The operator can adjust the preset flow rate.
aspiration and vacuum limits using the adjustment Asp Rate and Vac Level are the primary parameters
control buttons on the control panel or on the remote displayed. Cutting rate is the secondary parameter.
control.
ATIOP Surgeon
- Surgeon (Surg) Asp - identical to Panel Control
except footpedal positions 3 allows linear control
of aspiration flow rate with fixed vacuum limits.
- Surgeon (Surg) Vac - identical to Panel Control
except footpedal positions 3 allows linear control
of vacuum limits with fixed aspiration flow rate.
Asp Rate and Vac Level are the primary parameters
displayed. Cutting rate is the secondary parameter.
OFF (position 0)
OFF (position 0)
ATIOP I/A CUTTER
IRR/CUTTING (position 2)
IRR/ASP/CUTTING (position 3)
IRR/ASP/CUTTING (position 3)
Figure 1-18 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - VITRECTOMY
1-22 906-2000-501
Coagulation (Coag) Mode Coagulation During Priming

Panel controlled coagulation is active in the Test mode
Press the COAG button on the front panel to initiate the on any screen during Priming and Cleaning of the
Coagulation mode. Coagulation is displayed, and in system. It is not active during U/S or HydroSonics*
footpedal position 2 an audible tone is initialized. As in handpiece tuning. Coagulation during Test mode is only
all other modes, settings in COAG are retained in available with Panel control. The percentage of the
memory so that when re-entering the Coagulation Mode, maximum Coagulation voltage will be displayed on the
the previous settings are displayed. sidebar of the screen and may be increased or decreased
by adjusting the corresponding arrow keys. These new
The displayed parameter is the percentage of the values will be retained when Coagulation Panel mode is
maximum available coagulation voltage. The default selected again.
percentage is 30%; variation from this default level is
accomplished by the up and down arrows. The If you normally use surgeon controlled Coagulation, you
Coagulation mode provides approximately 340 Khz should store both the panel controlled and the surgeon
frequency bipolar coagulation to drive Alcon brush and controlled Coagulation screens in the Custom mode.
forceps up to the preset limit upon activation of the
Footswitch. Voltage level setting on the front panel
ranges from 10% to 100%. Not Primed Not Tuned
uned DR. ALCON Def Panel
StdCas
0
Coagulation is controlled by either Panel or Surgeon Priming is in progress 375-40 KHz
control. Coag Volt
30 %
COAG - Panel Control - provides bipolar coagulation CLEAN Max Limit
at the preset limit upon activation of the Footpedal in

positions 2 and 3. STOP
Coagulation disabled
COAG - Surgeon Control - The applied voltage is Prime FILL TUNE STOP during tuning
varied linearly from 10% to the preset limit. Voltage Phaco Pulse Bimodal Burst
variation begins at Footpedal position 2 and ends at
the completion of travel in footpedal position 3.
WARNING!
Figure 1-20 PRIMING IS IN PROGRESS
Do not use the coagulation function on patients
(software V3.12 shown)
with pacemakers. If electrosurgery is used on
patients with implanted cardiac pacemakers or
pacemaker electrodes, be aware that irreparable
damage to the pacemaker and its function may
occur and lead to ventricular fibrillation.
CAUTION
The STTL is not protected against the effects of
defibrillator discharge.
OFF (position 0)
STANDBY (position 1)
POWER (position 2)
POWER (position 3)
Figure 1-19 FOOTSWITCH FUNCTIONS - COAG
906-2000-501 1-23
CUSTOM MODE for software versions 3.01 and below

The Custom menu consists of six modes and four special Custom - Program Mode
functions which provide the user with the ability to Program is the default mode after pressing the Custom
modify system settings and to access system key. This mode allows system operational parameters to
programmability. The modes are: be programmed, stored, and retrieved. Previously saved
parameters are saved under a doctor name & memory
Program: new surgeon entry, programming of number. The up and down arrows scroll the doctor list up
operational preferences. and down a page at a time. There are four pages of six
Sound: audio levels for coagulation, vacuum level, names each for a total of 24 doctor names. Each name
U/S occlusion, and aspiration occlusion. has four memory settings (Store memory) associated with
it.
Voice: audio level as well as ON and OFF selection.
Language: English (other languages may be available For the purposes of this section, doctors memory will
in the future). refer to the doctors name, and the memory setting will
refer to the doctors memory number. Each of these
Footswitch: Footswitch control of continuous definitions is used interchangeably. Memory settings are
irrigation, footswitch vertical control (IV pole or located in a pop-up screen in the main screen.
Steerable I/A), detent position, and stiffness.
Remote: channel A/B/C/D select. Add a Doctor
The special function modes are IV Pole, Aspiration, 1. Press Custom.
Patient Eye Level (PEL), and Disk. 2. Press Add in Edit Doctor Box.
IV Pole sets the height of the irrigation bottle in each
3. Type Doctor name on the displayed keyboard (field
of the sub modes.
is limited to 18 characters). When required, the
Aspiration sets the aspiration flow rate in footpedal Backspace key deletes a single character to the left of
position 3 in each of the U/S submodes. the cursor. The Cancel key returns to the Program
PEL provides an offset to the IV Pole display to mode without saving.
accommodate low patient eye levels and/or the use of 4. Press Store. The doctors name is now the selected or
the IV pole extender. active name for the Program screen (right side of
screen).
Disk allows backup and restoration of doctor
memories, using 3.5" disks. 5. Press Exit to return to Main Menu screen and to
customize the program.
To return to the Mode screen, press the Exit button.
Erase a Doctor
Custom: Program
1. Press Custom.
FITZGERALD Def
Edit Doctor 2. Select Doctor to be erased from the right side of the
Add Erase screen.
ANDERSON
3. Press Exit.
Store Memory FITZGERALD
4. Enter Custom mode again.
1 2 3 4 FRANKLIN
5. Press Erase in Edit Doctor box.
MARTINEZ
Special Functions NGUYEN
6. Press Yes to confirm.
IV Pole Asp P.E.L. Disk SCHMIDT 7. Press Exit to return to Main menu.
Program Sound Voice Lang FootSw Remote Exit
Figure 1-21 CUSTOM: PROGRAM (V3.01 and below)
1-24 906-2000-501

Doctor Programming the previous set height (default 65 cm). If the IV pole
1. Press Custom. cannot reach the programmed height setting, the
bottle height display will blink.
2. Select Doctor.
3. Press Exit to return to the Main Menu screen. 11. Press Aspiration button in the Special Function box
4. Press each mode that programming is desired for and (to customize Aspiration flow rate(s) in the U/S
enter specific parameters, using the up and down modes). This allows the surgeon to use two different
arrows. aspiration flow rates for foot positions 2 and 3. The
following screen will be displayed:
NOTE: Saving Surgeon Controls into Memory - The
memory functions will save each control screen NOTE: Flow rate in position 3 will not be displayed
separately. The last screen saved will be the first one on front panel until footpedal is in position 3.
displayed in memory for each mode; thus, if the
doctor prefers Surg Asp in l/A Max, program the 12. Select the sub mode to be set in the Aspiration sub
Surg Asp screen last, before you save in Memory 1. menu.
When Memory 1 is pulled up, Surg Asp will be the 13. Adjust the setting by pressing the + or - boxes on the
first control mode displayed in l/A Max. screen or any of the up and down arrows (except
those for the IV bottle height) on the front panel.
5. After all mode parameters have been set, press 14. Repeat steps 12 and 13 for each mode/sub mode
Custom. desired.
6. Press IV Pole button in the Special Functions box to 15. Press Exit to return to the Program screen.
customize bottle height for individual modes. The
following screen will be displayed: 16. Press one of the four Store Memory buttons to store
all of the above settings. These settings will be used
7. Select the sub mode to be set in the IV Pole sub by the unit until the programming is changed.
menu.
17. Press Yes or No to confirm memory storage.
8. Adjust the setting by pressing the + or - boxes on the
screen or any of the up and down arrows (except
those for the IV bottle height) on the front panel. NOTE: Each doctor has the option of four
programmed memory settings available through
9. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for each mode/sub mode Store Memory.
desired.
10. Press Exit to return to the Program screen. 18. Press Exit to return to the Main Menu screen.
NOTE: A blank value for bottle height means
unprogrammed. The pole will not move to a new NOTE: A blank value for cc/min means
height when entering the given mode; it remains at un-programmed; ASP in position 3 will be the same
as in position 2.
Special Functions: IV Pole
Special Functions: Aspiration
Mode Bottle Height Mode Bottle Height
Footsw Position 3
Irr Footsw cm. + U/S Phaco cm.
Mode Aspiration Rate
Irr Freeflow cm. U/S Pulse cm. U/S Phaco cc/min +
I/A Min cm. U/S BiModal cm. cc/min

U/S Pulse
I/A Max cm. Vit ATIOP cm.
U/S BiModal cc/min
I/A Cap Vac cm. Hydro cm.
U/S Burst cc/min

U/S Burst cm. Vit I/A Cutter cm.
Select Desired Mode and Use + and
Keys to Adjust Aspiration Rate Values.
Exit
Exit
Figure 1-22 SPECIAL IV POLE SETUP

(V3.01 and below) Figure 1-23 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: ASPIRATION
(V3.01 and below)
906-2000-501 1-25

Access Pre-Programmed Memory Settings Saving and Restoring Doctor Memories
1. Press Custom. The system allows the user to back up all memories
2. Select the programmed doctors name. onto a formatted 3.5 disk, inserted into the slot found
on the Rear Connector Panel. Once backed up either a
3. Press Exit.
single Doctor, or all Doctor Memories, may be
4. Press Memory button on the right side of the restored.
Main Menu screen.
NOTE: Restoring all Doctors at once erases and
5. Select desired programmed memory setting (1, 2, overwrites any Doctor Memories residing on the
3, or 4). If no memory settings are selected, the system.
default setting will appear.
1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the
Reprogram Memories Disk button in the Special Functions box.
Memories should not be reprogrammed during a case. 2. Insert a formatted 3.5 disk into the floppy drive
Program and Custom sub modes changes should be slot, located on the Rear Connector Panel.
made in each memory setting individually to prevent
3. To back up all Doctor Memories press the All
accidental erasure.
button in the Backup Doctors To Diskette box.
1. Enter Custom screen and select the desired pre- Press the Yes button in the confirmation
programmed doctors name to copy from. window in the upper left region of the screen.
2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, 4. To restore a single Doctors Memory (all
or 4) to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen. memories belonging to selected Doctor name)
3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors press the List Doctors On Diskette button in
name and memory number should be displayed the upper right area of the screen. Press the
at the top of the screen in light blue). desired Doctor name button in the list to select a
Doctor. Press the Selected button in the
4. Make the appropriate changes to the program and
Restore Doctors From Diskette box, then press
custom sub modes.
the Yes button in the confirmation window.
5. Enter the Custom mode.
5. To restore all Doctor Memories press the All
6. Select the same Memory setting to store to. button in the Restore Doctors From Diskette box,
7. Confirm by pressing Yes. then press the Yes button in the confirmation
window.
Copy Memories
Setting a Patient Eye Level Adjustment
Memories can be copied from one doctor to another.
This procedure will assume the destination Doctors The system supports a Patient Eye Level offset
name (copy to) has been stored in memory. adjustment which allows the user to perform surgery
on eyes that are positioned below the cassette. This
1. Enter Custom screen and select the desired pre-
offset value is a system-wide value, and is recovered
programmed doctors name to copy from.
each time the user turns on system power. When a
2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, non-zero offset value is in effect, the letters "PEL"
or 4) to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen. will be displayed in the text window of all operating
3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors mode screens.
name and memory number should be displayed NOTE: The Patient Eye Level setting is global. If
at the top of the screen in light blue). changed, it will affect previously stored values for IV
4. Select Doctor to copy to (the copy to doctors bottle height.
name will now be highlighted in green, as well as
the memory settings and the exit key). 1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the
5. Select Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4) to store to. "P.E.L." button in the Special Functions box.
6. Confirm by depressing Yes. 2. Adjust the setting by pressing the + or boxes on
7. New Doctors Name and Memory Number should the screen or any of the up and down arrows
be displayed in the upper right hand column with (except those for the IV bottle height) on the
the updated information. Exiting the Custom mode front panel.
will bring up the newly stored program.
1-26 906-2000-501

For using the IV Pole Extender. The Custom Voice mode provides control of the system
1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the voice output. A toggle On/Off control and a linear
"P.E.L." button in the Special Functions box. volume control are provided. Controls are activated by
the touch keys. Arrow keys will scroll volume level.
2. Adjust the setting to -32 cm by pressing the + or
boxes on the screen or any of the up and down Custom - Language Mode
arrows (except those for the IV bottle height) on In this mode, the Lang menu key will be highlighted and
the front panel. Custom: Language will be displayed in the title area (for
3. For further information, such as how to combine future expansion).
this with patient eye level variations, refer to the
DFU that was supplied with the IV Pole The Custom Language mode will allow selection of the
Extender. system language. System Voice will prompt the user, and
NOTE: A blank value for the Patient Eye Level screen text will provide the selected language. The
means "unprogrammed." selection will be a multiple choice toggle activated via
the touch keys.
Custom - Sound Mode
In this mode the Sound key highlights and Custom: Custom - Footswitch Mode
Sound appears in the title area. In this mode the FootSw menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Footswitch is displayed in the title area.
Custom Sound mode provides control over sound tone
generation. The individual volume selection, and in some The Series 20000* and Accurus/Legacy footswitches
cases On/Off control, is provided. Controls are activated offer programmable footpedal detent placement. The
via touch keys. The volume of aspiration occlusion, U/S Custom Footswitch mode allows the footpedal travel
occlusion, Vacuum, and Coagulation tones are controlled between detents to be moved by selecting the Normal,
individually. The + and keys provide linear control over I/A, or Phaco keys. The footpedal is defaulted to Normal.
tone values, as reflected by the corresponding volume (Note: programmable detents are not available when
meters. The On/Off controls toggle the tone generation using the ATFS-Legacy footswitch.) Footpedal detent
status for Aspiration Occlusion and Vacuum tones; U/S stiffness can be selected as Hard, Medium, and Soft
Occlusion and Coagulation tones cannot be turned off (default is Medium). The percent of footpedal travel in
completely. each enhanced mode is listed in the table below:
Table 1-3 FOOTPEDAL TRAVEL IN ENHANCED
Custom - Voice Mode MODES (V3.01 and below)
In this mode, the Voice menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Voice is displayed in the title area. Footpedal Travel Normal I/A Phaco
Between Detents
0 to 1 5% 5% 5%
Custom: Sound
1 to 2 16% 16% 13%

Audio Level + Audio Level +
2 to 3 35% 50% 25%
ON Asp Occlusion OFF ON Vacuum OFF
3 to base 44% 29% 57%
Audio Level + Audio Level +
Continuous irrigation is available in all three custom

U/S Occlusion Coagulation
footswitch detent modes; it defaults to DISABLE. The
function allows the right side pedal to toggle the
irrigation valve ON and OFF.
Figure 1-24 CUSTOM: SOUND (V3.01 and below)
906-2000-501 1-27

These footpedal adjustments may be stored into memory:
Custom: Footswitch
Detent Position, Detent Stiffness, and Continuous
Irrigation. The three variables, however, are only
Footswitch Cont. Irr. Detent Range Stiffness
Vertical available once per doctors memory (i.e., Phaco - soft,
Control
Continuous Irrigation-On could be saved in Dr Alcon 1;
I/V Pole Enable Normal Hard
and I/A medium, Continuous Irrigation-Off saved in Dr
Alcon 2). You cannot save more than one set of variables
Steer I/A Disable I/A Medium in one memory. The set of variables saved will be global
None Phaco
for that entire memory selection.
Soft
Custom - Remote Mode

In this mode, the Remote menu key is highlighted and
Custom: Remote is displayed in the title area.
Figure 1-25 CUSTOM: FOOTSWITCH The Custom Remote mode allows the selection of four
(V3.01 and below) remote receive codes: A, B, C, & D. This selection must
correspond to the channel selection on the remote
Footswitch control of certain functions, using the left and control. The channel is a toggle selection activated via
right vertical buttons, may be selected or disabled. If the touch screen. No additional steps are needed once the
"None" is selected, the vertical buttons have no effect. remote channel is set.
Selecting "IV Pole" allows the user to increase or
decrease the IV Pole height, using the right and left The remote control must be switched to the appropriate
vertical buttons, respectively. If the Steerable I/A channel. Switch is located near the battery compartment
hardware is present on the system, the "Steerable I/A" (see Figure 1-10). "A" channel is the default channel. If
button appears on the Custom Footswitch screen. If the proper channel is not programmed on the front panel,
selected, this allows the Steerable I/A handpiece tip to the remote control will not function and all changes will
increasingly bend, using the right vertical button, or have to be made via the front panel.
straighten, using the left.
1-28 906-2000-501
CUSTOM MODE for software versions 3.12 and above

The Custom menu consists of six Modes and six Special The Custom/Program/Special Functions features are IV
Functions which provide the user with the ability to Pole, Aspiration, Occlusion, Disk, Metrics, and Patient
modify system settings and to access system Eye Level (PEL).
programmability. The modes are:
IV Pole sets the height of the irrigation bottle in each
Program: Programming new surgeon entry and of the sub modes.
operational preferences, and access to Special Aspiration sets the aspiration flow rate in footpedal
Functions. position 3 in each of the AdvanTec and U/S
Sound: audio levels for coagulation, vacuum level, submodes.
U/S occlusion and pre-occlusion, U/S Tone, and Occlusion screen defines U/S power and
aspiration occlusion and pre-occlusion. NeoSonix* amplitude automatic reduction as
Voice: audio level as well as ON and OFF selection. vacuum reaches pre-occlusion or occlusion values.
Pre-occlusion value is equal to approximately 90% of
Language: English (other languages may be available
the occlusion (vacuum limit) value. This power
as options).
reduction takes effect only in those submodes where
Footswitch: Footswitch control of switching between continuous ultrasound can be used: AdvanTec Phaco,
memories, modes and/or submodes, continuous U/S Phaco and U/S BiModal.
irrigation, footswitch vertical control (IV pole or
Disk allows backup and restoration of doctor
Steerable I/A), detent position, and stiffness.
memories, using 3.5" disks.
Remote: channel A/B/C/D select.
Legacy
Modes and Submodes
Custom Mode
Program Sound Voice Lang Footsw Remote

Tones for: Control of: Language: Programming of: Select:
Aspiration On/Off English Right Heel Channel A
Occlusion Volume Franais and Remote Channel B
U/S Espaol Vertical Control Channel C
Occlusion Deutsch Continuous Channel D
Aspiration Italiano Irrigation
Pre-Occlusion Portugus Detent Range
U/S Japanese Stiffness
Pre-Occlusion
U/S Power
Vacuum
Coagulation
Edit Store Special

Doctor Memory Functions
Add 1 IV Pole
Erase 2 Aspiration
3 Occlusion
4 Disk
All Metrics
P.E.L.
Figure 1-26 CUSTOM MODE (V3.12 and above)
906-2000-501 1-29
Custom: Program Special Functions: Metrics
Edit Doctor FITZGERALD Def

Ultrasound
Add Erase A.P. Footswitch Position 3 14.8%
ANDERSON U/S Average Power 25.7%
U/S Time 4.3 min (4 min 19 sec)
Store Memory FITZGERALD U/S Average Power AdvanTec Phaco 32.1%
U/S Time AdvanTec Phaco 0.4 min (0 min 23 sec)
1 2 3 4 All FRANKLIN
MARTINEZ NeoSoniX
Special Functions Average Amplitude 40.0%
NGUYEN NeoSoniX Time 4.3 min (4 min 19 sec)
IV Pole Asp Occl Equivalent U/S Power 0.1%
SCHMIDT Equivalent U/S Time 0.0 min (0 min 1 sec)
Disk Metrics P.E.L.
V
O
I
C
Program Sound Voice Lang FootSw Remote Exit Exit
Figure 1-27 CUSTOM: PROGRAM (V3.12 and above) Figure 1-28 METRICS SCREEN (V3.12 and above)
Metrics provides data related to the usage of

The Metrics screen may also contain the following
ultrasound and NeoSonix* oscillations during one
information, if applicable. NeoSonix* average
surgical procedure. All the values are computed from
amplitude, NeoSonix* time, Equivalent U/S Time
the moment the tuning is completed or when the
and Equivalent U/S Power. The last two values are
Reset button is pressed, whichever occurs later. The
calculated from the previous two values by taking
first line in the Metrics screen provides average U/S
into account differences between U/S frequency
power in footpedal position 3. This value is identical
(approximately 38,000 Hz) and NeoSonix*
to that of the A.P. (average power) value displayed
frequency of oscillations (approximately 100 Hz).
on the main surgical screen. The second and third
Equivalent U/S values are usually very small,
lines in the Metrics screen provide average U/S
reflecting the fact that very little energy is transferred
power and time. For continuous ultrasound there is
by mechanical oscillations of NeoSonix*.
no difference between the average U/S power
(second line) and average U/S power in footpedal PEL provides an offset to the IV Pole display to
position 3 (first line). For ultrasound used in pulse or accommodate patient eye levels different from that of
burst mode, average U/S power is greater than the the tray, and/or the use of the IV pole extender.
average U/S power in footpedal position 3, because
average U/S power in the latter case is averaged over To return to the Mode screen, press the Exit button.
the time including pauses between pulses or bursts of
ultrasound. Value in the first line is a better Custom - Program Mode
representation of potential for temperature increase at Program is the default mode after pressing the Custom
the incision, while average U/S power in conjunction key. This mode allows system operational parameters to
with the U/S time give a better representation of total be programmed, stored, and retrieved. Previously saved
energy delivered to the eye. The fourth and fifth lines parameters are saved under a doctor name & memory
provide U/S power and time measured during the number. The up and down arrows scroll the doctor list up
first mode only. Typically, the first mode is used for and down a page at a time. There are 16 pages of 6 names
the first phase of the phacoemulsification procedure, each for a total of 96 doctor names. Each name has four
for example Sculpting of the popular Divide-And- memory settings (Store memory) associated with it.
Conquer surgical technique. For that reason
ultrasound used in AdvanTec Visco submode is For purposes of this section, doctors memory will refer
never counted toward the first mode. The first mode to the doctors name, and the memory setting will refer to
is defined as any U/S submode or any AdvanTec the doctors memory number. Each of these definitions is
submode with the exception of the Visco submode. used interchangeably. Memory settings are located in a
Switching to a new mode, submode, or memory main screen pop-up.
signals the end of the first mode.
1-30 906-2000-501

Some attributes will be saved for each individual Doctor Programming
memory, for example Occlusion Power Management 1. Press Custom.
located under Special Functions/Occlusion. For such 2. Select Doctor.
attributes, the respective screen will state Setting applied
3. Press Exit to return to the Main Menu screen.
per memory. Other attributes, like any footswitch
related controls, will be saved once for each doctor. Such 4. Press each mode that programming is desired for and
attributes will remain identical regardless of memory. A enter specific parameters, using the up and down
respective setup screen will contain the statement arrows.
Settings apply to all memories of selected doctor. The
table below summarizes various settings: Note: Saving Surgeon Controls into Memory -
Memory functions save each control screen
Add a Doctor separately. The last screen saved is the first one
1. Press Custom. displayed in memory for each mode; thus, if the
2. Press Add in Edit Doctor Box. doctor prefers Surg Asp in I/A Max, program the
Surg Asp screen last, before saving in Memory 1.
3. Type Doctor name on the displayed keyboard (field
When Memory 1 is pulled up, Surg Asp is the first
is limited to 18 characters). When required, the
control mode displayed in I/A Max.
Backspace key deletes a single character to the left of
the cursor. The Cancel key returns to the Program
mode without saving. 5. After all mode parameters have been set, press
Custom.
4. Press Store. The doctors name is now the selected or
active name for the Program screen (right side of 6. Press IV Pole button in the Special Functions box to
screen). customize bottle height for individual modes. The
screen in Figure 1-29 will be displayed.
5. Press Exit to return to Main Menu screen and to
customize the program. 7. Select the sub mode to be set in the IV Pole sub
menu.
Erase a Doctor 8. Adjust the setting by pressing the + or - boxes on the
1. Press Custom. screen or any of the up and down arrows (except
those for the IV bottle height) on the front panel.
2. Select Doctor to be erased from the right side of the
screen. 9. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for each mode/sub mode
desired.
3. Press Exit.
10. Press Exit to return to the Program screen.
4. Enter Custom mode again.
5. Press Erase in Edit Doctor box.
NOTE: A blank value for bottle height means
6. Press Yes to confirm. unprogrammed. The pole will not move to a new
7. Press Exit to return to Main menu. height when entering the given mode; it remains at
the previous set height (default 65 cm). If the IV pole
cannot reach the programmed height setting, the
bottle height display will blink.
Table 1-4. VARIOUS MEMORY SETTINGS (V3.12 and above)
Per Memory Per Doctor Per Unit
Attributes Occlusion power All footswitch Language.

management. attributes. Remote Control Channel.
IV Pole. All sounds. PEL.
Aspiration in FP 3.
How to Save Press "Store" and Automatically saved without confirmation by

appropriate memory. exiting the respective screen after
appropriate adjustment.
906-2000-501 1-31
Special Functions: IV Pole Special Functions: Occlusion

Mode Bottle Height Mode Bottle Height
U/S at U/S at
Irr Footsw cm AdvanTec Visco cm Pre-Occlusion
+ Occlusion
Irr Freeflow cm AdvanTec Phaco cm Full Power Full Power
I/A Min cm AdvanTec Pulse cm Half Power Half Power
I/A Max cm AdvanTec Burst cm
Quarter Power Quarter Power
I/A CapVac cm U/S Phaco cm
Pulse Pulse
Vit ATIOP cm
U/S Pulse cm
Short Pulse Short Pulse
Vit I/A Cutter cm U/S BiModal cm
U/S Burst cm Power Off Power Off
Settings applied per memory.
Settings applied per memory. Exit

Exit
Figure 1-29 SPECIAL IV POLE SETUP Figure 1-31 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: OCCLUSION
(V3.12 and above) (V3.12 and above)
16. Press the Occlusion button in the Special Functions
11. Press Aspiration button in the Special Function box box to customize the power level during low flow
to customize Aspiration flow rate(s) in the U/S conditions (see Figure 1-31). There are two columns
modes (see Figure 1-28). This allows the surgeon to describing application of ultrasound power during
use two different aspiration flow rates for foot pre-occlusion (left column) and occlusion (right
positions 2 and 3. column). Pre-occlusion is defined as an event when
vacuum is approaching the vacuum limit and the
NOTE: Flow rate in position 3 will not be displayed pump has slowed down. This happens when the
on front panel until footpedal is in position 3. actual vacuum is approximately equal to 90% of the
set vacuum level. Occlusion is defined as an event
12. Select the sub mode to be set in the Aspiration sub when the pump has reached the vacuum limit and the
menu. pump has stopped.
13. Adjust the setting by pressing the + or - boxes on the
screen or any of the up and down arrows (except For either event, pre-occlusion or occlusion,
those for the IV bottle height) on the front panel. ultrasound power can be reduced to one-half or one-
14. Repeat steps 12 and 13 for each mode/sub mode quarter of the commanded power, or switched to
desired. pulsed application at the commanded power with
either 50% on-time pulse (50% duty cycle) or 25%
15. Press Exit to return to the Program screen.
on-time short pulse (25% duty cycle). It is also
possible to turn ultrasound off for either event.
Special Functions: Aspiration
Footswitch Position 3 NeoSonix* amplitude is not affected by the

Mode Rate Mode Rate Occlusion Power Management, but NeoSonix*
U/S Phaco cc/min AdvanTec Visco cc/min +
oscillations will be switched to Pulse or Short Pulse
U/S Pulse cc/min AdvanTec Phaco cc/min
so that oscillations will be active only when
U/S BiModal cc/min AdvanTec Pulse cc/min ultrasound is active. Switching ultrasound off as part
U/S Burst cc/min AdvanTec Burst cc/min
of the Occlusion Power Management will also turn
off NeoSonix* oscillations. The only combinations
Select Desired Mode and Use + and allowed are those that do not increase amount of
Keys to Adjust Aspiration Rate Values.
ultrasound power at occlusion as compared to pre-
occlusion (see Table 1-5).
Settings applied per memory.
Exit
Occlusion Power Management applies only to
Figure 1-30 SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: ASPIRATION AdvanTec Phaco, U/S Phaco, and U/S BiModal
(V3.12 and above) submodes.
1-32 906-2000-501

Table 1-5. ACCEPTABLE PRE-OCCLUSION/OCCLUSION COMBINATIONS (V3.12 and above)
Occlusion
Pre-Occlusion Full Half Quarter Pulse Short Pulse Off
Full OK OK OK OK OK OK
Half X OK OK OK OK OK
Quarter X X OK X OK OK
Pulse X OK OK OK OK OK
Short Pulse X X OK X OK OK
Off X X X X X OK
17. Press one of the four Store Memory buttons to store 4. Make the appropriate changes to the program and
all of the above settings. These settings will be used custom sub modes.
by the unit until the programming is changed. 5. Enter the Custom mode.
18. Press Yes or No to confirm memory storage. 6. Select the same Memory setting to store to.
NOTE: Each doctor has the option of four 7. Confirm by pressing Yes.
programmed memory settings available through
Store Memory.
Copy Memories
19. Press Exit to return to the Main Menu screen. Memories can be copied from one doctor to another. This
NOTE: A blank value for cc/min means procedure will assume the destination Doctors name
un-programmed; Asp in position 3 will be the same (copy to) has been stored in memory.
as in position 2. 1. Enter Custom screen and select the desired pre-
programmed doctors name to copy from.
Access Pre-Programmed Memory Settings (can be done 2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4)
at any time) to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen.
1. Press Custom. 3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors name
2. Select the programmed doctors name. and memory number should be displayed at the top
3. Press Exit. of the screen in light blue).
4. Press Memory button on the right side of the Main 4. Select Doctor to copy to (the copy to doctors name
Menu screen. will now be highlighted in green, as well as the
memory settings and the exit key).
5. Select desired programmed memory setting (1, 2, 3,
or 4). If no memory settings are selected, the default 5. Select Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4) to store to.
setting will appear. 6. Confirm by depressing Yes.
7. New Doctors Name and Memory Number should be
Reprogram Memories displayed in the upper right hand column with the
Memories should not be reprogrammed during a case. updated information. Exiting the Custom mode will
Program and Custom sub modes changes should be made bring up the newly stored program.
in each memory setting individually to prevent accidental
erasure. Copy Doctors
1. Enter Custom screen and select the desired pre- This function allows to copy all memories from one
programmed doctors name to copy from. doctor to all respective memories
2. Exit to select the exact Memory Setting (1, 2, 3, or 4) of another doctor in one step. This procedure will assume
to copy from in the pop-up Memory screen. the destination Doctors name (copy to) has been stored
3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors name in memory.
and memory number should be displayed at the top 1. Enter Custom screen and select the desired pre-
of the screen in light blue). programmed doctors name to copy from.
906-2000-501 1-33

2. Exit the Custom screen. Software version 3.12 will accept doctor memories backed
3. Re-enter Custom mode (copy from doctors name up by older versions, namely 2.4x, 2.5x, and 3.0x. The
should be displayed at the top of the screen in light following changes occur as a result of the conversion:
blue). 1. All Hydrosonics* settings will be discarded since
version 3.1x or above does not support that mode.
4. Select Doctor to copy to (the copy to doctors name
will now be highlighted ingreen, as well as the 2. Parameters contained in the U/S Phaco, U/S Pulse
memory settings and the exit key). and U/S Burst will be copied into AdvanTec Phaco,
AdvanTec Pulse, and AdvanTec Burst respectively.
5. Select "All" to copy all memories from the former
AdvanTec amplitude and threshold will be set to
doctor to the respective memories of the latter doctor.
default values.
6. Confirm by pressing Yes.
3. All footswitch attributes and all sounds contained in
7. New Doctors Name should be displayed in the upper 1st memory will be copied into all memories of that
right hand column with the updated information. doctor. All footswitch attributes and all sounds
Exiting the Custom mode will bring up the newly contained in 2nd, 3rd, and 4th memories will be
stored program. discarded.
NOTE: Please use a blank diskette, or one that
Saving and Restoring Doctor Memories was previously used as a Legacy backup diskette,
The system allows the user to back up all memories onto when backing up Doctor Memories. It is
a formatted 3.5 disk, inserted into the floppy drive slot recommended that you properly label the diskette
found on the Rear Connector Panel. Once backed up by including the version number of the software
either a single Doctor, or all Doctor Memories, may be installed on your system (e.g. V2.52). Do not
restored. attempt to restore the Doctor Memories to a
system having an older software version.
NOTE: Restoring all Doctors at once erases and
overwrites any Doctor Memories residing on the
Setting IV Pole Offset and a Patient Eye Level
system.
Adjustment
The system supports an IV Pole offset which is used to
1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the Disk
account for presence of IV pole extender. Patient Eye
button in the Special Functions box.
Level offset adjustment allows the user to perform
2. Insert a formatted 3.5 disk into the floppy drive slot, surgery on eyes that are positioned at a level different
located on the Rear Connector Panel. from that of the tray. This offset value is a global system-
3. To back up all Doctor Memories press the All wide value, and is recovered each time the user turns on
button in the Backup Doctors To Diskette box. Press system power. The text window of all operating mode
the Yes button in the confirmation window in the screens will display numerical value in centimeters of the
upper left region of the screen. IV pole extender length and added relative bottle height
4. To restore a single Doctors Memory (all memories due to patient's eye located below the tray level.
belonging to selected Doctor name) press the List NOTE: The IV Pole offset and Patient Eye Level
Doctors On Diskette button in the upper right area settings are global. If changed, they will affect IV
of the screen. Press the desired Doctor name button bottle height.
in the list to select a Doctor. Press the Selected
button in the Restore Doctors From Diskette box, 1. Enter the Custom Mode screen and press the "P.E.L."
then press the Yes button in the confirmation button in the Special Functions box.
window. 2. If the IV pole extender is present on the system, enter
5. To restore all Doctor Memories press the All its length in the IV pole section of the menu. If the
button in the Restore Doctors From Diskette box, patients eye is located at a level different from that
then press the Yes button in the confirmation of the tray, enter the relative height in the P.E.L.
window. section of the screen. If the eye is located below tray
level, enter negative value; if the eye is located above
tray level, enter positive value. Adjust the settings by
pressing the + or boxes on the screen or any of the
up/down arrows (except those for the IV bottle
height) on the front panel.
1-34 906-2000-501

Custom - Sound Mode applied (footpedal position 2). U/S pre-occlusion and
In this mode the Sound key highlights and Custom: occlusion sounds can only be enabled when either U/S or
Sound appears in the title area. NeoSonix* is applied (footpedal position 3). U/S power
sound can be enabled to obtain audible indication that
Custom Sound mode provides control over sound tone either U/S or NeoSonix* are applied.
generation. ON/OFF controls are provided for Asp
Occlusion, Asp Pre-Occlusion, U/S Pre-Occlusion, Custom - Voice Mode
Vacuum, and U/S Power. Controls are activated via touch In this mode, the Voice menu key is highlighted and
keys. The volume of aspiration occlusion, U/S occlusion, Custom: Voice is displayed in the title area.
U/S, vacuum, and coagulation tones are controlled by the
Audio Level. The + and keys provide linear control The Custom Voice mode provides control of the system
over tone values, as reflected by the corresponding voice output. A toggle On/Off control and a linear
volume meter. For safety reasons U/S occlusion and volume control are provided. Controls are activated by
coagulation tones default to ON only and cannot be the touch keys. Arrow keys will scroll volume level.
completely turned off.
Custom - Language Mode
Vacuum tone is continuous and its pitch rises as vacuum In this mode, the Lang menu key will be highlighted and
increases. Sudden increase in vacuum tone pitch (vacuum Custom: Language will be displayed in the title area.
increase) while commanded aspiration flow rate is
constant usually indicates that the tip is occluded and that The Custom Language mode will allow selection of the
the flow through the system is considerably reduced. As system language. System Voice will prompt the user, and
vacuum continues rising and approaching maximum screen text will provide the selected language. The
allowed value (vacuum limit), pre-occlusion tone will selection will be a multiple choice toggle activated via
sound, if enabled. This will indicate that the vacuum is at the touch keys.
approximately 90% of the vacuum limit and that the
pump has slowed down. For ABS tips, the vacuum level Custom - Footswitch Mode
often does not increase to the vacuum limit, especially in In this mode the FootSw menu key is highlighted and
high vacuum settings (>200 mmHg); therefore, if a user Custom: Footswitch is displayed in the title area.
desires an audible indicator of maximum vacuum, the
pre-occlusion sound can be activated. Custom: Footswitch
The defaults for pre-occlusion sounds, both Asp and U/S, Right Heel Footswitch Continuous Detent Stiffness
& Remote Vertical Irrigation Range
are OFF. Occlusion sounds indicate the vacuum limit is Control
None
reached and that the pump is stopped. Aspiration I/V Pole Enable Normal Hard
occlusion and pre-occlusion sounds can only be enabled Memory

Steer I/A Disable I/A Medium
when no ultrasound or NeoSonix* oscillations are Mode
None Phaco Soft
SubMode
Custom: Sound
Procedure
Settings apply to all memories of selected doctor.

System Sounds Level
V
O
I
C
E
Asp Pre-Occlusion U/S Power Audio Level + Program Sound Voice Lang Footsw Remote Exit
Asp Occlusion Vacuum

On / Off
Figure 1-33 CUSTOM: FOOTSWITCH
U/S Pre-Occlusion Coagulation (V3.12 and above)
ON OFF
U/S Occlusion The Accurus/Legacy footswitch has a heel switch
Settings apply to all memories of selected doctor.
which can be programmed to navigate through
V
subsequent memories, modes, submodes or custom
O
sequence of the above procedure. Pressing the heel

I
C
Program Sound Voice Lang FootSw Remote Exit switch for less than 0.5 sec but longer than 0.1 sec will
advance the unit to the next setting. Pressing on the
Figure 1-32 CUSTOM: SOUND (V3.12 and above)
906-2000-501 1-35

switch for longer than 0.5 sec will advance the unit to the Once the procedure is programmed, the two buttons of
previous setting. The following selections are possible: the Remote control will advance or reverse the procedure
sequence, even if the heel switch is not enabled to
NONE Heel switch is disabled (default condition). operate Procedure.
MEMORY Allows advance sequentially through Custom: Procedure

memories 1-2-3-4-1-. . . or reverse action (e.g., switching
Mode Submode Memory Procedure
from memory 1 to 4).
Irr Phaco Memory 1 AdvanTec Visco 1
MODE Allows advance sequentially through modes AdvanTec Pulse Memory 2 + AdvanTec Phaco 1
AdvanTec Burst 2
Irr-AdvanTec-U/S-I/A-Vit-Coag-Irr-. . . or reverse action U/S BiModal Memory 3
U/S BiModal 3
(e.g., switching from AdvanTec to Irr). I/A Burst Memory 4
Vit
Irr Cont 1
Defaults
I/A Max 1
SUBMODE Allows advance sequentially through
Coag
submodes within one mode, such as AdvanTec Visco I/A CapVac 1
AdvanTec Phaco AdvanTec Pulse AdvanTec Burst I/A Max 2
AdvanTec Visco -. . . or reverse action (e.g., switching

from AdvanTec Phaco to AdvanTec Visco).
Settings apply to all memories of selected doctor. Exit
PROCEDURE Allows advance through customized

sequence of submodes. The sequence can be programmed Figure 1-34 CUSTOM: FOOTSWITCH: PROCEDURE
using Procedure editing screen accessed by touching the (V3.12 and above)
... button located immediately to the right of the
Procedure button. After a mode, submode and memory
are pressed and highlighted. Pressing the + (add) The Series 20000* and Accurus/Legacy footswitches
button will add the combination to the last free line of the offer programmable footpedal detent placement. The
right column containing procedure sequence. Up to eight Custom Footswitch mode allows the footpedal travel
steps in the procedure are allowed. To delete a step, between detents to be moved by selecting the Normal, I/
highlight it by pressing and press the (delete) button. A, or Phaco keys. The footpedal is defaulted to Normal.
To move a step up or down, highlight it and use (Note that programmable detents are not available when
membrane keys located to the right of the screen (upper using the ATFS-Legacy footswitch.) Footpedal detent
set of keys only). Programming the heel switch stiffness can be selected as Hard, Medium, and Soft
determines functionality of the Forward and Reverse (default is Medium). The percent of footpedal travel in
buttons in the bottom row of Remote control buttons. each enhanced mode is listed in the table below:
Table 1-6. FOOTPEDAL TRAVEL IN ENHANCED MODES (V3.12 and above)
Footpedal Travel
Between Detents Normal I/A Phaco
0 to 1 5% 5% 5%
1 to 2 16% 16% 13%
2 to 3 35% 50% 25%
3 to base 44% 29% 57%
1-36 906-2000-501
Continuous irrigation is available in all three custom TEST MODE for Software Versions 3.01 and Below
footswitch detent modes; it defaults to DISABLE. This
allows the right side pedal to toggle the irrigation valve The Test mode can be entered via IRR, Hydro, U/S, I/A,
ON and OFF. and Vit. The Test key can be activated via the front panel
or the remote. Test key is disabled in Coag and Custom
Footswitch control of certain functions, using the left and modes. Continuous irrigation is not accessible in this
right vertical buttons, may be selected or disabled. If mode.
"None" is selected, the vertical buttons have no effect.
Selecting "I/V Pole" allows the user to increase or When the Test key is pressed from any mode (other than
decrease the IV Pole height, using the right and left Coag and Custom), the Test base screen is displayed. The
vertical buttons, respectively. If the Kelman Steerable I/ next Test key depression initiates the priming sequence
A hardware is present on the system, the "Steerable I/A" (except in I/A mode), whereas another Test key
button appears on the Custom Footswitch screen. If depression in succession would bypass priming and take
selected, this allows the Steerable I/A handpiece tip to the system directly to vacuum check. A vent check is
increasingly bend, using the right vertical button, or performed after completion of vacuum check.
straighten, using the left.
Coagulation is available in the Test mode during priming
These footpedal adjustments may be stored once per and cleaning of the system. It is not accessible during any
doctor: Detent Position, Detent Stiffness, and Continuous active U/S or HydroSonics* handpiece tuning.
Irrigation. The three adjustments are only available once Coagulation control during Test mode is only available in
per doctors memory (i.e., Phaco, Soft, Continuous Panel control. Coagulation voltage will be displayed on
Irrigation-On could be saved in Dr. Alcon; and I/A the sidebar of the screen and may be increased or
Medium, Continuous Irrigation-Off saved in Dr. decreased by adjusting the corresponding arrow keys.
Johnson). More than one set of variables per doctor These new values will be retained in Panel control when
cannot be saved. The set of variables saved will be the Coagulation Panel mode is selected again.
same for all memories, modes, and submodes of the
particular doctor. Prime Key Processing - Initiates the priming sequence
where fluid is flushed through the system to remove
Custom - Remote Mode air. Priming is followed by vacuum and venting
In this mode, the Remote menu key is highlighted and checks. Upon successful completion of both vacuum
Custom: Remote is displayed in the title area. (400 mmHg) and vent (5 mmHg) checks the system
will display Priming Complete. Prime key is faded
The Custom Remote mode allows the selection of four out in I/A mode.
remote receive codes: A, B, C, & D. This selection must If either vacuum or vent checks are incomplete the
correspond to the channel selection on the remote system will display Check fittings-Reprime, with an
control. The channel is a toggle selection activated via appropriate code (i.e., 1., 2., 3.). In Irrigation mode, if
the touch screen. No additional steps are needed once the code 1 or 2 is encountered, the system will attempt to
remote channel is set. The remote channel is stored once reprime once.
for the unit.
Tune Key Processing - If system is already primed,
The remote control must be switched to the appropriate then tuning is performed in Hydro and U/S modes
channel. The switch is located near the battery only. Tune key will be faded out if this function is not
compartment. "A" channel is the default channel. If the available for the selected mode (i.e., Irr, I/A, and Vit
proper channel is not programmed on the front panel, the modes ), or if system is Not Primed in Hydro, U/S
remote control will not function and all changes will have modes, or if the handpiece is not inserted.
to be made via the front panel. Charge Key Processing (if Steerable I/A system is
installed, and it is selected) - If the system is already
primed, then charging of the Steerable I/A system is
performed automatically in U/S and I/A modes. The
system will test the Steerable I/A system and will
verify the presence of a Steerable I/A handpiece.
906-2000-501 1-37
Clean Key Processing - Will clear any remaining fluid TEST MODE for Software Versions 3.12 and Above
from system between cases and prior to turning off the
machine. The Test mode can be entered via IRR, AdvanTec, U/S,
Stop Key Processing - Stop key returns user to the sub I/A, and Vit. The Test key can be activated via the front
modes. The Stop key can be pressed at any time to panel or the remote. Test key is disabled in Coag and
stop priming or cleaning. If unit is already primed, the Custom modes. Continuous irrigation is not accessible in
system will remain primed when the Stop key is this mode.
depressed.
When the Test key is pressed from any mode (other than
Coag and Custom), the Test screen is displayed (See
Test Key Figure 1-20). The next Test key depression initiates the
Test Key in IRR Mode - Priming, Vacuum check, and priming sequence, whereas another Test key depression
Vent check sequence are performed during the IRR in succession would bypass priming and take the system
menu, as described in Test key processing on prior directly to vacuum check. A vent check is performed
page. after completion of vacuum check.
Test Key in Hydro Mode - Priming of the
HydroSonics* handpiece with a series of injection Coagulation is available in the Test mode during priming
pulses is performed, followed by tuning of the and cleaning of the system. It is not accessible during
handpiece. After successful completion of tuning, the U/S or NeoSonix* handpiece tuning/flow check
Tune status indicator on the front panel changes from sequence. Coagulation control during Test mode is only
red to green. available in Panel control. Coagulation voltage will be
displayed on the sidebar of the screen and may be
Test Key in U/S Mode - Priming, vacuum check, and
increased or decreased by adjusting the corresponding
vent check are performed in the U/S mode as
arrow keys. These new values will be retained in Panel
described in Test key processing on prior page. Upon
control when Coagulation Panel mode is selected again.
successful completion of vacuum and vent checks, the
system automatically proceeds to tuning of the U/S
Prime Key Processing - Initiates the priming
handpiece. If the tuning check is successful, Tuning
sequence - where fluid is flushed through the system
Complete appears and the Tune status indicator
to remove air. Priming is followed by vacuum and
changes from red to green.
venting checks. Upon successful completion of both
Upon successful completion of tuning, if the Steerable vacuum (400 mmHg) and vent (5 mmHg) checks
I/A option is installed and selected, the system will the system will display Priming Complete.
automatically proceed to charging the Steerable I/A
handpiece. If charging of the Steerable I/A handpiece
is successful, the Charging Complete message is If either vacuum or vent checks are incomplete the
displayed and the Charge status indicator changes system will display Check fittings-Reprime, with
from red to green. an appropriate code (i.e., 1., 2., 3.). If code 2 or 3 is
encountered, the system will attempt to reprime once.
A flow test is also performed after tuning to check for See Troubleshooting section for additional
handpiece flow. An advisory is given if there are any information.
occlusions.
Test Key in I/A Mode - If the Test key is pressed, the Pressing Test key again will activate Fill where both
system performs charging as described in Charge Key irrigation and reflux valves will be opened to achieve
Processing on the prior page. If the charge is the most efficient air removal from the tubing lines
successful, Charge Complete is displayed and the and handpiece. Streaming irrigation solution can also
Charge status indicator changes from red to green. be used to fill a test chamber or a beaker as needed.
Test Key in Vit Mode - Priming, Vacuum check, and Fill will automatically stop after 30 seconds and it
Vent check are performed in the Vit mode as can be terminated earlier by pressing the Fill button
described in Test key processing above. or the Test key. The latter action will also initiate
tuning/flow check sequence.
Test Key in Coag Mode - Test key is not allowed in
this mode.
Test Key in Custom Mode - Test key is not allowed in
this mode.
1-38 906-2000-501
Tune Key Processing - After the system is primed,

tuning can be performed. Tune key will be faded out
if system is Not Primed or if the handpiece is not
inserted. After successful completion of tuning,
which takes approximately half a second, the system
will automatically proceed to flow check. If the
tuning and flow check are successful, Tuning
complete appears and the Tune status indicator
changes from red to green. If tuning or flow check is
unsuccessful, see Troubleshooting section for
additional information.
Charge Key Processing (if Kelman Steerable I/A

system is installed, and it is selected) - If the system
is already primed, then charging of the Steerable I/A
system is performed automatically following
successful tune/flow check sequence. The system
will test the Steerable I/A system and will verify the
presence of a Steerable I/A handpiece. If charging of
the Steerable I/A handpiece is successful,
the"Charging Complete" message is displayed and
the Charge status indicator changes from red to
green.
Clean Key Processing - Will clear any remaining

fluid from system between cases and prior to turning
off the machine.
Stop Key Processing - Stop key returns user to the

sub modes. The Stop key can be pressed at any time
to stop priming, flow check, or cleaning. If unit is
already primed, the system will remain primed when
the Stop key is depressed.
WARNING!
Inadvertent actuation of TEST MODE while a
handpiece is in the eye can create a hazardous
condition that may result in patient injury.
906-2000-501 1-39
FOOTSWITCH Tension Adjustment Control - Controls the amount of

spring tension on both the downstroke and return of the
Functions within the operating modes of the unit are footpedalturn clockwise to tighten, counterclockwise to
controlled by the operation of the footswitch (see Figure loosen.
1-35). Legacy compatible footswitches all have one
footpedal (treadle), and four momentary on/off switches Left Horizontal Switch (reflux) - The left horizontal
(right and left horizontal, right and left vertical). In switch of the footswitch provides reflux. The reflux
addition, both the Series 20000* and Accurus/ function is available in any mode except Coag or
Legacy footswitch types allow software control of Custom, but the footpedal must be in position 0. Reflux
detents, and the Accurus/Legacy footswitch has a heel pressure is a function of the irrigation bottle height.
switch. When this switch is depressed, the rectangle to the left of
the Footswitch Position indicator on the front panel
Programmability of detents, if available for particular illuminates magenta. An outflow of gravity-fed irrigation
footswitch, is accessed only through the front panel. See solution is introduced into the aspiration line; this allows
Custom Mode: Footswitch. (It cannot be programmed the surgeon to disengage any material that may become
using the remote control.) stuck in an aspiration port without having to manually
squeeze the reflux squeeze bulb.
Figure 1-36 and Tables 1-7 and 1-8 summarize
footswitch operation for the various modes: Right Horizontal Switch (continuous irrigation) - The
right horizontal switch of the footswitch toggles
Footpedal (linear control) - The footpedal controls continuous irrigation on and off (see the Irrigation Mode,
system functions and provides linear control of certain Continuous Irrigation submode for further explanation).
parameters. Its four possible operating positions are: 0
(standby), 1 (footswitch symbol on front panel displays Left Vertical Button ( IV pole down or steerable I/A) -
yellow), 2 (footswitch symbol on front panel displays Use of the left vertical button is dictated by the settings
green), and 3 (footswitch symbol on front panel displays indicated/made in the Custom: Footswitch front panel
fuschia). The footpedal operating position is displayed in screen. If set to None, this button is ineffectual. If set to
the display window. IV Pole, the left vertical button moves the IV pole
down. If steerable I/A is available on the system, and
Steer I/A is selected, pressing the button will bend the
steerable I/A tip.
Tension Adjustment Knob
Footpedal
Left Horizontal/Vertical Switch Right Horizontal/Vertical Switch
Heel Switch
(not present on Series 20000* footswitch)
Figure 1-35 ACCURUS/LEGACY FOOTSWITCH
1-40 906-2000-501
Right Vertical Button ( IV pole up or steerable I/A) -Use Software V3.12 and above:
of the right vertical button is dictated by the settings - If the heel switch is pressed for a duration shorter
indicated/made in the Custom: Footswitch front panel than 0.1 second, there is no action.
screen. If set to None, this button is ineffectual. If set to
- Between 0.1 and 0.5 second the system advances
IV Pole, the right vertical button moves the IV pole up.
to the next setting as programmed under the
If steerable I/A is available on the system, and Steer
Customer/Footswitch/Heel menu.
I/A is selected, pressing the button will straighten the
steerable I/A tip. - Longer than 0.5 second, the system goes back to
the previous setting.
Heel Switch - This feature is only available for the
Accurus/Legacy footswitch.
Software V2.42 through V3.01: The heel switch
performs the function of the front panel or remote
Memory key. The first press of the heel switch
activates the memory menu; subsequent, closely
spaced presses toggle between memories in an
upward (1-2-3-4-Default-1) direction.
OFF (position 0)
OFF (position 0)
I/A PHACOEMULSIFICATION IRRIGATION (position 1)
IRR/ASP/ULTRASONICS (position 3)
OFF (position 0)
ANTERIOR VITRECTOMY/
ATIOP
IRR/CUTTING (position 2)
OFF (position 0)
IRR/ASP/CUTTING (position 3) AdvanTec Irrigation (position 1)

(V3.12 and above) IRR / Aspiration (position 2)
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics (position 3;

OFF (position 0) U/S power <NeoSoniX threshold)
ANTERIOR VITRECTOMY/
I/A CUTTER IRRIGATION (position 1) IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics/NeoSoniX
(position 3; U/S power NeoSoniX threshold)
OFF (position 0)
IRR/ASP/CUTTING (position 3) AdvanTec
OFF (position 0)
IRR / ASP / Ultrasonics (position 3;
STANDBY (position 1) NeoSoniX threshold >U/S power limit or NeoSonix amplitude = 0)
COAGULATION
POWER (position 2)
OFF (position 0)
POWER (position 3) Irrigation (position 1)

AdvanTec
IRR / ASP / NeoSoniX (position 3;

OFF (position 0) NeoSoniX threshold = 0, U/S power = 0)
HYDROSONICS
(V3.01 and below) PULSED U/S (position 2)
PULSED U/S /
PULSED INJECTION (position 3)
Figure 1-36 FOOTPEDAL TRAVEL BY MODE OF OPERATION
906-2000-501 1-41
Table 1-7 OPERATION BY MODE AND FOOTPEDAL POSITION FOR SOFTWARE VERSIONS 3.01 AND
BELOW
OPERATION AT FOOTPEDAL POSITION FTSW
MODE 0 1 2 3 REFLUX CONT IRR
IRR: FOOTSWITCH STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION IRRIGATION YES NO
IRR: FREE FLOW IRRIGATION IRRIGATION IRRIGATION IRRIGATION NO NO
IRR: CONTINUOUS IRRIGATION IRRIGATION IRRIGATION IRRIGATION NO NO
HYDRO PANEL STANDBY IRRIGATION PULSED PULSED ULTRASONICS/ PULSED NO

ULTRASONICS PULSED INJECTION INJECTION
HYDRO SURGEON STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ PULSED NO

VARIABLE PULSED VARIABLE PULSED INJECTION
ULTRASONICS ULTRASONICS/
PULSED INJECTION
U/S PHACO PANEL OR STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

U/S PULSE PANEL ASPIRATION ASPIRATION/
FIXED ULTRASONICS
U/S PHACO SURGEON OR STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/

U/S PULSE SURGEON ASPIRATION ASPIRATION/ YES YES
VARIABLE ULTRASONICS
U/S BIMODAL STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

SRGASP VARIABLE ASPIRATION FIXED ASPIRATION/
U/S BIMODAL STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

SRGVAC FIXED ASPIRATION/ FIXED ASPIRATION/
VARIABLE VACUUM LIMIT FIXED VACUUM LIMIT
U/S BURST STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

PANEL ASPIRATION ASPIRATION/
SINGLE BURST OF
ULTRASONICS
U/S BURST STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

SURGEON ASPIRATION ASPIRATION/
VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
BURST ULTRASONICS
IA/MIN PANEL OR STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

l/A MAX PANEL ASPIRATION ASPIRATION
I/A MIN SRGASP STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

OR VARIABLE ASPIRATION/ VARIABLE ASPIRATION/
I/A MAX SRGASP FIXED VACUUM LIMIT FIXED VACUUM LIMIT
I/A MIN SRGVAC STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

OR VARIABLE VACUUM LIMIT/ VARIABLE VACUUM LIMIT/
I/A MAX SRGVAC FIXED ASPIRATION FIXED ASPIRATION
I/A CAP VAC STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

(PANEL ONLY) ASPIRATION ASPIRATION
VIT ATIOP PANEL STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/CUTTING IRRIGATION/CUTTING/ YES YES

ASPIRATION
VIT ATIOP SRG/ASP STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/CUTTING IRRIGATION/CUTTING/ YES YES

VARIABLE ASPIRATION/
FIXED VACUUM
VIT ATIOP SRG/VAC STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/CUTTING IRRIGATION/CUTTING/ YES YES

VARIABLE VACUUM/
FIXED ASPIRATION
VIT I/A CUTTER STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION/ IRRIGATION/ YES YES

PANEL ASPIRATION ASPIRATION/CUTTING

SRGASP ASPIRATION VARIABLE ASPIRATION/
FIXED VACUUM/CUTTING

SRGVAC ASPIRATION VARIABLE VACUUM/
FIXED ASPIRATION/CUTTING
COAG PANEL STANDBY STANDBY COAGULATION COAGULATION N/A NO
COAG SURGEON STANDBY STANDBY VARIABLE COAGULATION VARIABLE COAGULATION N/A NO
TEST N/A N/A COAGULATION COAGULATION N/A NO

(EXCEPT WHEN TUNING) (EXCEPT WHEN TUNING)
CUSTOM PROGRAM STANDBY IRRIGATION IRRIGATION IRRIGATION N/A YES
Venting occurs when the footpedal transitions from position 2 to position 1.
1-42 906-2000-501
Table 1-8 OPERATION BY MODE AND FOOTPEDAL POSITION FOR SOFTWARE VERSIONS 3.12 AND
ABOVE
OPERATION AT FOOTPEDAL POSITION
MODE SUBMODE CONTROL FLOW 1 2 3 REFLUX CONT IRR
AdvanTec Visco Panel Linear Irr Irr/ Lin Asp Yes Yes
I/A/ Short Pulsed Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp Yes Yes
Surgeon Linear Irr Irr/ Lin Asp Yes Yes

I/A/ Short Pulsed Linear U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Phaco Panel Linear Irr Irr/ Lin Asp Yes Yes

I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix*

I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Pulse Panel Linear Irr Irr/ Lin Asp Yes Yes

I/A/ Pulsed Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix*

I/A/ Pulsed Linear U/S and/or NeoSonix*
Burst Panel Linear Irr Irr/ Lin Asp Yes Yes

I/A/ Single U/S and/or NeoSonix* Burst
Surgeon Linear Irr Irr/ Lin Asp I/A/ Fixed U/S and/or NeoSonix* Bursts Yes Yes
Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp with Reducing Off-Time Yes Yes
U/S Phaco Panel Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S Yes Yes
Surgeon Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S Yes Yes
Pulse Panel Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Pulsed Fixed U/S Yes Yes
Surgeon Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp Yes Yes
BiModal Panel Surg Asp Irr Irr/ Lin Asp I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S Yes Yes
Surg Vac Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp, Yes Yes

I/A/ Continuous Fixed U/S
Lin Vac
Surgeon Surg Asp Irr Irr/ Lin Asp I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S Yes Yes
Surg Vac Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp, Yes Yes

I/A/ Continuous Linear U/S
Lin Vac
Burst Panel Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Single U/S Burst Yes Yes
Surgeon Fixed Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp I/A/ Fixed U/S Bursts with Reducing Off-Time Yes Yes
I/A Min, Max Panel Irr Irr/ Fixed Aspiration Rate Yes Yes
SurgAsp Irr Irr/ Linear Aspiration Rate Yes Yes
SurgVac Irr Irr/ Fixed Aspiration Rate / Linear Vacuum Limit Yes Yes
CapVac Panel Irr Irr/ Fixed Aspiration Rate Yes Yes
Vit ATIOP Panel Irr Irr/ Cutting Irr/ Cutting/ Fixed Asp/ Fix Vac Yes Yes
SurgAsp Irr Irr/ Cutting Irr/ Cutting/ Lin Asp/ Fix Vac Yes Yes
SurgVac Irr Irr/ Cutting Irr/ Cutting/ Fixed Asp/ Lin Vac Yes Yes
I/A Cutter Panel Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp Irr/ Fix Asp/ Fixed Vac/ Cutting Yes Yes
SurgAsp Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp Irr/ Lin Asp/ Fixed Vac/ Cutting Yes Yes
SurgVac Irr Irr/ Fixed Asp Irr/ Fix Asp/ Lin Vac/ Cutting Yes Yes
Coag Panel -- Fixed Coagulation No No
Surgeon -- Lin Coagulation No No
Test -- Coagulation No No
Custom Irrigation No Yes
906-2000-501 1-43
HANDPIECE AND TIP DESCRIPTIONS Ultraflow* SP (single-piece):

The Ultraflow* SP consists of a single-piece handpiece
Different handpieces and tips are required for each mode and I/A tip with a built-in metal infusion sleeve. Various
and function. Following is a general description of the tip configurations are available.
various handpieces and tips required to perform I/A and
O RINGS
Phaco procedures.
Straight Tip
Irrigation Handpiece and Tips
Curved Tip
The Irrigation handpiece supplies irrigation only and is
usually the first handpiece used by the surgeon after the
incision is made. The handpiece and tip deliver irrigating 45 Tip
solution into the anterior chamber to maintain chamber

pressure. The handpiece (see Figure 1-25) has a hollow 90 Tip
handle, one end of which is connected to the irrigation
tubing. The other end, depending upon its intended use, is
120 Tip
connected to one of the following tips:
Irrigating Cystotome - used to perform the anterior

capsulotomy.
Kratz Irrigating Scraping Tip - a roughened irrigation Figure 1-38 ULTRAFLOW* HANDPIECE AND .3mm
tip used to polish the posterior capsule. TIPS (handpiece shown with straight
tip)
Cyclodialysis Cannula - used to prolapse a soft lens
nucleus into the anterior chamber.
O RING EXTRACTOR
LARGE O RINGS
SMALL O RINGS
Figure 1-37 IRRIGATION HANDPIECE AND TIPS
Figure 1-39 ULTRAFLOW* O-RING TOOL
Ultraflow* I/A Handpieces and Tips
The Ultraflow* handpiece is used in I/A mode to

remove cortical material via aspiration while maintaining
chamber pressure by irrigation. Two styles of
Ultraflow* I/A handpieces are available:
Ultraflow* IT (interchangeable tips):

The Ultraflow* IT consists of a handpiece body and Figure 1-40 ULTRAFLOW* SP HANDPIECE
five interchangeable tips. These tips do not require an (handpiece shown with .3 mm 45 tip)
adapter or infusion sleeve as they contain a built-in metal
infusion sleeve. If silicone infusion sleeves are preferred,
an Ultraflow* IT handpiece body and STTL threaded
tip adapter can be used with reusable I/A tips.
1-44 906-2000-501
Reusable I/A Tips Ultrasonic Handpiece in U/S BiModal Mode
The I/A tips below can be used with reusable I/A The Ultrasonic BiModal mode allows the operator to
handpieces and threaded tip adapters (Note the band control both U/S power and aspiration in Surgeon
markings on the tips that identify tip aperture): Aspiration Control, or both U/S power and vacuum limit
in Surgeon Vacuum Control. Only TurboSonics U/S
Ultraflow* I/A handpiece with threaded tip adapter tips are to be used in this mode.
attached onto handpiece.
Ultraflow* S/P I/A threaded handpiece.
WARNING!
I/A tips are not to be used in any STTL U/S mode.
0.2 mm Irrigation/Aspiration Tip
0.3 mm Irrigation/Aspiration Tip Ultrasonic Handpieces
The Ultrasonic handpieces integrate irrigation, aspiration

0.5 mm Irrigation/Aspiration Tip and ultrasonics. The three functions of the U/S mode
enable the surgeon to simultaneously maintain or inflate
the anterior chamber, emulsify the cataractous lens, and
0.7 mm Irrigation/Aspiration Tip aspirate the lens material from the eye.
375-40 Ultrasonic Handpiece

LARGE O-RING SMALL O-RING
This handpiece is colored silver and is used for ultrasonic

applications on the STTL with the standard Series
20000* TurboSonics tips or the TurboSonics
MicroTip series tips.
Figure 1-41 REUSABLE I/A TIPS AND THREADED Mackool** 375-40 Ultrasonic Handpiece
TIP ADAPTOR
This handpiece is colored gold and is used for ultrasonic
applications on the STTL with the Series 20000*
TurboSonics Mackool** tips.
WARNING!
Exceeding the recommended level of 100 mmHg The U/S handpieces require no disassembly other than
with a 0.5 mm or 0.7 mm I/A tip may cause the removal of the disposable tubing, the ultrasonic tip,
anterior chamber shallowing and/or
and the infusion sleeve with bubble suppression insert.
incarceration or tearing of the posterior capsule.
INFUSION SLEEVE BUBBLE SUPPRESSION INSERT
NOT LESS THAN

1.0mm (.039 in.)
PORTHOLE
SLEEVE
Figure 1-42 ULTRASONIC HANDPIECE (375-40)

WITH INFUSION SLEEVE AND BUBBLE
SUPPRESSION INSERT
906-2000-501 1-45
WARNINGS! WARNING!
Do not operate ultrasonic, ATIOP, The HydroSonics* tip is extremely delicate;
HydroSonics* , or NeoSonix* handpieces use care when handling.
unless the tip is immersed in BSS sterile
irrigating solution or distilled water or is in
AUTO INJECTOR
surgical use. Irreparable damage will result
immediately if run dry. Do not test the
handpiece unless the tip is immersed in sterile,
distilled water or unless there is a test chamber HANDPIECE
attached and filled with irrigating solution.
Use of the ultrasonic, NeoSonix* or
HydroSonics* handpiece in the absence of
irrigation flow and/or in the presence of
reduced or lost aspiration flow can cause
CAP
excessive heating and potential damage to
CONNECTOR
the cornea and other tissues.
Ensure that test chamber is filled with BSS
sterile irrigating solution before tuning Figure 1-43 HYDROSONICS* HANDPIECE
handpiece. Tuning handpiece dry will result
in premature tip failure and breakage.
NeoSonix* Handpiece
Use of an ultrasonic handpiece other than the
375-40, the Mackool** 375-40, or the NeoSonix* handpieces serve the same purpose as the
NeoSonix* is not permitted, and may result
U/S handpieces and integrate all functions of ultrasonic
in patient injury, including potential shock
hazard to patient and/or operator. handpieces and in addition provide mechanical
oscillations. This handpiece is colored silver and is used
The U/S tips supplied in the Series 20000* for ultrasonic applications on the STTL with the 1.1 mm
Turbosonics PEA pak are only to be used on Series 20000* TurboSonics tips or the TurboSonics
the 375-40 U/S or NeoSonix* handpiece. 0.9 mm MicroTip series tips, including Flared and/or
The U/S tips supplied in the Series 20000* ABS tips. The NeoSonix* handpieces require no
Mackool** Turbosonics PEA pak are only to be disassembly other than the removal of the disposable
used on the Mackool** 375-40 ultrasonic tubing, the ultrasonic tip, and the infusion sleeve with
handpiece. They cannot be used with a bubble suppression insert .
NeoSonix* handpiece.
HydroSonics* Handpiece and Tip

(V3.01 and below)
The HydroSonics* handpiece combines ultrasonic tip illations

sc
advancement with automatic injection of BSS sterile
O
irrigating solution for hydrodissection and softening of

cataractous lens before emulsification. The handpiece nd
s ou
ltra
accommodates a specially designed 29-gauge U
HydroSonics* tip and includes a luer connector for
attachment of the autoinjector. The 29-gauge ultrasonic tip, Figure 1-44 NeoSonix* HANDPIECE
a specially designed single-purpose tip wrench, a test
chamber, and a six-foot length of tubing with luer-fitted
syringe are supplied in the HydroSonics* Accessory Pak.
1-46 906-2000-501
ATIOP Handpiece Coagulation Handpieces
The ATIOP handpiece (Advanced Technology Irrigating Reusable Bipolar Coagulation Forceps are lightweight
Ocutome* Probe) is a sterile, disposable, vitreous and ergonomically designed to reduce hand fatigue as
cutter intended for single use only. The probe is designed well as to provide precise control and safety. The forceps
with a pre-attached irrigation sleeve to allow irrigation, are available in high-conductive non-stick alloy, titanium,
aspiration, and cutting. The variable port opening on the or disposable configurations. They are also available with
probe is close to the tip allowing it to cut a variety of a wide variety of tip styles.
different tissues as well as cut closer to the tissue. The
handpiece is completely preassembled and requires no
lubrication or cleaning prior to surgery.
Port Opening Adjustments:

The port size can be varied by rotating the adjustment
barrel while holding the white probe body stationary. Figure 1-46 4 INCH NADLER COAPTATION, 0.4 mm
TIP
The port is closed when the screw is completely
tightened clockwise. Disposable Bipolar Coagulation Brushes are available in
The port is opened to its maximum size of 1.00 mm by a wide variety of configurations: straight, curved,
turning the adjustment screw counter-clockwise. 20-gauge, 23-gauge, tapered and widestroke. All
The probes port size is adjustable between 0.00 mm disposable bipolar accessories are available both with
and 1.00 mm. and without cords. Also available are reusable and
disposable bipolar cords.
CAUTION
The port always remains in an open position in
footpedal position 0 or 1.
Figure 1-47 DISPOSABLE BIPOLAR BRUSH
Coagulation Cords are available in disposable and

WHITE LUER CLEAR LUER reusable configurations.
(IRRIGATION) (TO MACHINE)

OCUTOME
PORT
ADJUSTMENT BLUE LUER
BARREL (ASPIRATION)
Figure 1-45 ATIOP HANDPIECE
Figure 1-48 COAGULATION CORD
906-2000-501 1-47
Steerable I/A Handpiece Steerable I/A Tip
Irrigation, aspiration, and pneumatic actuation tubing are The Legacy Steerable I/A tip is intended for a
connected to the Steerable I/A handpiece. The Steerable maximum of 10 reuses, and can be deflected continually
I/A handpiece is designed to steer the Steerable I/A tip from a straight position to a fully bent position. A 0.3
from a straight position to a fully bent position. The mm aspiration hole is located approximately 60 degrees
steering mechanism is controlled by the vertical switches from the axis of the tip. The Legacy Steerable I/A tip is
on the Legacy footswitch, and actuated through tubing packaged non-sterile in a tip holder. Follow the
connected to the Steerable I/A handpiece. sterilization procedure in the Operator's Manual for
sterilization of the tip prior to using the first time and
The Steerable I/A handpiece is reusable and can be prior to each use. In between each case the cleaning
autoclaved per the instructions in the sterilization section procedure must be followed, and the tip should be stored
of this manual. in the Steerable I/A tip holder.
WARNING! WARNING!
Use only blue or purple TurboSonics infusion Extreme care must be used when handling the
sleeves with the Steerable I/A handpiece and steerable I/A tip as the tip is fragile. Do not
tip. actuate the tip manually. Actuate only while on
the handpiece as a system.
The steerable tip is designed to be used only

with the steerable handpiece. It will not operate
with other I/A handpieces.
Figure 1-49 STEERABLE I/A HANDPIECE
Handle tip by hub (shown)
Tip
Holder
Figure 1-50 STEERABLE I/A TIP
1-48 906-2000-501
CONSUMABLE PAK CONFIGURATIONS technique preferred by the surgeon, various styles of tips
and tip bevels are available. Various tip styles are color
Consumable items used with the STTL during surgery coded. Refer to the pak DFU for details on color coding.
are designed to be used once and then discarded unless
labeled otherwise. The family of STTL paks are referred The infusion sleeves are attached to the handpiece and
to as Series 20000* TurboSonics and consist of provide irrigation to the anterior chamber during surgery.
various combinations of cassettes, Ultrasonic (U/S) tips, The infusion sleeves must be matched to the specific U/S
infusion sleeves and other components. All STTL paks tip type. Infusion sleeves used in the ultrasound portion
contain Directions for Use (DFU). It is important to read of the procedure contain a BSI (bubble suppression
and understand them prior to use. insert).
The U/S tips are hollow and made of medical grade A description of the U/S tips styles and cassettes is as
titanium alloy. They are attached to the 375/40 handpiece follows:
and deliver ultrasound energy to the cataract assisting in
its removal and aspiration. Depending on the needs and Standard Series U/S Tips
This is the original 1.1 mm tip.
MicroTip Series U/S Tips

Standard Series U/S Tips The MicroTip series tips are designed to allow entry
through a smaller incision. They have an outside
diameter of 0.9 mm.
Mackool** Series U/S Tips

Kelman* High Efficiency Tips
The Mackool** tips are designed to allow entry through
a tighter incision. They come with an inner polymer
sleeve designed to improve thermal performance of the
system.
Epsilon* TurboSonics Tips
ABS Series U/S Tips
The ABS tips contain a small hole in the distal portion
of the tip's wall. This helps to maintain flow through the
system even during occlusion of the tip's main port.
Mackool** Series U/S Tips polymer tubing
Mackool** Round Mackool** Kelman*
bypass hole
Aspiration Bypass System (ABS )
ABS* Round ABS* Kelman*
ABS* Flared ABS* Regnier

Figure 1-51 HANDPIECE TIP STYLES
906-2000-501 1-49
Infusion Sleeves
WARNING!
Infusion sleeves provide a fluid path for infusion of Use 0.9 Microtip style tips with purple Microtip
BSS or BSS Plus into the eye when used with the 375/ style infusion sleeves. Use 1.1 mm Standard
40 series U/S, NeoSonix*, or I/A handpieces Series tips with blue standard infusion sleeves.
(Ultraflow* and Steerable I/A). Each configuration of consumable components
requires adjustment of machine settings.
Mismatch of consumable components and use
1.1 mm Infusion Sleeves of settings not specially adjusted for a particular
The 1.1 mm infusion sleeves are designed to work with combination of consumable components may
1.1 mm phacoemulsification tips, for example with 1.1 create a patient hazard.
mm ABS and 1.1 mm Flared tips. The 1.1 mm infusion
sleeves are colored blue.
Series 20000* I/A Family of Paks
0.9 mm Infusion Sleeves When performing extracapsular extractions, one of the
The 0.9 mm infusion sleeves are designed to work with Series 20000* I/A family of paks is used. This pak
0.9 mm phacoemulsification tips, for example with 0.9 does not include an ultrasonic tip. It contains:
mm ABS and 0.9 mm Flared tips. The 0.9 mm infusion Infusion Sleeve: This single piece fits over the I/A tip
sleeves are colored purple. and provides irrigation into the eye and protection to
surrounding tissues. I/A tips are separate catalog items
High Infusion Sleeves and are not included in this pak.
High Infusion Sleeves have a larger shaft diameter than
Standard Tip Wrench: A wrench is required to
traditional infusion sleeves. The larger shaft diameter of
securely fasten the I/A tip to the handpiece assembly,
the high infusion sleeves is compatible with the larger
and also to remove the tip when the procedure is
incision (3.4 mm recommended), allowing for single
completed.
incision surgery for a wider variety of IOL implants.
Reduced resistance to the irrigation flow resulting from Test Chamber: The test chamber is a small
this larger shaft diameter creates a more stable anterior elastomeric cap that fits over the tip to facilitate a
chamber. High Infusion Sleeves are available in semi- functional check of the instrument prior to surgery.
transparent purple, to be used with 0.9 mm MicroTips, Cassette: This single assembly consists of irrigation
and semi-transparent blue, to be used with 1.1 mm (clear) and aspiration (striped) manifolds, and a
standard tips. drainage bag (maximum capacity of 500 cc). Inserting
the cassette into the console establishes fluidics
Standard Series Cassette system connections, allowing quick and easy surgical
This is the original Series 20000* cassette. The setup.
aspiration line has a blue stripe. The standard cassette is
packaged with various U/S tips. Tray Support Cover: The tray support cover is a
sterile bag that slips around the tray support and
MaxVac Series Cassette extender before the plastic instrument tray is clipped
The MaxVac cassette is designed to allow use of higher down into place. It forms a pouch with the tray arm to
vacuum settings than those with the standard cassette. provide storage of tubing during surgery.
The aspiration line has a red stripe. The MaxVac Directions for Use (DFU): Instructions for removal
cassette is packaged with various U/S tips. The Microtip and setup of pak contents.
U/S tip and MaxVac cassette pak combination is
referred to as Microtip MVS*.
Series 20000* TurboSonics PEA Family of Paks
NOTE ON PACKAGE LABELING: Be sure to read When performing a phacoemulsification procedure, one
all package label material printed on the consumable of the Series 20000* TurboSonics PEA family of
paks prior to their use. paks with ultrasonic tip is used. This pak contains all the
items listed in the I/A Pak above plus the following:
Ultrasonic Tip and Tip Wrench/Assembly: The
emulsifying tip attaches to the ultrasonic handpiece.
Securely tighten the tip with the all-in-one tip wrench/
assembly. Several tip designs are available (see Figure
1-38).
1-50 906-2000-501
Infusion Sleeve/BSI: This sleeve, with bubble

suppression insert, is provided for the TurboSonics WARNINGS!
handpiece. It fits over the ultrasonic tip and provides Do not use paks that have exceeded the
irrigation into the eye while protecting the expiration date.
surrounding tissue.
Sterile disposable medical devices should not
Test Chamber: An additional test chamber is supplied be reused! (Accreditation Manual for Hospitals,
to test the U/S handpiece prior to surgery. 1982.) These components have been designed
for one time use only; do not reuse.
HydroSonics* Autoinjector Accessory Pak (V3.01
The equipment used in conjunction with the
and below) Alcon Surgical Series 20000* disposables
The Series 20000* HydroSonics* Autoinjector constitutes a complete surgical system. Use of
Accessory Pak is for use with the HydroSonics* disposables other than Alcon Surgical Series
handpiece to facilitate hydrodissection and softening of 20000* disposables may affect system
the cataract prior to phacoemulsification. It contains: performance and create potential hazards, and
HydroSonics* Tip: The 29-gauge HydroSonics* if it is determined to have contributed to the
tip attaches to the HydroSonics* handpiece. It malfunction of the equipment under contract,
should be securely tightened with the tip wrench. could result in the voidance of the contract and/
or invoicing at prevailing hourly rates.
Tip Wrench: A wrench is required to securely fasten
the HydroSonics* tip to the handpiece assembly and In all cases, the instrument setup instructions
also to remove the tip when the procedure is over. contained in the Operator's Manual should be
Insert tip into the rounded hole side of the tip wrench thoroughly understood prior to using any of the
for proper tightening. Series 20000* cassette pak configurations.
Six-foot Length of Tubing with Luer Fittings: One end

attaches to the injector body, the other end attaches to ERROR PROCESSING
the Vit port.
Vented Test Chamber: Required to test The STTL system divides error processing into three
HydroSonics* handpiece prior to surgery. categories: Faults, Errors, and Advisories:
10 cc Syringe: This is a priming aid.
Faults are the most critical problems. When a fault
exists, a message and the fault code are displayed on
Remote Control Aseptic Transfer (CAT) Packaging the screen (red background with a white stop sign).
The machine prohibits ultrasound, coagulation, and
If the cordless remote control is to be used in a hand-held fluidic operations until the fault is corrected.
fashion, the CAT is utilized:
Errors are messages generated by the system in order
to report a specific problem. When an error exists a
Pouch: Used to hold the remote control and ensure
message and error code are displayed on the screen
that sterile field is maintained.
(yellow background in text window), and they remain
Cardboard Sleeve: Used to guide the remote control in the window until the operator acknowledges the
into the sterile pouch. condition by pressing the Continue key.
Advisories indicate that operator action may be
required. When an advisory exists a message is
displayed on the screen (green or blue background in
text window).
906-2000-501 1-51
QUICK SYSTEM SETUP AND 9 Screw the phaco tip and irrigation sleeve onto the
PROGRAMMING FOR V3.01 AND BELOW phaco handpiece.
10 Fill the test chamber, then slide it over tip and sleeve
Standard Priming Sequence of handpiece.
1 Ensure system is in IRR-FTSW mode. 11 Place handpiece on instrument tray.
2 Insert cassette. 12 Select U/S mode.
3 Fluff out top part of draining bag. 13 Press the test button and then press the Prime icon on
4 Uncoil tubing. the screen. The system will take approximately 2
5 Spike and hang BSS bottle. minutes to prime the cassette, test vacuum and
6 Fill drip chamber 1/2 to 3/4 full. venting, tune the phaco handpiece, and then perform
7 Connect blue and white luer fittings together. a flow test to verify there is no obstruction in the
8 Press Test button two times (first time for test screen, phaco handpieces irrigation and aspiration lines. If no
second time to begin priming). System will take problems were encountered the system will display a
approximately 90 seconds to prime and test both green primed and green tune message on top left of
vacuum and venting. display screen.
9 Plug handpiece into system.
10 Screw the phaco tip and irrigation sleeve onto the
phaco handpiece. STTL Memory Programming/Changes
11 Connect the blue and white luer fittings to the phaco
handpiece. Most problems related to memory loss can be resolved by
12 Fill the test chamber, then slide it over tip and sleeve educating the operator about how to program the
of handpiece. memories, with an emphasis on making changes to an
13 Place handpiece on instrument tray. existing memory. By advising the operator to follow the
14 Select U/S mode. steps below many complaints can be avoided.
15 Press the Test button and then press the Tune icon on
the screen. The system will take approximately 25 1 Press the [Custom] icon.
seconds to tune the handpiece and then perform a 2 Select the Doctors name whose settings need
flow test to verify there is no obstruction in the phaco changing.
handpieces irrigation and aspiration lines. If no 3 Press the [Exit] icon.
problems were encountered the system will display a 4 Press the [Memory] icon and select the memory
green primed and green tune message on top left of number to be changed (this is where many operators
display screen. error).
5 To change the operating mode settings, select the
operating mode(s) then make the setting change(s).
Alternate Priming Sequence 6 Press the [Custom] icon.
1 Ensure system is in IRR-FTSW mode. 7 To change the custom modes, select the custom
2 Insert cassette. mode(s) then make the setting change(s).
3 Fluff out top part of draining bag. 8 After changing the settings, make certain that the
4 Uncoil tubing. system is in the Custom:Program mode screen.
5 Spike and hang BSS bottle. 9 Press the memory number [Store Memory] for the
6 Fill drip chamber 1/2 to 3/4 full. memory that was changed.
7 Connect blue and white luer to the phaco handpiece. 10 Verify that the doctor's name and memory number
8 Plug handpiece into system. whose settings were changed is displayed in the blue
box located in the upper right of the display.
11 Press the [Yes] icon to the question Confirm Store
Memory?
1-52 906-2000-501
SECTION TWO
THEORY OF OPERATION
The theory of operation includes a system overview and outside these subsystems include the Remote Control,
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) level theory. The PCB I/V Pole, Footswitch, and the Power Supply. Figure 2-1
theory is accompanied by detailed block diagrams illustrates the subsystem locations. Refer to System
located at the end of this chapter on foldout pages (11" x Interconnect drawing 200-0002-801, located in Section
17"). The figure number for these block diagrams is Six-Schematics, for subsystem/module
referenced as a foldout (example: Figure FO-1). interconnections.
In some cases, the theory goes into more detail than
shown on the block diagrams. When this occurs, refer to Figure 2-2 is an overall block diagram of the
the schematic diagrams located in Section Six. STTL. The Host System is the system master and is
Schematics supersede block diagrams in cases of an controlled by real-time, event driven, preemptive, and
inconsistency. finite state system software which is resident in program
memory located on the CPU PCB. Inter-module
SYSTEM OVERVIEW connections are made through the System Backplane
PCB which also distributes all Power Supply voltages to
The STTL uses a modular design where each major the system. The Multifunction PCB acts as the interface
function is divided into a separate subsystem which is between the subsystems and the Host. The Video PCB
controlled by the Host System. These subsystems consist provides display data direct to the Liquid Crystal
of the following: Front Panel, Fluidics (includes Display (LCD).
Anterior Pneumatics module), and Phaco. Assemblies
The Fluidics, Phaco, and Front Panel
subsystems contain their own
microcontrollers (80C196) and
system software that acquire
EL real-time data critcal to
PAN
T
ON EM
system operation. Each
FR SYST subsystem is a slave to
B
SU
the Host and
communicates to the
CPU via the Universal
Asynchronous Receiver/
FLU Transmitter (UART)
I
SUB DICS located on the
SYS -
TEM Multifunction PCB.
ANT
PH E
A PNE RIOR LE
SU CO UMA DU
B- ST TIC MO
SY HO TEM
STE S
M SY
PO I/V P
W PCB LE
O
SU ER &
PP MOT
LY OR
IE W RE
T V AR
O N VIE
FR W
Figure 2-1 Subsystem Locations
906-2000-501 2-1
FRONT PANEL SUBSYSTEM

1 When LCD PN 088-031 is used, the Inverter is located on the Front Panel Control PCB.
2 When LCD PN 200-1836-001 or 200-1721-001 is used, the Inverter is located on a separate PCB.
HOST SYSTEM INVERTER PCB

2
(SYSTEM BACKPLANE)
TOUCH SCREEN
FRONT PANEL AND
PWR
CONTROL LED
VIDEO SWITCHES
LAYER
PCB PCB COLOR
CPU LCD
VIDEO PIXEL DATA
FLOPPY PCB
1
DRIVE INVERTER BACKLIGHTS
REMOTE
80C196
DISPLAY
PCB
FLUIDICS SUBSYSTEM
MULTI-
(FLUIDICS BACKPLANE) PLUNGER SWITCHES
FUNCTION
PCB
STANDBY FLUIDICS SOLENOIDS
SWITCH ASP
TX/RX CONTROL
MTR
PCB CASS. SWITCHES
POWER UART
PWR
SUPPLY 80C196
+5 V
+12 V
TX/RX ANTERIOR
+13.75 V XDCR PNEUMATIC ASSY
+15 V PCB
-15 V
+24 V
+85 V
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
PANEL
PHACO SUBSYSTEM
FAN VIT
(PHACO BACKPLANE)
TX/RX
U/S 1
PHACO
FOOTSWITCH U/S DRIVER PCB U/S 2
CONTROL
+85 V
SWITCHES: PCB U/S 3 (older systems)
SIDE,
TILT-SAFE,
FSUP/SPRING PWR 80C196
FAIL COAG
CAUTERY PCB
COAG
OPTICAL FAN
ENCODER STR I/A
I/V
DETENT
MOTOR POLE PWR
PCB TX/RX
STEERABLE I/A
CONTROL PCB
OPT
SWTCH
(Optional Feature)
MTR
Figure 2-2 System Block Diagram (non-AdvanTec system shown)
2-2 906-2000-501
up position, contact is made with a switch in the

POWER SUPPLY footswitch resulting in the PEDALUP signal being sent
to all subsystems. When the subsystems receive this
The Power Supply used in the STTL is a vendor signal the various devices controlled by a particular
supplied product. Refer to Table 1-1 for technical subsystem (i.e. handpieces, peristaltic pump stepper
specifications and operating parameters. motor) are disabled.
TEST* - This signal overrides the PEDALUP signal and

is used in the TEST functions to prime, tune, and purge
COMMON INTERFACE SIGNALS the system.
Figure 2-3 shows the common interface signals between RESET* - Forces the subsystem control processors into
the master CPU and the subsystems. Power is distributed reset.
from the Power Supply through the System Backplane to
the various subsystems with +85 V unique to the Phaco DISABLE - Disables the patient contact devices
Subsystem. RXD and TXD are the serial communication controlled by a subsystem.
lines from the Host to the subsystems. PEDALUP,
TEST*, RESET*, and DISABLE are hard system These signals and how they control each subsystem are
control signals which override normal subsystem discussed in further detail in each subsystem theory of
operation as follows: operation.
PEDALUP - This is a surgeon controlled safety

interlock feature that enables the surgeon to hardware
disable all crucial patient contact functions when
activated. When the STTL footswitch pedal is in the
FRONT PANEL,
FLUIDICS, PHACO,
or STEERABLE I/A
HOST SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM
SYSTEM BACKPLANE PCB BACKPLANE PCB
+85 V
(PHACO ONLY)
CPU MULTI- CONTROL
PCB FUNCTION +24 V PCB
-15 V
PCB +15 V
+13.75 V
+12 V
+5 V
RXD
UART TXD 80C196
PEDALUP
TEST*
RESET*
DISABLE
Figure 2-3. CPU-Subsystem Interface
906-2000-501 2-3
Although each subsystem bootstrap loader program is

SUBSYSTEM KERNEL DESIGN identical, each subsystem requires its own PSD301
programmed for that subsystems specific I/O
The purpose of the STTL Subsystem Kernel design is to requirements.
allow common hardware and one common bootstrap
loader program for all subsystems. The term "kernel" FLASH EEPROM
refers to the specific components common to each The Flash EEPROM holds the downloaded operational
subsystem controller PCB. Figure 2-4 illustrates the code used by the subsystem during operation. The 12 V
subsystem kernel design used by the Fluidics, Phaco, program/erase voltage to the EEPROM is controlled by
and Front Panel subsystems. It consists of five main the LP2951. The LP2951 is a switch controlled by the
components as follows: 1) Intel 80C196 Control 80C196 to safely select the EEPROM for program/erase,
Processor, 2) Revision and Type Detect circuit, 3) regulate the program/erase voltage, and supply feedback
PSD301, 4) 32K x 8 Flash EEPROM, and 5) 8K x 8 to the processor if there is a program/erase voltage error.
Static RAM.
STATIC RAM
80C196 CONTROL PROCESSOR All subsystems require a varying amount of static RAM
The 80C196 controls each subsystem and in order to operate. The subsystem kernel provides 8K
communications with the Host System. bytes of static RAM with an available expansion space
of 8K bytes for a total of 16K bytes. The bootstrap
REVISION/TYPE DETECT CIRCUIT loader program maintains and verifies 8K bytes of static
This circuit uses a resistor divider network to set a RAM before indicating to the Host that the subsystem is
voltage level associated with the particular revision of all ready for download.
PCBs contained within the subsystem. The voltage is
detected by the 80C196 which reports subsystem type BOOTSTRAP LOADER PROGRAM
and revision level to the Host. The circuit consists of an The bootstrap loader program verifies software integrity
8-to-1 analog multiplexer, an Op Amp buffer, and of all installed operational programs within the
protection diode. subsystem, reports software and PCB revision levels to
the master CPU, and handles downloading of subsystem
PSD301 PROGRAMMABLE SYSTEM DEVICE operational software to the Flash EEPROM.
The PSD301 Programmable System Device contains
32K x 8 of EPROM which stores the bootstrap loader
program. The bootstrap loader space is 8K bytes in size
and located from 2000H to 3FFFH in the subsystem
memory map.
FLUIDICS, FRONT PANEL, OR PHACO CONTROLLER PCB

ADDRESS BUS (0-15)
E000H - FFFFH
PROGRAMMABLE 8K x 8
80C196 4000H - BFFFH
SYSTEM STATIC RAM
CONTROL 32K x 8
READY DEVICE
PROCESSOR FLASH
PSD301
EEPROM
12 V
DATA BUS (0-7)
CONTROL
PROGRAM/ERASE
LP2951
STATUS STATUS
PCB REVISION SWITCH
AND
TYPE DETECT P1 (0-2)
CIRCUIT
Figure 2-4 Subsystem Kernal Block Diagram
2-4 906-2000-501
with each other via the ISA (Industry Standard

HOST SYSTEM Architecture) bus. The Host System controls the three
subsystems (Front Panel, Fluidics, and Phaco) and has
The Host System is the control center of the STTL and the capability of controlling up to eight subsystems. It
consists of the CPU PCB, Multifunction PCB, and the operates similarly to any personal computer with the
Video PCB (see Figure 2-5). These PCBs are connected Video and Multifunction PCBs handling the special
directly to the System Backplane PCB and communicate input/output (I/O) requirements of the system.
SYSTEM BACKPLANE FRONT

PANEL
ISA BUS SUBSYSTEM
FLUIDICS
SUBSYSTEM
CPU VIDEO
UART
PCB* PCB
PHACO
FLAT
SUBSYSTEM
PANEL
128K
CNTLR MULTI- SPKR
SRAM FUNCTION
PCB IV
4MB POLE
FLASH ASSY
EPROM
FTSW
FLOPPY
DRIVE POWER STAND-BY
SUPPLY SWITCH
* The AdvanTec CPU (software V3.12 and higher) does not have a SRAM or Flash EPROM, it uses one 8 MB Compact Flash card.
Figure 2-5 Host Subsystem
906-2000-501 2-5
CPU PCB MULTIFUNCTION PCB
The CPU PCB is built around a microprocessor The Multifunction PCB is an IBM-AT compatible
operating on a DOS platform. The floppy drive is plug-in board that provides the interface between the
connected directly to the CPU PCB and is used to CPU PCB and the various subsystems. All intelligence
upgrade system software. System software is on the Multifunction PCB is controlled by the CPU PCB
downloaded to 1 MB of Flash EPROM which acts as a via the ISA bus. In a DOS environment there is a block
system hard drive. This EPROM is electrically of addresses reserved for certain I/O (Input/Output)
erasable which enables the system to install software operations. The Multifunction PCB is inserted in this
upgrades via the floppy drive instead of replacing the address space. These operations are accessed by system
EPROMs. The CPU PCB also contains 128K of I/O READ (IOR*) and I/O WRITE (IOW*) cycles.
battery-backed SRAM to store position saved set-ups Figure FO-1 located at the end of this section is a block
(doctors settings). diagram of the Multifunction PCB.
NOTE: The AdvanTec CPU (software V3.12 and PAGED ADDRESSING

higher) does not have a SRAM or Flash EPROM, it The Multifunction PCB uses a paged address scheme
uses one 8 MB Compact Flash card. and pages two distinct groups of devices, those that are
paged externally and those that are paged internally or
Upon power-up, the CPU performs the Power On have an external address bus of five or more bits.
Self-Test (POST) common to all DOS based systems.
After the CPU successfully performs the initial boot The externally paged devices are accessed by writing to
cycle, the system software is executed and the system the base address of the PCB which is a latch. The latch
will boot-up in the default mode (IRR:Footswitch receives buffered data (BD0-7) from the ISA bus via a
mode). If an error occurs during the initial boot cycle, a bus transceiver. Latched data (LD0-7) is decoded and
POST error code will be displayed on the Multifunction gated with IOR* & IOW* on two decoders for chip
PCB (discussed further in the Multifunction PCB selects of all paged devices. The value written may be
theory). read back for verification by performing a read at the
same base address. The latch does this by transferring
direction of the LD0-7 bus back out onto the BD0-7 bus.
The IOR* cycle reverses the direction of the buffer,
thereby placing the data on the ISA bus.
The internally paged devices are those that have address

buses of more than 4 bits. The address lines of these
devices are driven by LD0-7. An example is the octal
UART which has an address bus of six bits that
addresses its internal registers. After latching the
address bus, a read or write to that register is
accomplished.
POWER ON SELF-TEST (POST)

It is common to all DOS based computers to perform
tests during the boot cycle. Should a test fail, a failure
code is displayed by the POST Code Display LEDs. If
the failure is catastrophic, then the system will halt.
After the boot cycle is complete, system software can
clear the displays, or write system diagnostic codes to
them.
2-6 906-2000-501
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE comes up, then the relay may be opened, keeping the
A Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter supply enabled. If the remote switch is sensed, then
(UART ) is a device which converts parallel information software can execute a power-down sequence prior to
to an asynchronous serial format, and serial information closing the relay and sending the supply into shutdown.
to a parallel format. The Octal UART has four groups of
two UARTs which control serial communications to the SYSTEM STATUS
various subsystems (8 maximum). The outputs (TX) are System Status Registers report the status of various
TTL level transmit/receive and are converted to system devices and control signals to the Host.
differential RS422 by Line Drivers. Incoming RS422
signals (RX) are converted to TTL level by Line VOICE CONTROL
Receivers. The RS422 lines are terminated by a resistor Voice Control and Voice Status registers control and
between + and -, and each is pulled up and down report on the Speech Synthesizer and Voice Memories.
respectively to prevent oscillations when there is no The Voice Memories are Flash EPROMs which enables
connection to those channels. Channels seven and eight the system to download different languages (when
may be switched away from the internal system and available).
directed to two optically isolated RS232 ports.
The Speech Synthesizer contains up to 111 voice packets
Each group of UARTs has a fully programmable of information, addressed by BD0-6. When a request for
interrupt designated to it. All four interrupts (INT0-4) a particular voice response is received, the Speech
are wire-ORed together to drive the systems IRQ10 line Synthesizer accesses the appropriate response from the
(interrupt request). Signal IRQINH enters logic circuitry Voice Memories and creates an analog VOICE signal.
that makes IRQ10 an edge trigger for multiple interrupts. The VOICE signal is then sent to a preamp, then out to
As the interrupts are processed, the IRQINH line is the speaker. The voice status register is monitored by the
toggled. If an interrupt occurs while the current one is CPU for completion of the packet.
processing, the rising edge of IRQ10 is regenerated
indicating there are more interrupts pending. VOLUME
Volume control is accomplished by a 2 channel, 8-bit
Support circuitry for the UART includes a 4-bit counter multiplying DAC. It controls external volume and voice
used as a divider for the system bus oscillator. The volume by way of attenuation. The control input to the
division of 14.31818 MHz by four yields a 3.58 MHz DAC is from the BD0-7 bus where 0xff is full scale
clock for driving the UART. This frequency results in Vout = Vref (Vref= audio input) and 0x00 is full
easily programmable baud rates for the device. attenuation of the input audio signal. The outputs are
buffered and then input into the inverting summer that
WATCHDOG TIMER combines all audio signals into a single channel for
The watchdog timer is a Dallas DS1286 real-time clock/ amplification by the audio amplifier. Full scale inputs to
calendar with an internal 10 year lithium cell. It the DAC are in the area of 400mV RMS.
provides timekeeping functions for the system, and a
shutdown safety interrupt should the CPU lock-up. TONE
The various tones created by the system are supplied by
SYSTEM CONTROL a Yamaha FM Music Synthesizer. The Synthesizer
The system control register is responsible for a number receives a request for a particular tone and sends the
of features including remotely disabling the power requested signal to a DAC. The DAC is a Serial D-A
supply. This is accomplished by RSHDN (remote Converter designed to handshake with the Synthesizer.
shutdown bit) closing the remote shutdown relay which The buffered output of the DAC is modulated on 1/2
is in series with the remote standby switch (front panel VCC or approximately 2.5 V. The AC component is
switch) creating a logical OR condition. If either is open, low-pass filtered at 21KHz, buffered and then
the supply is ON. Both have to close however to turn the capacitively coupled to the inverting summer of the
supply to standby. When power comes up for the first preamp section. Volume for tone is controlled by
time, the relay is held in the closed state, meaning that internal volume registers for each of its 9 channels.
the switch must be open. When the system software
906-2000-501 2-7
RESET REGISTER
The Reset Register is an eight bit register programmable FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE
for each subsystem channel. It powers up in the
tri-stated mode with all of its outputs tied to digital Figure FO-2 shows the interface between the
ground by 1K resistors. This holds all subsystems in STTL footswitch and the system.
RESET until the register is programmed and enabled by As shown on the block diagram, the footswitch interface
the UNLOCK command. is located on the Multifunction PCB.
DISABLE REGISTER Footswitch control voltages are provided by 8-bit

The Disable Register is an eight bit register with its digital-to-analog converter with an internal 2.56
outputs pulled hi by 1K resistors so that during reference voltage. The output of the DAC controls two
power-on, all RESET lines are logic hi. The UNLOCK different things. If a programmable detent footswitch
command enables the Disable Registers outputs after the (Series 20000* or Accurus footswitch) is present, it
device is programmed. is the detent control voltage. If a standard Line Master
or ATFS type footswitch is present, it becomes the
UNLOCK is a vital system function that controls the Pedal-UP setpoint voltage. The sequence for
status of the entire system during power-on. It also determining the function of the DAC is to first read the
prevents watchdog interrupts from occurring footswitch revision resistor. After determining what
prematurely. UNLOCK is essentially a flip-flop that footswitch and revision is plugged into the system, a
gets reset by the ISA bus RESET signal. This signal is footswitch status bit needs to be set that selects Series
initiated by the CPU as power is applied to the system. 20000*/Accurus or ATFS/LineMaster type
The LOCK output of the flip-flop controls the enable of footswitches.
many programmable registers and holds some
peripherals, including all subsystems, in RESET. LINEMASTER OR ATFS FOOTSWITCH
INTERFACE
REVISION CONTROL If an ATFS is present, the DAC performs the PEDALUP
Revision control is accomplished by 12-bit Analog-to- signal indirectly. A setpoint is programmed to the
Digital reads of voltage dividers created with a revision non-inverting input of a comparitor. The footswitch
resistor pulled up by a 10K resistor to VREF. Each voltage is fed into the inverting input of the comparitor
divider is fed through one channel of a multiplexer and so long as it is the greater voltage, the comparitor
(MUX) whose output is sent to a 12-bit Analog-to- drives its output to AGND (analog ground). Once the
Digital Converter (ADC). footswitch voltage becomes less than the setpoint, the
comparitor releases its output which is pulled up to
NOTE: S2* is the IV Pole revision resistor signal +5VA and the diode portion of the Optical Isolator turns
(IV_REV) from the IV Pole PCB. on. The output transistor of the opto-isolator also turns
on effectively bringing ATFSUP* to a logic low. The
final result is PEDALUP being broadcast to all
subsystems.
The footswitch voltage is also input to an Analog-to-

Digital Converter. The digital equivalent of this voltage
is then read and decoded by the system to determine
footswitch position.
2-8 906-2000-501
STTL/ACCURUS FOOTSWITCH INTERFACE Positional Feedback

If a STTL footswitch is present, the DAC voltage Tactile feedback is available to the user by means of a
programs the motor current of the detent motor on the detent generating motor (+24V, SOL-). A DC motor is
footswitch. The motor used in the Series 20000* attached to the end of the treadle shaft opposite the
footswitch has a winding of 110, and +24 V applied to encoder through a 99:1 transmission. The transmission
one terminal. The other terminal is connected to a amplifies the small amount of torque generated by the
transistor on the Multifunction PCB which controls the motor into something noticeable at the end of the treadle.
amount of current (proportional to torque) on the motor. System software will program the motor torque relative
This is accomplished by turning on the transistor and to the footswitch position using the programmable
controlling the voltage on the emitter resistor RP1 current source (SOL-) on the Multifunction PCB.
thereby controlling the collector current.
Functional Switches
Footswitch position is determined by counting the digital The functional switches include right and left vertical
pulses created by the optical encoder on the footswitch. and horizontal, treadle up, spring fail, and tilt-safe
The optical encoder outputs, FS_CHA & FS_CHB, are switches (LV, RV, LH, RH, FS_UP, L_HEEL,
decoded and counted by a Decoder/Counter then sent to R_HEEL). The treadle up switch is electronic using a
the CPU to determine the appropriate response. transistor in open-collector and saturated states to
perform the switching. A properly initialized system will
SERIES 20000* FOOTSWITCH reset the footswitch decoder/counter when a treadle up
The Series 20000* footswitch consists of 4 basic condition is sensed. All other switches, except for spring
functional elements; position encoder, position feedback, fail and tilt-safe, are input to the footswitch status
functional switches, and revision control. The register on the Multifunction PCB. The spring fail
combination of these elements ensure system control and switch opens the return path for treadle up sensing in the
provide for IEC/TUV approval, including waterproof event of a spring failure. The result is a footswitch
criteria based therein. always being sensed in the UP position. The tilt-safe
switch disrupts the switch return path to the footswitch,
Positional Encoder resulting in a no footswitch present condition in the
The treadle is the control surface of the footswitch. It is system.
attached to a quadrature optical encoder through a 5:1
transmission. The optical encoder requires +5V power Revision Control
and ground, and transmits two digital pulse trains A resistor to ground in the footswitch provides half of a
(FS_CHA & FS_CHB). The digital signals are 90 resistor divider whose resulting voltage is sent to a
degrees out of phase to represent rotation and direction, precision ADC on the Multifunction PCB for revision
depending upon the phase relationship. The encoder detection by the system software.
signals are decoded/counted on the Multifunction PCB
as discussed in the Footswitch Interface. By design, the
footswitch generates 550 counts in the decoder/counter
chip with full depression of the treadle.
906-2000-501 2-9
SENSOR OUTPUT (S1*)

IV POLE PCB This signal provides feedback to the system for absolute
(home) positioning. The opto channel outputs explained
The IV Pole PCB is located on the IV Pole Assembly above only provide a measurement of displacement
and provides system control of IV Pole movement. Refer relative to a predefined Home position. Subsequent to
to FO-3 for a block diagram of the IV Pole PCB and its any system reset, the absolute position of the IV pole is
interface with the Multifunction PCB. The following lost and the CPU must synchronize its displacement
signal descriptions detail how the IV Pole is controlled counter to a known position. S1 provides an active low
and monitored by the system, and the associated signal to the Multifunction PCB when the pole reaches a
circuitry used to support these functions. position of 78 cm.
ENABLE (EN*) A lower limit sensor is installed but not sensed by the
A low level signal from Multifunction PCB enables system at this time. In the event a calibration procedure
motor operation. is required, the sensor will provide a lower limit to
indicate pole travel below the allowed minimum of 2
DIRECTION (UP*/DN) cm.
A low level signal from Multifunction PCB indicates
upward pole travel. A high level signal indicates Two Sensors are located at fixed points on the stationary
downward pole travel. vertical structure. When the (moving) vertical structure
of the IV pole passes by an opto-interrupter, a flag on the
BRAKE RELEASE (BRKREL*) vertical structure interrupts the light beam between the
A low level signal from Multifunction PCB disengages interrupters LED and photo-transistor, causing the
the IV pole brake solenoid. To start motion of the IV photo-transistor to turn off. This signal is inverted and
pole, the system first disengages the brake then waits sensed by the system as an indicator of absolute pole
approximately 10 ms before providing the enable signal. position.
This is done to ensure that the motor never drives into a
braked IV pole. CURRENT LIMIT (I_LIM*)
This output indicates a motor over-current condition.
The mechanical brake, normally in the on position, is The motor current will be limited to 1 AMP peak.
used to prevent pole motion under load and while power
to system is off. A FET driver drives the solenoid brake BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR
release. The Brushless DC Motor has rare earth permanent
magnets in its rotor which are propelled by a rotating
As an additional braking mechanism, the brake release magnetic field. The rotating field is set up by
signal is connected to the BRK line on the Motor commutation of three stator windings (3 delta connected
Controller. Upon activation of this signal, the N-channel phases) that are energized sequentially as the permanent
FETs are all turned on. This effectively shorts the stator magnet passes into the region of its field. Correct timing
windings of the motor and provides a means of dynamic of stator energizing is achieved by means of Hall effect
braking. It also ensures that in the event of a single fault switches built into the motor that sense the rotor
failure of the motor enable logic, the motor will not be position. The output of the Hall devices
activated. (HSNSR1-HSNSR3) is used to turn on the FET Drivers
which energize the motor windings.
OPTO CHANNEL OUTPUTS (CH_A & CH_B)
These signals provide relative position measurement as
well as direction of travel. These two lines originate
from the commutation signals HSNSR1 & HSNSR3
from the Hall-Effect Sensors on the Brushless DC
Motor. Each of these lines will toggle once for each
revolution of motor travel. The ratio of pole movement
to motor rotation is .50 .005 in:1 revolution. The actual
counting of these pulses is done by a Decoder/Counter
on the Multifunction PCB.
2-10 906-2000-501
MOTOR CONTROL
Commutation, speed and current limiting functions are VIDEO PCB
provided by the Motor Controller. The Motor Controller
has three inputs from three Hall effect commutation The Video PCB provides a 640 x 480 pixel resolution
switches, and six outputs that drive the FET Drivers. The and 256 colors to the active matrix color Liquid Crystal
two device control lines (EN and F/R) are pulled high to Display (LCD). It is controlled by the CPU PCB through
prevent motion of the IV pole during power up the ISA bus and provides visual feedback for Host
(assuming that the driving enable line is in tri-state System voltages for +24V, +15 V, -15 V, +5 V, and +12
during power up). All control interface to and from this V. Figure FO-4 is a block diagram of the Video PCB.
device is optically isolated to prevent the introduction of
ground loops. The opto isolators have a turn on and turn FLAT PANEL CONTROLLER
off time of approximately 3 microseconds which will not The Video PCB is designed around the 82C457 Flat
introduce any significant system delays. Panel Controller. The 82C457 is compatible with IBMs
VGA (Video Graphic Array) with additional capabilities
OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION to drive flat panel displays. It directly interfaces to the
The over-current protection is implemented internally to ISA bus through Data and Address Buffers.
the Motor Controller. The Motor Controller performs
current limiting on a cycle by cycle basis. That is, each The Flat Panel Controller employs an extension register
over-current situation is treated as a separate event. Each set to control its additional capabilities. These registers
event disables the outputs until the next internal clock are initialized by the on-board BIOS and provide control
cycle (set to 44 kHz). This mode of current limiting of the flat-panel interface, timing, and vertical
protects the output transistors from continual cycling and compensation.
thus extreme heating.
VIDEO BIOS
FET DRIVERS The Video BIOS EPROM supports the extended features
Power MOSFET transistors are used to drive the motor of the Flat Panel Controller. During power up, the CPU
windings. Due to the FETs low on resistance and the accesses the BIOS EPROM and uses this information to
cycle by cycle current limiting, no heat sinking is enable the flat panel mode and disable the CRT mode.
required. Since the motor drive voltage (24 V) is greater
than the gate-source voltage rating of the FETs (20 V), VIDEO MEMORY
a voltage divider network is provided to limit the Two Dynamic RAM (DRAM) ICs provide 256K bytes
gate-source voltage to approximately 12 V. of video memory. The video memory is arranged as four
planes of 64K bytes each and is controlled by the Flat
REVISION RESISTOR Panel Controller. The Controller retrieves data from the
A revision resistor (REV) whose value is readable by the memory then sends it to the Flat Panel Color Palette via
Multifunction PCB is provided to indicate to the system the VID0-7 bus.
the IV Pole PCB revision level.
FLAT PANEL COLOR PALETTE
The 82C411 Flat Panel Color Palette receives video
pixel data from the Flat Panel Controller via the VID0-7
bus. The Color Palette reduces this data to the 256 colors
required by the color LCD. The reduced color data
(AR0-5, AG0-5, and AB0-5) is sent back to the
Controller upon request.
The Flat Panel Controller sends 14 bits of information to

the Front Panel Drivers which send it through the
System Backplane and the Front Panel Controller
directly to the color LCD. No further operation is
performed on this data.
906-2000-501 2-11
FRONT PANEL SUBSYSTEM
2
1 When LCD PN 088-031 is used, the Inverter INVERTER PCB
is located on the Front Panel Control PCB.
TOUCH SCREEN
2 When LCD PN 200-1836-001 or 200-1721-001 is
FRONT PANEL AND
used, the Inverter is located on a separate PCB.
CONTROL LED
LAYER SWITCHES
PCB COLOR
VIDEO PIXEL DATA LCD
1
TX/RX INVERTER BACKLIGHT
REMOTE
DISPLAY
PCB
The Front Panel Subsystem (FPSS) provides the

man-machine interface for the STTL. The FPSS is FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER PCB
responsible for the following functions:
The Front Panel Controller PCB controls the FPSS and
Monitoring the touch screen and reporting the X/Y communicates with the Host system. The major
coordinate at point of touch. components on this PCB are specified by the Subsystem
Kernel Design discussed in the System Overview section
Monitoring the hard keys and reporting key codes. of this manual. Additional components on this PCB are
Displaying the IV pole and U/S time information. used to interface with the rest of the FPSS.
Monitoring remote control serial bit stream and
TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE
reporting remote key codes.
The Touch Screen consists of a two thin sheets of plastic
Maintaining communication with the host. (X and Y screens), each with a special coating of
transparent resistive material on one side. The sheets are
Refer to Figure FO-5 at the end of this section for a sandwiched together with the resistive coating in
detailed block diagram of the FPSS. between, but restrained from touching each other by a
matrix of small clear spacers.
In order to read the coordinate of a point of touch, the X

screen is biased (VCC at +X, GND at -X) and the Y
screen is floated to become a pickup contact at any
position over the entire screen. When the screens are
touched, a voltage divider is created to raise the potential
of the floating screen to some voltage. This voltage is
sent through a low pass filter to the internal A/D
converter which yields the X coordinate (XCH). In order
to read the Y coordinate (YCH), the operation repeats
itself with the Y screen biased and the X screen floated.
The task of biasing/floating the X/Y screens is controlled

by software through the I/O IC. The software
accomplishes this task by alternatively turning a pair of
P-MOSFET and N-MOSFET transistors on and off at
appropriate times. These devices are logic level
controlled.
2-12 906-2000-501
HARD KEY INTERFACE COMMUNICATION

The hard keys (elastomer buttons on the front panel) are The communication between the FPSS and the Host is
arranged in a 4 row by 5 column matrix. The task of done through a UART. A Driver/Receiver performs the
scanning the hard keys is performed by software through signal level translation.
the I/O IC. At a rate (multiples of 10 msec) defined by
the Host, the hard keys are scanned. Scanning is VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
performed by setting all column lines high and then Visual feedback for voltages used by the FPSS is found
scrolling a logic zero through the columns. After every on the Front Panel PCB. The LEDs (green) mounted on
scroll the signals at ROW0, ROW1, ROW2, and ROW3 the PCB indicate the following voltages are present:
are read and stored away.
+15 V
Upon one complete scan, software analyzes the stored -15 V
row data (5 x 4=20 bits). If all bits are high then the +12 V
hard keys are untouched and the task exits. In order to CPU OK (blinks on/off)
detect a valid touch, only one out of 20 bits is allowed to +24V
be low. When a valid key is detected, its associated key
code is stored.
DISPLAY PCB
The hard keys are scanned again in 10 msec. If the same
key is found to be depressed, its code value is placed The Display PCB contains the U/S Time Meter and IV
into a transmit buffer in the proper format to be Pole position LED displays, and the Infrared Detect/
transmitted to the host. Decode Interface for the remote control.
HARD KEY BACKLIGHTING I/V POLE AND U/S TIME LED DISPLAY
Backlighting of the hard keys on the Front Panel is The U/S and IV pole data are transmitted in ASCII
accomplished with an illumination panel containing one format by the Host. Upon receiving a display command,
LED per hard key. These LEDs are located on the the FPSS verifies the data packet, performs the ASCII to
illumination panel and are Pulse Width Modulated seven segment conversion and then displays the data.
(PWM) in order to obtain maximum brightness.
All 8-Segment LEDs on the Display PCB are time
+12 V CONTROL TO LCD multiplexed on common data lines. The segment data is
The +12V_EN* signal from the Video PCB controls +12 sent through PORT-A of the 82C55 I/O on the Front
V delivered to the LCD. When +12V_EN* is high, the Panel Controller PCB. This data is then fed into a
+12V Control is off and +12 V is not enabled. When High-Current Driver and sent to the Display PCB via
+12V_EN* is low, the +12V Control is on and +12 V is cable W-131. The segment data is then presented to the
delivered to the LCD. LEDs through current limiting resistors. Each LED
display has 8 data line inputs and one common terminal
+5 V CONTROL TO LCD which allows the display to be enabled or blanked.
The +5V_EN* signal from the Video PCB controls +5 V
delivered to the LCD. When +5V_EN* is low, +5 V is Since the LEDs share common data lines, only one LED
delivered to the LCD. can be enabled at a given time. This is accomplished by
scrolling a logic 1 through a Shift Register by DCLK
and DDATA lines. The Shift Register outputs are then
fed into a High-Current Driver in order to enable or
disable any given LED.
906-2000-501 2-13
REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER

The hardware for the infrared detecting signals from the REMOTE CONTROL PCB
remote control is centered around Infrared Detector U1
located on the Display PCB. This device receives the The Remote Control performs the following functions:
infrared rays through its photo-diode and performs all Monitors the remote control key board and transmits
the necessary amplification, filtering, and pulse detecting any valid key entry.
internally. It outputs a TTL compatible signal Upon usage, monitors the ambient light and turns on
representing the envelop of the infrared signal (IR). the backlight LED if ambient light intensity is below
5 3 lux.
The output IR is connected to the HSI port on the
80C196 Control Processor located on the Front Panel Upon usage, monitors the battery and transmits its
Controller PCB. HSI.0 is programmed to record events status with every packet.
on the rising and falling edge. This enables the 80C196
to measure the low and high pulse durations. The following theory of operation groups the Remote
Control into functional objects.
In order to receive a valid command from the Remote
Control, the following conditions must be met: KEYBOARD
Valid Low pulse durations The keys are arranged in a 4 row by 6 column matrix.
Valid High Pulse Durations The matrix is designed on a membrane switch layer
Valid Start bit which interfaces to the Remote PCB via 10 pin
Valid Data bit complements connector J1. The task of scanning the keyboard is
Valid Packet Checksum performed by software. The CPU scans the keyboard at a
Valid Address rate of 10 Hz. Scanning is performed by setting all the
column lines to high and then scrolling a logic zero
When a valid command is received, its code value is through the columns. After every scroll, the signals at
placed in a transmit buffer to be transmitted to the Host. ROW0, ROW1, ROW2, and ROW3 are read and stored.
Upon one complete scan, software analyzes the stored

REMOTE CONTROL row data (6 x 4=24 bits). If all the bits are high, the
keyboard is untouched. In order to detect a valid entry,
The remote control transmits packets of information to only one out of 24 bits is allowed to be low. When a
the Display PCB through an infrared link and is valid entry is detected, its associated key code is stored.
operational under the following circumstances:
In tray and anywhere tray arm extends. The keyboard is scanned again in 35 msec. If the same
Independent of screen tilt and position. key is found to be depressed, its code value is
Anywhere in a 15' x 20' operating room. transmitted to the host. At this point the CPU enters a
With drape over remote and system. loop 100 msec in duration. After each loop iteration, the
keyboard is scanned again. If the same key is still
In all cases, the remote infrared beam must have a path depressed, a repeat message is transmitted to the host.
to the front panel sensor either directly or through The loop execution continues until either the key is
reflection (i.e. wall, floor, sealing) . released, a new key is depressed, or an illegal entry is
detected.
PHOTOCELL
To extend battery life, the backlight LEDs are turned on
only when needed. Since the remote control may be used
in an extremely dark operating room, a photocell is
utilized to detect the presence or absence of light. Each
time the CPU is powered up, it reads the output from the
Photocell. If absence of light is detected (DARK* signal
low) the backlight LEDs are turned on by the CPU.
2-14 906-2000-501
POWER UP METHOD BACK LIGHT

Since the battery life is of concern, power is not Back lighting the keys and icons is accomplished by
provided to the CPU and various other circuitry unless LED's - one LED is used per key and two per icon.
needed. Power (VB) is only provided to the pyroelectric LEDs are turned on through the CPU by software. This
circuitry and keyboard circuitry. Each time a key is output is fed into the Power Control Switch in order to
depressed or hand motion is detected, the retriggerable provide the current (1 ma) for the LEDs.
timer is pulsed. The timer is turned on for 3.5 seconds
sending power (VB) through a MOSFET driver whose COMMUNICATION
output is VCC which is used to power-up the CPU U5. Packets are transmitted via infrared link with the system.
Packet contents (data bits) are shifted serially through
The Power Control Switch contains two timers, one for the CPU by software. The data bits are then modulated
the pyroelectric sensor and one for the keyboard. The by 40 KHz square wave by a Counter. The carrier
two timers are connected in parallel so an output from (modulated data) is the current amplified through a
either powers-up the CPU. MOSFET driver, then fed into leds DS1-DS4. The LEDs
transmit data at 950 nm wavelength to the infrared
POWER DOWN METHOD detector on the Display PCB.
Once the CPU is powered up either through key
depression or motion detection, the CPU enters an idle
mode waiting for key entry. If no key is pressed 3.5
second after the last entry, the timer times out and as a
result turns power off to the CPU.
PYROELECTRIC SENSOR
The pyroelectric sensor is a device that responds to the
change in temperature (infrared light) caused by the
human body. The object of the pyroelectric sensor is to
detect the hand motion near the remote control and turn
the power on to the CPU.
The pyroelectric sensor output is fed into the Amplifier

Comparator which generates a negative going pulse for
large positive or negative going signals that exceed the
established threshold levels. This negative pulse is then
fed into a timer in the Power Control Switch.
906-2000-501 2-15
FLUIDICS SUBSYSTEM
(FLUIDICS BACKPLANE)
PLUNGER SWITCHES
FLUIDICS
CONTROL SOLENOIDS
PCB ASP
MTR
CASS. SWITCHES
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
PANEL
ANTERIOR
TX/RX VIT
XDCR PNEUMATIC ASSY LUER
PCB
The Fluidics subsystem controls and monitors the The fluidics subsystem is comprised of 7 major
irrigation and aspiration modes used in the assemblies; the Fluidics Controller PCB, Cassette Type
STTL. Figure 2-6 illustrates the fluidics flow from the PCB, Transducer PCB, Backplane PCB, Anterior
IV bottle, through the cassette and handpiece, to the Pneumatics module, Solenoids, and the Peristaltic Pump
drainage bag. Stepper Motor. Figure FO-6 at the end of this section is a
detailed block diagram of the Fluidics Subsystem.
BSS
CASSETTE
COMPLIANCE
CHAMBER
IRR
CV
HANDPIECE
LIQ
VENT
ASP PUMP (Reflux)
FILTER
MT1
XDCR
(Flow Thru)
AIR
BAG VENT
(Prime only)
Figure 2-6 Fluidics Flow Diagram
2-16 906-2000-501
STEPPER MOTOR CONTROL LOGIC AND

FLUIDICS CONTROLLER PCB DRIVERS
The motor driver control logic uses logic gates and
The Fluidics Controller PCB controls the Fluidics control signals DISABLE3, PEDAL_UP, TEST, &
module and communicates with the system master. It PUMP_EN to determine when the stepper motor driver
monitors the vacuum voltage signals from the FETs receive the driving signals PHASE A,B,C, & D.
Transducer PCB; and controls the irrigation, reflux, & The control logic for the stepper motor is implemented
air vent solenoids, peristaltic pump motor, and anterior as follows:
vit drivers.
The DISABLE3 signal high disables the driving
FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS FETs.
The major components of the Fluidics Controller PCB
are specified by the subsystem kernel design. These The PEDAL_UP signal high disables the driving
include the following ICs: 80C196KC Control FETs.
Processor, PSD301 Programmable System Device, The TEST signal low overrides the PEDAL_UP
ADG508A Analog Multiplexer, 6264LP-10 8K x 8 signal.
Static Ram, 28F256 32K x 8 FLASH EEPROM, and the
The PUMP_EN signal low disables the FETs to force
LP2951 Voltage Regulator. See the Subsystem Kernel
80C196 control over the driving FETs.
Design theory in the System Overview for specific
information on these components. The remaining
components are discussed below. The stepper motor drivers control the phase voltage lines
to the peristaltic pump stepper motor. Low on resistance
SERIAL COMMUNICATION DRIVERS FETs (Q1, Q2, Q5, and Q6) are used as the motor
The Serial Communication Drivers provide translation drivers to provide a constant current drive with fast
from single ended TTL level information to RS422 switching times and very low losses. Each FET is driven
differential level information for a more reliable transfer by an output of Control Logic NAND Gates. The
of serial information. The RS422 differential signals PHASE A, B, C, & D input signals are software
from the Multifunction PCB are received by the Serial controlled and are generated by the PSD301. The stepper
Communication Drivers, converted to TTL level motor, which rotates a fixed amount each time it is
information, and sent to the serial ports of the Control pulsed, is driven in the full step, 2 phase excitation
Processor. mode. The stepper motor control waveform is shown in
Figure 2-7.
82C55A I/O DEVICE
STEP FREQUENCY
The Intel 82C55A IC is a programmable input/output (I/ 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
O) device which provides I/O control for the peristaltic
pump stepper motor, status LEDs, Vit compressor & PHASE A
feedback signals, and irrigation, reflux, & air vent

solenoid feedback signals. The 82C55A is enabled at pin
PHASE B
7 by select signal EXPIO* from the Programmable
System Device, and reset by the system reset signal RST
at pin 39. PHASE C
RESET LOGIC
PHASE D
The Reset Logic is comprised of a series of open
collector buffers and a power up delay circuit. The Reset
Logic inverts the reset signal required for the peripheral
Figure 2-7 Stepper Motor Control Waveform
I/O device. The RESET3* low signal from the Host is
received by the Reset Logic then buffered and inverted
to create RST* and RST. These two signals are then
distributed to other devices on the PCB.
906-2000-501 2-17
SOLENOID CONTROL LOGIC AND FET VIT_A, B, & C signals are controlled by the Control
DRIVERS Processor high speed output and the VIT_E signal is
The Solenoid Control Logic uses logic gates and control controlled by the 82C55A I/O IC. These signals are sent
signals (DISABLE & CPU_RDY) to determine when to the Anterior Vit Drive PCB when the ENABLE1
the Solenoid FET Drivers receive driving signals signal is high.
REFLUX, IRRIG, and AIR_VENT.
VIT DRIVER FEEDBACK
The solenoid drivers control the voltage lines to the The excitation current from the HEXFET Drivers on the
Irrigation, Reflux, and Air Vent solenoids. Low on Anterior Vit Drive PCB is monitored by the 82C55A I/O
resistance FETs are used as the solenoid drivers to IC on the Fluidics Controller PCB. A low feedback
provide fast switching times and very low losses. The signal (VLV_A_FB, VLV_B_FB, or VLV_C_FB)
Irrigation and Reflux solenoids are driven with a pulse equates to valve closed and a high output equates to
width modulation signal during the on-to-off and valve open.
off-to-on transition. This allows a smooth, controlled
operation of the solenoids. The Air Vent solenoid is SYSTEM CONTROL SIGNALS
driven with a pulse width modulation signal 500 The Host system maintains ultimate control over the
milliseconds after being fully energized. This technique Fluidics subsystem through the following system control
utilizes the high holding force of the solenoid while signals; DISABLE3, PEDAL_UP, TEST*, and
dissipating much less energy. RESET3*.
DISABLE3 signal high disables the Stepper Motor
SOLENOID FEEDBACK FETS Drivers, Vit Driver Buffers, and Solenoid FETS
The Irrigation Valve and the Reflux Valve have an Drivers.
optical switch on the mechanism to indicate physical PEDAL_UP signal high disables the Stepper Motor
information on the state of the valve where LOW FETS Drivers and Vit Driver Buffers.
equates to closed and HIGH equates to open. Power to TEST* signal low overrides the PEDAL_UP signal .
the Irrigation (IRR_SW_P) and Reflux (RFX_SW_P) RESET3* low forces the Control Processor into reset,
optical switches is provided from the Fluidics Controller which in-turn forces all controlled devices to become
PCB. This power is used to illuminate the LED within disabled.
the switch. The switch return signals, IRRIG_SW &
RFX_SW, are monitored at the 82C55A I/O IC. VOLTAGE FEEDBACK
The Fluidics Controller PCB supplies two types of
The Air Vent Valve driver current is monitored to voltage feedback. The first type is voltage feedback
indicate excitation of a feedback device where LOW signals to the controller for subsystem status information
equates to closed and HIGH equates to open. An Optical and master CPU reporting. The second is visual
Switch is tied to the output of the Air Vent FET Driver indication LEDs for all used voltages indicated as
and provides feedback which is monitored at the follows: +5 V, CPU OK (blinks on/off), +15 V, -15 V,
82C55A I/O IC. and +24 V.
VIT DRIVER BUFFER

The Vit Driver Buffer provides TTL level drive signals
to the HEXFET Drivers located on the Anterior Vit
Drive PCB. Three of these signals, VIT_A, VIT_B, and
VIT_C are sequenced by software in a manner to
provide pneumatic vacuum and pressure valve control to
the handpiece. The VIT_E signal is controlled for
compressor on/off.
2-18 906-2000-501
TRANSDUCER PCB CASSETTE TYPE PCB
The Transducer PCB provides the Fluidics Controller The Cassette Type PCB is used to determine if a cassette
PCB with real time pressure/vacuum information. The is inserted in the instrument and the type of cassette
pressure/vacuum transducers, MT1A and MT1B, are inserted. The Fluidics Controller PCB uses this
located just before the air vent valve as shown in Figure information to control the peristaltic pump.
2-6. The outputs from MT1A and MT1A, which are
redundant to ensure reliability of the system, represent Two optical switches are provided to detect up to three
the chamber pressure/vacuum. different types of cassettes. Power to the optical switches
is provided from the Fluidics Controller PCB, and is
Since the full-scale output from the transducers is in the used to illuminate the LED within the switch. The switch
millivolt range, and the full-scale signal required by the return signals, CST_S1 and CST_S2, are monitored by
Fluidics Controller PCB is 0 to 5 V, each transducer by the Fluidics Controller PCB.
output is amplified by a gain of 100. The amplified
signals, VAC_X_A and VAC_X_B, contain vacuum
information proportional to the voltage of the signal
where the voltage scale is 0.0048 volts/mmHg. This FLUIDICS BACKPLANE PCB
information is sent to the Fluidics Controller PCB where
they must track each other within 12% in order for the The Fluidics Backplane PCB provides a common point
Fluidics Subsystem software to accept the vacuum for the module interconnects. The Fluidics Controller
readings. On the Fluidics Controller PCB, the vacuum PCB and the Transducer PCB are mounted directly to
signals are voltage clamped and low pass filtered to the Backplane PCB via PCB connectors. The Cassette
protect the Control Processor A/D inputs from ESD or Type PCB and the Anterior Vit Driver PCB are satellite
miswiring of the connector. assemblies connected to the backplane through cables.
All pneumatic components are connected to this
Test points are provided for checking the following backplane.
signals:
TP1 = 15VRTN
TP2 = VAC_X_B
TP3 = VAC_X_A
906-2000-501 2-19
ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC MODULE

The Anterior Pneumatic Module is comprised of the Each valve is supplied with +24 V through connector J1
Anterior Vit Drive PCB and the Anterior Compressor. pins 5 and 9. The valves are driven open or closed by
This module supplies the vacuum and pressure used to HEXFET power MOSFETS Q1 through Q3, which
drive the pneumatic handpieces. Figure 2-8 illustrates in-turn are controlled by the Fluidics Controller PCB
the air flow from compressor to handpiece. signals VIT_A, VIT_B, and VIT_C (see Figure FO-6).
For example: VIT_A signal high would result in
HEXFET Q1 driving valve K1 open thus sending air
ANTERIOR VIT DRIVE PCB pressure towards valve K3.
The Anterior Vit Drive PCB contains pneumatic valves

K1, K2, and K3, which are sequenced by the Fluidics ANTERIOR COMPRESSOR
Controller PCB for proper operation of the handpieces.
K1 and K2 are two-way valves, and are used to control The Anterior Compressor provides 635 mmHg vacuum
the open/close of the pressure/vacuum path. K3 is a and 40 PSI pressure simultaneously. The compressor is
three-way valve, and is used to direct the air pulses controlled by the Fluidics Controller PCB via signal
toward the Vit handpiece or vent the VIT handpiece to VIT_E. VIT_E high drives HEXFET Q4 which in-turn
the air muffler. enables the compressor.
ANTERIOR VIT DRIVE PCB

K3
TO
HANDPIECE
K2 K1
TO AIR
VACUUM
COMPRESSOR
PRESSURE
Figure 2-8 Vit Air Flow Diagram
2-20 906-2000-501
PHACO SUBSYSTEM (software V3.01 and below)
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
(PHACO BACKPLANE) PANEL
U/S 1
PHACO
TX/RX U/S DRIVER PCB U/S 2
CONTROL
PCB U/S 3
+85 V
COAG
CAUTERY PCB
COAG
The Phaco subsystem consists of 6 assemblies: Phaco voltage and frequency with analog feedback to the Phaco
Controller PCB, U/S Driver PCB, Backplane PCB, Controller to close the loop. The Phaco Controller
Cautery PCB, Cable Connector panel, and Cable W-107. digitizes and processes this feedback to provide a
See Figure FO-7 at the end of this section for a detailed continuous tracking digital control loop. The U/S Driver
block diagram of the Phaco Subsystem. PCB also contains various circuitry to detect fault
conditions, disable power output and communicate the
The Phaco Controller PCB assembly contains the fault to the Phaco Controller. The Phaco Controller then
circuitry which controls the U/S Driver PCB as well as communicates this fault to the Host.
the Cautery PCB. It is the central point of all
communication within the Phaco Module. Two way The Cautery PCB generates sinusoidal electrical signals
communication with the Host is achieved by an RS422 at varying power levels necessary to drive a variety of
serial communication link. This is accomplished with an electrosurgical cautery probes. Also, the Cautery PCB
RS422 converter I.C. through the TRANSMIT (TX+, contains the safety circuitry to detect a fault condition
TX-), and the RECEIVE (RX+, RX-) signals. All system within the PCB and communicate this fault to the Phaco
level commands and data are transferred through this Controller which in turn disables the Cautery PCB and
interface. The only other communication to the Host is communicates the fault condition to the host. All power
done with the following system control signals; FPUP adjustments and control functions are communicated to
(PEDAL_UP), TEST*, DISABLE, and RESET. the Cautery PCB by the Phaco Controller.
The Backplane PCB provides the intra-module
Once a command is received from the Host, the Phaco communication link as well as channeling all d.c. power
Controller performs the appropriate action by to the subsystem. It has a single ground plane which is
communication to either the U/S Driver PCB or the common to all supplies. The backplane is completely
Cautery PCB. passive, i.e. no semiconductors reside on the backplane.
However, there is a provision for a choke (currently not
The U/S Driver PCB performs all electrical processes used). This choke may ultimately be used to smooth
necessary to drive a variety of ultrasonic handpieces. current transients on the 85V supply. The Backplane also
Two interdependent control loops, voltage and makes power available to the cooling fan for the U/S
frequency, are used to control the stroke of the ultrasonic Driver PCB.
handpiece. The voltage control loop monitors and
maintains the appropriate handpiece drive voltage. The All electrical power and communication signals to and
frequency control loop maintains continuous tuning of from the Host pass through cable W-107. This cable
the handpiece to compensate for handpiece loading and contains shielded twisted pairs of wires for the power
drift. These control loops are only partially realized supply lines to minimize noise generation and increase
within the U/S Driver PCB. The U/S Driver PCB noise immunity. The signal lines are also shielded within
contains the circuitry to create the sinusoidal drive a secondary layer. The 85V supply is routed along side
906-2000-501 2-21
the main harness and is separately connected. This was

done to maintain a commonality of the main harness PHACO CONTROLLER PCB
cable for use with the other system modules.
SUBSYSTEM KERNEL
All electrical output for U/S and cautery handpieces is The subsystem kernel consists of circuitry which is
conducted through cable assembly W-105. There are common to all subsystem CPU designs (see Subsystem
three separate yet functionally identical U/S output ports. Kernel Design ). The kernel circuitry for the Phaco
The cable supports both the low and high voltage signals Module resides on the Phaco Controller PCB.
necessary for the ultrasonic smart connector. The high
voltage signals are physically separated from the low BUFFERED ADDRESS, DATA, OFFBOARD
voltage signals with their own jacketed and shielded ENABLE, AND CONTROL
cable. Due to the sensitivity of the cable capacitance to The Phaco Controller has the capability to access four
handpiece/driver performance, the shield is not separate PCBs. Presently, two PCBs are accessed: the U/
grounded. However, redundant chassis grounding is S Driver and the Cautery PCBs. Within each PCB, the
maintained to the panel connector through the connector Phaco Controller can read or write data to 16 different
case as well as an internal pin connection to a chassis devices. One of four active low BOARD ENABLE lines
grounding lug. For the purpose of maintaining necessary (BDEN1*-BDEN4*) is selected. These enable lines are
creapage distance (IEC601 requirement) of the high and buffered by U19 and sent through the backplane to the
low voltage signals, the three ports are separately appropriate PCB. Once the PCB is selected, then the
connected on the U/S Driver PCB (see Table 2-1 for particular device to be communicated with on that PCB
connections). is selected via four BUFFERED ADDRESS lines
(BA0-3). These address lines are buffered by U15 and
sent to the appropriate PCB. All intra-module data is
Table 2-1 U/S Driver PCB Connections
transferred via the 8-bit BUFFERED DATA bus (BD0-
FUNCTION U/S DRIVER 7). This bus is buffered by U14 and is sent to the
CONNECTOR appropriate PCB.
Top Port High Voltage U/S Port A J6
Synchronization of reading, writing and address
Top Port Low Voltage U/S Port A J3
selection is accomplished by the BUFFERED READ
Center Port High Voltage U/S Port B J5
(BRD*), BUFFERED WRITE (BWR*) and the
Center Port Low Voltage U/S Port B J2
BUFFERED ADDRESS LATCH ENABLE (BALE*)
Bottom Port High Voltage U/S Port C* J4 lines. These lines are all active low and are buffered by
Bottom Port Low Voltage U/S Port C* J1 U13.
* Optional on later systems. BUFFERED CAUTERY CONTROL AND STATUS

READ
Control of the Cautery PCB is accomplished in an
identical fashion to the Series Ten Thousand. This is
done with the active low signals: POWER UP (PU*),
POWER DOWN (PD*) and ENABLE (ENABLE*).
These control lines are buffered and sent to the Cautery
PCB via the Backplane PCB.
The 80C196 Control Processor reads the existing state of

the above lines as well as the Frequency Gate
(FRQGATE*) and the STATUS lines. The STATUS
line is generated on the Cautery PCB. This active low
signal is a fault indication from the IEC601 compliance
check circuitry on the Cautery PCB.
2-22 906-2000-501
ONBOARD FREQUENCY COUNTER

The Phaco Controller has the ability to measure the U/S DRIVER PCB
applied handpiece signal frequency. To accomplish this,
the controller uses the Frequency (FRQ) signal in HANDPIECE CONNECTOR, INPUT ISOLATION
accordance with the FRQGATE* signal to create the & RESISTOR/CODE
Gated Frequency (GFRQ) signal. The FRQ signal is a Prior to tuning a handpiece, the system must know
square wave of the exact handpiece frequency and is which type of handpiece is present and its voltage
generated on the U/S Driver PCB. The Phaco Controller calibration. The Phaco subsystem reads each of the
then measures frequency by counting the number of handpiece ports any time the footswitch is in the up
gated pulses (GFRQ signal) that exist over a known position. The up position is determined by the
period of time. This length of time is controlled by the FOOTPEDAL UP (FPUP) signal which is generated by
FRQGATE* signal. a micro-switch within the footswitch.
The ability of the Phaco Controller to measure the Each ultrasonic handpiece has low level logic and analog
handpiece signal frequency allows for automatic signals embedded in the handpiece connector for the
calibration of the voltage control oscillator on the U/S purpose of handpiece recognition and calibration.
Driver PCB. Recognition of the handpiece is determined by the value
of a resistor inside the handpiece connector. The resistor
RESET GENERATOR is connected between the Buffered 10 V Reference
Reset generation is performed by the Reset Generator (B10VREF) and the Calibration Resistance (CALR)
which is used as both a watchdog timer and a buffer for lines. The Phaco Controller has within its memory
an external reset. The device will generate a reset if the certain predetermined handpiece parameters such as
processor gets locked up resulting in the loss of the nominal handpiece voltage and tuning frequency range.
Address Latch Enable signal. The External Reset These parameters are handpiece type dependent.
(XRST*) signal is generated from the host during power
up for synchronization of Host/Subsystem In addition, each handpiece has a certain calibration
communication. necessary for proper stroke at full power. This
calibration is accomplished by a three bit code present
PCB REVISION READING within the handpiece connector. This three bit code is
The Phaco Controller has the ability to read the revision made available by the PROG0, PROG1, PROG2 and
of each of the PCBs within the Phaco subsystem. It does PGND signals. These signals provide the percentage
this by reading the value of a resistance that resides on variation of nominal handpiece voltage as necessary for
each of the PCBs. The value of this resistance is related calibrated stroke.
to the assembly revision.
The low level handpiece input signals are isolated
POWER SUPPLY MONITORING through a relay for protection from the high handpiece
The Phaco Controller has the ability to confirm the voltage. These handpiece signals are isolated at any time
presence or absence of +15V, -15V and +12V power the footpedal is depressed. This means that a handpiece
supplies. This is done through the opto-isolators that disconnected from the console when the footpedal is
detect the presence of each supply and provide a status down will not be detected until the footpedal is returned
signal (+15VOK, -15VOK, +12VOK) which is read by to the up position.
Control Processor. Status of these supplies are sent back
to the Host upon request. The reading of the handpiece resistance is done by
measuring the voltage across the resistance. The signals
are buffered, then one of the three signals is selected
through an analog multiplexer and finally scaled by a
scale amplifier. The scaled resistor voltage is measured
by the Phaco Controller on ANALOG CHANNEL 3
(ACH3). The digital signals (PROG0- 2) are read
through an Octal Buffer.
906-2000-501 2-23
DUAL DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER Also at this point, the square wave is buffered to create
The tuning process determines the correct operational the FREQUENCY (FRQ) signal used in frequency
frequency and control set point for operation of the measurements done by the Phaco Controller.
handpiece. The frequency is set by two analog control
lines, COARSE and FINE. These analog signals are ULTRASOUND ENABLE LOGIC, RELAY
generated by a Dual DAC , that receives information to SELECT AND RELAY DRIVERS
create these signals from the Phaco Controller. The ultrasound enable logic is created by U16 and U18.
The ultrasound enable signal present at TP5 is a logical
The frequency is initially set by the COARSE signal. function of the following signals: TEST*, FPUP, USEN,
During realtime operation, all frequency adjustments for and DISABLE. Table 2-2 summarizes the logic of
load or heating compensation are done by the FINE ultrasound enabling.
signal. The FINE signal, available at testpoint TP6, is
where control loop servoing takes place. Although the In addition to the enable logic, ultrasound power is
signal is dynamic in nature, it should be a d.c. level from enabled only in a no ground fault condition.
2 to 5 volts.
The USEN and RELAY ENABLES signals are created
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR AND by an 8 bit latch. These signals are generated by the
SCALE AMP Phaco subsystem software to select the U/S port and
The FINE and COARSE signals are applied to a Voltage enable U/S power. The relay signals are buffered prior to
Controller Oscillator that is configured as a voltage-to- activating each of the relays.
frequency converter where the frequency of the
generated sinusoidal signal is proportional to each of Table 2-2 U/S Enable Logic (low=0, high=1)
these signals. The function generator creates a sinusoidal
OUTPUT
voltage with an amplitude of approximately 1.5 Vrms at DISABLE USEN FPUP TEST*
(TP5)
a frequency with a minimum span of 25 to 65 kHz. This 0 0 0 0 0
voltage is then passed through a Scale Amplifier with a 0 0 0 1 0

0 0 1 0 0
gain of two to create an offset sinusoidal signal of 0 0 1 1 0
approximately 3 Vrms. The purpose of the offset will be 0 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 1 1
discussed later. 0 1 1 0 1
0 1 1 1 0
1 0 0 0 0
MULTIPLYING DIGITAL TO ANALOG 1 0 0 1 0
CONVERTER 1 0 1 0 0
1 0 1 1 0
All handpiece voltage adjustments occur through a 12 bit
1 1 0 0 0
Multiplying DAC. The DAC takes the voltage (3 Vrms) 1 1 0 1 0
and multiplies it by the ratio n/4096. The variable n is 1 1 1 0 0
the 12 bit data written to the Multiplying DAC from the 1 1 1 1 0
data bus. Thus, the voltage presented to the input of the

power amp varies from 0 to a maximum of
ENABLE DECODE LOGIC AND DATA BUFFER
approximately 3 Vrms.
The Enable Decode Logic and Data Buffer buffers the
data bus as it enters/leaves the U/S Driver PCB and
ANALOG SWITCH AND ZERO CROSSING
creates a latched data bus for use by the dual DAC and
DETECTOR
multiplying DAC.
Ultrasound power is enabled by an Analog Switch that is
controlled by the ZEN signal which is created by the Zero
Signals BRD*, BWR*, BA0-3, and BDEN1* from the
Crossing Detector circuit formed.
Phaco Controller are decoded to create the various
device select signals; DAC0A*, DAC0B*, MDAC*,
The purpose of the zero crossing detector is to
CSREG*, MUX1* and MUX2*. These signals
synchronize ultrasound power enable to the instant at
respectively select DAC A of the Dual DAC, DAC B of
which the sinusoidal handpiece voltage crosses zero
the Dual DAC, Multiplying DAC, and Chip Select Relay
volts. This synchronization prevents the large current
Gate.
transients which can occur when power is enabled at the
sinusoidal peak.
2-24 906-2000-501
In addition to the above, the FAULT RESET (FRST) The feedback voltage is measured at the primary of the
signal is generated for resetting either a ground fault or a transformer and is related to the actual handpiece voltage
compliance fault. by the turns ratio of the transformer. This primary
voltage is scaled to appropriate levels by a scaling
POWER AMPLIFIER amplifier. The scaled ac handpiece voltage is then passed
The power amplifier can provide approximately 45 watts to an rms/dc converter, which converts the rms value of
of power over a frequency range of 25 to 65 kHz (23 the ac voltage to an equivalent dc level. Thus, a 1 volt
Vrms into 12 ohms). The amplifier consists of a voltage rms ac voltage produces a 1 volt dc output. The output of
gain stage which are two transistors operated in a class A the rms/dc converter is available at TP2.
darlington configuration. The second stage is the power
gain stage where two transistors are operated in a class B Handpiece current is detected by a .75 ohm resistor at
emitter follower configuration. Feedback is provided for the primary of the transformer. This primary transformer
the overall power amplifier which sets both the dc bias current is related to the actual handpiece current by the
(VBIAS) and ac voltage gain. In addition, there is transformer turns ratio. The voltage across the R6 is
feedback primarily for temperature compensation of the scaled by U27 operated in a differential mode to provide
class A stage introduced by a resistor. The dc bias ranges the input to the rms/dc converter U28. The output of the
from 42 to 46 Vdc and the voltage gain ranges from 13.3 to rms/dc converter is available at TP4.
16.6 V/V.
ANALOG SYSTEM FEEDBACK
An R/C network of provides an output delay which The Phaco module has the ability to read various analog
holds the first transistor off during power supply turn on. signals to provide the means of auto-calibration as well
This delay protects the transistor from high current as real time diagnostics. These signals are present at
transients which can occur during this transient period. multiplexer MUX2, which is selected by the MUX2*
signal. These signals include: Ten Volt Reference
VOLTAGE SELECT RELAY, STEP UP (10VREF), COARSE, FINE, Power Amp Voltage Bias
TRANSFORMER & OUTPUT SELECT RELAY (VBIAS), and Scaled 85V Supply (+85V). These
The step-up transformer has a two tap primary (17:1 and voltages are scaled from a maximum of 10 V down to a
12:1 turns ratio) to raise the ac power amplifier output maximum of 4.8 V by a Scale Amplifier.
voltage from 23 Vrms to a maximum of approximately
340 to 390 Vrms applied to the handpiece from the high At system power up, the Phaco module software
voltage tap. The transformer is designed to provide a performs a power up test of the module. At this point it
high degree of electrical isolation with a minimum of measures the 10VREF, VBIAS and +85V signals for
stray capacitance. This minimizes handpiece leakage appropriate levels. It also checks the functionality of the
current in the event of a ground fault condition. The Dual DAC by measuring the COARSE and FINE
primary tap is selected by a relay. Presently only the voltages.
375/60 handpiece uses the low voltage tap.
HANDPIECE RESISTANCE
Following the transformer are two relays which steer the Multiplexer MUX1 is selected by the MUX1 signal, and
high voltage (USA, USB) signals to the appropriate U/S is used for selection of the handpiece resistance to be
port (one of three). These relays are selected and driven measured. The value of handpiece resistance is
by the Relay Enables. determined by the voltage divider created by the
handpiece resistance with resistors on the U/S Driver
HANDPIECE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT PCB. This voltage is then scaled by 48% by a Scale
FEEDBACK Amplifier.
As previously stated, the Phaco subsystem utilizes two
interdependent control loops for maintaining real time
tuning of the handpiece. The information necessary for
these control loops is contained within the handpiece
voltage and current.
906-2000-501 2-25
GROUND FAULT DETECTION AND IEC601

COMPLIANCE CHECK CAUTERY PCB
The ground fault circuitry detects the condition of a
broken earth ground connection between the handpiece The Cautery PCB is manufactured by a German
and earth (chassis) ground. A ground fault can only exist company and uses different terminology on some
if the SHIELD and GND connections are both broken. If components than the rest of the PCBs in the
this occurs then a voltage across the stray capacitance STTL. This terminology was retained in the following
between the now floating handpiece shell and earth theory to enable the user to cross reference to the
ground is measured. This voltage (GFAULT) is provided schematic. Definitions of the terminology used
indicated at the return side of the transformer. GFAULT on the Cautery PCB are as follows:
is scaled down by an R/C network for input protection to MP = Measuring Point
the Ground Fault Detector. This scaled sinusoidal TP = Tune Potentiometer
voltage is compared to a 5 Vdc reference voltage created IC = The U designator used for integrated
by 10VREF and a resistor network. circuits (IC) on all other PCBs.
T = Transistor
At any time the peak value of the scaled GFAULT
voltage exceeds 5V, a ground fault is initiated. This INPUT BUFFER
signal is latched and immediately disables the ultrasound Originating from the Phaco Controller via the Phaco
power. The GFAULT needs to exceed approximately Backplane, cautery control signal inputs PULSE_UP
38.5 Vrms for a fault to occur. This disabling is entirely (PU), PULSE_DOWN (PD) and CAUTERY_ ENABLE
under hardware control. If a true fault exists then it (CAUTEN*) enter at edge connector J1. These signals
cannot be overridden by software. However, if a are buffered and pulled-up to provide the on-board
transient fault exists then the latched fault can be reset cautery controls.
by software with the FRST signal.
UP/DOWN COUNTER
The buffered PU & PD signals are combined with
NAND gates to control the Up/Down Counters as
follows:
A single count increment/decrement occurs for each HI

pulse from either PU or PD signal. Both signals at logic
PU PD IC3&4
LO LO HOLD COUNT
HI LO STEP UP
LO HI STEP DOWN
HI HI RESET
HI reset the counters to zero. The Counters output 4 bits

each (1 byte) of binary data to the Digital-to-Analog
Converter.
DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER (DAC)

The Up/Down Counter bits are input to a DAC for
conversion to a corresponding analog voltage from 0
Vdc to +5 Vdc based on VREF. With an input count
range of 0-255, this translates to 19.6 mV/count. The
resulting voltage at MP1 controls the PWM duty cycle to
regulate cautery power.
2-26 906-2000-501
FEEDBACK BUFFER DIGITAL MULTIVIBRATOR

Non-inverting Op-Amp buffers the DAC output voltage The Digital Multivibrator oscillates at 300-400 KHz (per
to provide feedback signal CAUTERY_POWER TP2 setting) and functions as the Cautery frequency
(CAUT_PWR). This voltage is monitored by the source. A 50% duty cycle is maintained which is enabled
80C196 Control Processor on the Phaco Controller to by EN set high when the CAUTEN* control signal goes
verify PU & PD control response. On the Phaco low. The frequency setting (340KHz nom) is determined
Controller schematic, the CAUT_PWR signal is by tuning or peaking the Cautery output with a
designated as ACH5. potentiometer.
AMPLIFIER/FILTER POWER FET

Two stages of the Compliance Comparator multiply the The oscillator signal is buffered to drive the Power FET.
DAC voltage times 4, and low-pass filter the output to When the Power FET is ON (MP4 = high), current from
smooth DAC voltage changes. An output offset of +2.5V the DC Power Regulator flows through the primary of
(VREF/2) applied to the Compliance Comparator centers the Transformer. A feedback current at MP6 is divided
the PWM input voltage above ground. and filtered to provide a SENSE voltage to the PWM for
compensation under varied loads.
PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR (PWM)
The PWM functions as a switching controller for the DC OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
Power Regulator. The PWM oscillates at about 20KHz Voltage pulses from the Power FET across the primary
with a variable Duty Cycle (pulse width) determined by of the Transformer are coupled to the secondary (times
the amplified DAC input voltage. 2) to deliver the Cautery output voltage. The electrical
properties of the transformer and tuned circuit result in a
PWM Functional Sequence: sinusoidal waveform. An output power of 20 Watts
1) EN* goes LOW at Pin 10 to enable PWM. (nominal) requires about 110 Vpp calculated as follows:
2) DAC input at Pin 1 sets Duty Cycle.
3) Output square wave at Pin 14 controls DC Pwr Reg. Assumptions:
4) Feedback at Pin 1 via TP1 offsets DAC to set GAIN.
Standard Load = 75, P = 20 Watts
DC POWER REGULATOR/FILTER P = IV, I = V/R Therefore: P = (V/R)V = V2/R
The DC Power Regulator functions as a DC-to-DC
converter to regulate +85V to a lower voltage. Pass P = V2/R Where: P is Cautery Power
Transistor T1 is switched by the PWM via T2 to deliver V is RMS Output Voltage
pulses of +85V to filter L1 & C13 for smoothing to an R is Standard Load
average DC level. An increased DAC voltage causes a
larger Duty Cycle (pulse width) to increase the DC Calculate V:
voltage. The filtered voltage at MP2 is adjusted by TP1
which controls the closed-loop gain. V2 = PR: V = (PR) = (20x75) = 38.73 Vrms
COMPLIANCE COMPARATOR Convert V to P-P:
The Compliance Comparator (required by IEC-601) is a
safety circuit to disable cautery power in case of a DC Vpp = Vrms x 22 = 38.73 x 2.828 = 109.5 Vpp
Power Regulator failure. The regulated DC voltage at
MP2 is monitored and compared to a +7.5 V reference.
If MP2 exceeds +70V, the PWM is disabled.
By opening a relay, regulated DC voltage is removed

from the output Transformer, the LED turns ON, and the
STATUS signal goes HIGH to inform the Phaco
Controller PCB.
906-2000-501 2-27
PHACO SUBSYSTEM (software V3.12 and above)
HANDPIECE
CONNECTOR
(PHACO BACKPLANE) PANEL
U/S 1
NeoSoniX
U/S 2
TX/RX CONTROLLER
PCB
ST10F168
Central Processor CAUTERY PCB COAG
The Phaco Subsystem for systems upgraded to run circuitry to create the sinusoidal drive voltage and
software version 3.12 and above consists of 5 frequency with analog feedback to close the loop. The
assemblies: NeoSonix* Controller PCB, Backplane NeoSonix* Controller digitizes and processes this
PCB, Cautery PCB, Cable Connector panel, and Cable feedback to provide a continuous tracking digital control
W-107. See Figure FO-8 at the end of this section for a loop. It also contains various circuitry to detect fault
detailed block diagram of the Phaco Subsystem. conditions, disable power output, and communicate the
fault to the Host.
The NeoSonix* Controller PCB assembly contains the
circuitry which controls the Phaco Subsystem. It is the The Cautery PCB generates sinusoidal electrical signals
central point of all communication within the Phaco at varying power levels necessary to drive a variety of
Module. Two way communication with the Host is electrosurgical cautery probes. Also, the Cautery PCB
achieved by an RS422 serial communication link. This is contains the safety circuitry to detect a fault condition
accomplished with an RS422 converter I.C. through the within the PCB and communicate this fault to the
TRANSMIT (TX+, TX-), and the RECEIVE (RX+, RX) NeoSonix* Controller which in turn disables the
signals. All system level commands and data are Cautery PCB and communicates the fault condition to
transferred through this interface. The only other the host. All power adjustments and control functions
communication to the Host is done with the following are communicated to the Cautery PCB by the
system control signals: FPUP (PEDAL_UP), TEST*, NeoSonix* Controller. The Backplane PCB provides
DISABLE, and RESET. the intra-module communication link as well as
channeling all dc power to the subsystem. It has a single
Once a command is received from the Host, the ground plane that is common to all supplies. The
NeoSonix* Controller performs the appropriate action backplane is completely passive, i.e. no semiconductors
by communication to the appropriate part of the reside on the backplane. The Backplane also makes
subsystem. power available to the cooling fan for the NeoSonix*
Controller PCB.
The NeoSonix* Controller PCB performs all electrical
processes necessary to drive a variety of ultrasonic All electrical power and communication signals to and
handpieces. Two interdependent control loops, power from the Host pass through cable W-107. This cable
and frequency, are used to control the stroke of the contains shielded twisted pairs of wires for the power
ultrasonic handpiece. The power control loop monitors supply lines to minimize noise generation and increase
and maintains the appropriate handpiece drive power. noise immunity. The signal lines are also shielded within
The frequency control loop maintains continuous tuning a secondary layer.
of the handpiece to compensate for handpiece loading
and drift. These control loops are completely contained
on the NeoSonix* Controller PCB which contains the
2-28 906-2000-501
All electrical output for U/S and cautery handpieces is RESET GENERATOR
conducted through cable assembly W-105. Functionally, Reset generation is performed by the Reset Generator
the NeoSonix* Controller has only one ultrasound which is used as a buffer for an external reset. The
output port. The second output port is wired directly to External Reset (XRST*) signal is generated from the
the first port and it is provided as a backup. The cable host during power up for synchronization of Host/
supports both the low and high voltage signals necessary Subsystem communication.
for the ultrasonic smart connector. The high voltage
signals are physically separated from the low voltage POWER SUPPLY MONITORING
signals with their own jacketed and shielded cable. Due The NeoSonix* Controller has the ability to measure
to the sensitivity of the cable capacitance to handpiece/ the +15V, -15V and +12V, +24V, +85V power supplies.
driver performance, the shield is not grounded. This is done through mapping the desired voltage to
However, redundant chassis grounding is maintained to 0.4V. The 10-bit ADC inside the processor then
the panel connector through the connector case as well digitizes the desired voltage. The status of these
as an internal pin connection to a chassis grounding lug. supplies is sent back to the Host upon request.
For the purpose of maintaining necessary creapage
distance (IEC601 requirement) of the high and low U/S DRIVER CIRCUIT
voltage signals, the three ports are separately connected The U/S Driver Circuit is contained on the NeoSonix*
on the NeoSonix* Controller PCB (see Table 2-3 for Controller PCB and is composed of the circuit
connections). descriptions that follow.
Table 2-3 NeoSonix* ControllerPCB Connections HANDPIECE CONNECTOR, INPUT ISOLATION

NeoSonix* & RESISTOR/CODE
FUNCTION CONTROLLER Prior to tuning a handpiece, the system must know
CONNECTOR which type of handpiece is present and its voltage
Top Port High Voltage U/S Port A J6 calibration. The Phaco subsystem reads each of the
handpiece ports any time the footswitch is in the up
Top Port Low Voltage U/S Port A J13
position. The up position is determined by the
Bottom Port High Voltage U/S Port B J3 FOOTPEDAL UP (FPUP) signal that is generated by a
micro-switch within the footswitch.
Bottom Center Port Low Voltage U/S Port B J14
Each ultrasonic handpiece (U/S375, Turbosonic, and

Mackool) has low level logic and analog signals
embedded in the handpiece connector for the purpose of
NEOSONIX* CONTROLLER PCB
handpiece recognition and calibration. Recognition of
the handpiece is determined by the value of a resistor
SUBSYSTEM KERNEL
inside the handpiece connector. The resistor is connected
The subsystem kernel consists of circuitry which is
between the Buffered 5 V Reference and the Calibration
common to all subsystem CPU designs (see Subsystem
Resistance (CALR) lines. The NeoSonix* Controller
Kernel Design ). The kernel circuitry for the Phaco
has within its memory certain predetermined handpiece
Module resides on the NeoSonix* Controller PCB.
parameters such as nominal handpiece voltage and
tuning frequency range. These parameters are handpiece
BUFFERED CAUTERY CONTROL AND STATUS
type dependent.
READ
Control of the Cautery PCB is accomplished in an
In addition, each handpiece has a certain calibration
identical fashion to the Series Ten Thousand*. This is
necessary for proper stroke at full power. This
done with the active low signals: POWER UP (PU*),
calibration is accomplished by a three bit code present
POWER DOWN (PD*) and ENABLE (ENABLE*).
within the handpiece connector. This three bit code is
These control lines are buffered and sent to the Cautery
made available by the PROG0, PROG1, PROG2 and
PCB via the Backplane PCB. The ST10F168 Control
PGND signals. These signals provide the percentage
Processor reads the existing state of the above lines as
variation of nominal handpiece voltage as necessary for
well as the Frequency Gate (FRQGATE*) and the
calibrated stroke.
STATUS lines. The STATUS line is generated on the
Cautery PCB. This active low signal is a fault indication
from the IEC601 compliance check circuitry on the
Cautery PCB.
906-2000-501 2-29
The handpiece resistance is read by measuring the Table 2-4 U/S Enabling Logic
voltage across the resistance. The signals are buffered DISABLED GFAULT FPUP TEST* LSWITCH RSWITCH
and scaled by a scale amplifier. The scaled resistor 0 X X X 0 0
voltage is measured by the NeoSonix* Controller on 0 X X X 0 0
ANALOG CHANNEL 4 (ACH4). The digital signals
0 X X X 0 0
(PROG0- 2) are read through port P2 bits 0,1 and 2.
0 X X X 0 0
0 X X X 0 0
Each NeoSonix* handpiece has an EEPROM device
0 X X X 0 0
installed in its connector. All data such as ID,
0 X X X 0 0
ultrasound calibration, and motor calibration are digitally
0 X X X 0 0
stored in the device.
1 1 X X 0 0
1 X 1 X 0 0
NCO (NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED
1 X X 0 0 0
OSCILATOR)
The tuning process determines the correct operational 1 0 0 1 ENABLED ENABLED
frequency and control set point for operation of the

handpiece. The NCO generates the desired drive SWITCHING POWER AMPLIFIER
frequency. This device is capable of generating The switching power amplifier can provide up to 35
frequencies within 0.009 Hz accuracy. Therefore, coarse watts of power over a frequency range of 30 to 45 kHz.
and fine frequency controls are no longer required as in The amplifier consists of an Adjustable DC-DC
the previous Phaco subsystem. Converter, center-tap transformer, and two power
MOSFETs. The Adjustable DC-DC Converter converts
CURRENT DAC (DIGITAL TO ANALOG the +24V supply voltage to 0 through 20VDC. The
CONVERTER) adjustment is achieved through Current DAC U14.
Handpiece voltage adjustment occurs through an 8-bit Output of the DC-DC converter is fed to center tap of the
Serial Current DAC. The DAC sets the output voltage of power transformer T1. The remaining two inputs of the
the adjustable DC-DC converter. The ST10F168 power transformer are alternatively pulled to ground by
contains a SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface) which the power MOSFETs Q1 and Q2.
enables the software to communicate with all SPI
devices HANDPIECE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
FEEDBACK
ULTRASOUND ENABLE LOGIC As previously stated, the Phaco subsystem utilizes two
The ultrasound enable logic is created by the ST10F168. interdependent control loops for maintaining real time
This signal, which is present at TP19, is also an input to tuning of the handpiece. The information necessary for
PLD (U23). The PLD outputs RSWITCH and these control loops is contained within the handpiece
LSWITCH are the low-level drive signals for the power voltage and current.
amplifier. RSWITCH and LSWITCH are enabled
through a logical function of the following signals: Handpiece voltage feedback is measured on the
TEST*, FPUP, and DISABLE. Table 2-4 summarizes secondary of the power transformer T1 and is related to
the logic of ultrasound enabling. In addition to the the actual handpiece voltage by the turns ratio of current
enable logic, ultrasound power is enabled only in a no transformer T2. This voltage is scaled to appropriate
ground fault condition. levels by a scaling amplifier. The scaled ac handpiece
voltage is then passed to a rms/dc converter, which
converts the rms value of the ac voltage to an equivalent
dc level.
2-30 906-2000-501
Handpiece current feedback is measured on the

secondary of the power transformer T1 and is related to
the actual handpiece current by the turns ratio of the
current transformer T3. This current is scaled to
appropriate levels by a scaling amplifier. The scaled ac
handpiece current is then passed to a rms/dc converter,
which converts the rms value of the ac voltage to an
equivalent dc level.
GROUND FAULT DETECTION AND IEC601

COMPLIANCE CHECK
The ground fault circuitry detects the condition of a
broken earth ground connection between the handpiece
and earth (chassis) ground. A ground fault can only exist
if the SHIELD and GND connections are both broken. If
this occurs then a voltage across the stray capacitance
between the now floating handpiece shell and earth
ground is measured. This voltage (GFAULT) is
indicated at the return side of the transformer. GFAULT
is scaled down by an R/C network for input protection to
the Ground Fault Detector. This scaled sinusoidal
voltage is compared to a 5 vdc reference voltage created
by 10VREF and a resistor network.
If the peak value of the scaled GFAULT voltage ever

exceeds 5V, a ground fault is initiated. This signal is
latched and immediately disables the ultrasound power.
The GFAULT needs to exceed approximately 38.5 Vrms
for a fault to occur. This disabling is entirely under
hardware control. If a true fault exists then it cannot be
overridden by software. However, if a transient fault
exists then the latched fault can be reset by software with
the FRST signal.
CAUTERY PCB
The Cautery PCB for systems using software version

3.12 or above is the same as the PCB used for V3.01 and
below. Refer to Cautery PCB description in Phaco
Subsystem theory for V3.01 and below.
906-2000-501 2-31
STEERABLE I/A SYSTEM (OPTION)

The Steerable I/A system consists of a flexible, steerable The AT90S8515 microcontroller has twelve different
irrigation/aspiration tip with an accompanying handpiece interrupt sources available for use. Generally the lower
and drive mechanism. The Steerable I/A System is used the address the higher is the priority level.
in I/A mode to remove cortical material via aspiration
while maintaining chamber pressure with irrigation. Watchdog Timer
The microcontrollers internal watchdog timer is used by
The system provides aspiration and irrigation and the the Steerable I/A system. The Watchdog reset interval
ability to continually adjust the tip in the eye from a can be adjusted from 16 to 2048 ms by software changes
straight position to a fully bent position. The ability to on the Watchdog Timer prescaler.
steer the tip provides the operator with greater access to
all cortical material in the eye. The operator has the Serial Communication Drivers
ability to steer the tip via the footswitch. The distal end The serial communication drivers provide translation
of the tip will remain in the selected position until from single ended TTL level information to RS422
changed by the operator via the footswitch. differential level information for a more reliable transfer
of data.
The Steerable I/A System is an option that is installed in
the STTL console. Once installed the Steerable I/A is Solenoid Control/Feedback and Status LEDs:
selected in the Custom mode by pressing the Custom Port C on the microcontroller is used to control circuitry
key. All functions of the Irrigation/Aspiration (I/A) for the Steerable I/A pump, solenoids, and CPU status
mode are available when the Steerable I/A System is LEDs.
installed and selected.
Serial 12-bit 8-channels Analog to Digital Converter
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The microcontroller Port B pins are used to interface
The Steerable I/A PCB provides control of the Steerable with a 12-bit 8-channel Serial Analog to Digital
I/A Drive Mechanism system which is a separately Converter in order to monitor the handpiece and air
enclosed module (see Figure 2-9). The module is accumulator pressures and reference voltage. In addition
controlled by the Legacy console through the backplane it also monitors the solenoid feedback and 24V status.
connector J20. The Steerable I/A PCB is designed
around the Atmel AT90S8515 microcontroller. The Air Tank Pressure Transducer
AT90S8515 CPU is operating at an oscillator rate of The air tank pressure signal is monitored by the
8MHz, resulting in an execution state time of 250nS. microcontroller through the Serial ADC. The pressure
reading sets at 1V = 10 PSI or .01 PSI per mV. The
The Steerable I/A PCB provides the following control transducer reference voltage REF1.2 (1.20V) is
and monitor functions: continually monitor by the microcontroller through the
Atmel AT90S8515 Microcontroller Serial ADC.
Serial Communication Drivers
Solenoid Control/Feedback and Status LEDs Handpiece Pressure Transducer
Serial 12-bit 8-Channel Analog to Digital The handpiece pressure signal is monitored by the
Converter microcontroller through the Serial ADC. The pressure
Air Tank Pressure Transducer reading sets at 1V = 10 PSI or .01 PSI per mV. The
Handpiece Pressure Transducer transducer reference voltage REF1.2 (1.20V) is
System Control Signals continually monitor by the microcontroller through the
Power Inputs, Fuses and Filters Serial ADC.
In-system Programmable
System Control Signals
Atmel AT90S8515 Microcontroller The Host maintains control over the Steerable I/A Drive
The AT90S8515 programmable microcontroller has four Mechanism through the Test* and Reset5* system
8-bit bi-directional I/O ports (PA-PD). These ports have control signals.
three data memory address locations allocated for Data
Register, Data Direction Register and Port Input Pins.
Interrupt Configuration
2-32 906-2000-501
Power/Feedback/Voltage Status Fuses and Power Filters

The Steerable I/A PCB receives voltages from the The Steerable I/A Control PCB provides resetable
system for +5V, +15V, -15V and +24V. The Steerable I/ polyswitch fuse (RF1) protection for +24V. The fuses
A PCB generates a status signal for each of these are rated at 1A with a strip current at 2.2 A. Power
voltages which is monitored by the system. In addition capacitors are located near J1 and decoupling capacitors
an opto-coupler provides voltage status for -15_OK are used at each integrated circuit.
(OK= 0). There are also +5V and CPU status LEDs on
the secondary side of the Steerable I/A PCB:
+5V Status LED, CR5 (Green LED on indicates
+5V is OK)
CPU Status LED, CR2 (Blinking Green LED
indicates the CPU running)
TEST*
RESET5*
RS 232/242 TO MOTOR
MICRO-
SOLENOID TO SOLENOID
CONTROLLER
DRIVERS MANIFOLD
FROM BACKPLANE
STATUS SIGNALS HNDPC2_FB

VENT2_FB SOLENOID/
MOTOR
STATUS
VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
AND
STATUS
8 CHANNEL
SENS_TN
SERIAL
SENS_HP
ADC
AIR TANK HANDPIECE

TRANSDUCER TRANSDUCER
Figure 2-9 Steerable I/A Control Block Diagram
906-2000-501 2-33
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
2-34 906-2000-501
P1
SD0
MULTIFUNCTION PCB P3
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE
SD0-7 TX2+
BD0-7 LATCH LD0-7 TX2-
SD0-7 BUFFER BD0-7 LD0-7 OCTAL RX2+
UART TX1-8 LINE
DRIVERS RX2-
TX3+
SD7 TX1-8 TX3- SERIAL
WATCH- RX3+ COMMUNICATION
RX1-8 RX3- TO SUBSYSTEMS
LD0-5 DOG
TIMER RX1-8 LINE TX4+
3.58MHz RECEIVERS TX4-
OSC COUNTER INT0-3
ISA RX4+
BUS RX4-
IOW* RSTAT1*
IOR* S1*
SYSTEM STATUS SYSTEM CONTROL
BUFFER SYSTEM INT0-3
RESET LOCK* P2
DECODERS STATUS INTERRUPT
ILIMIT* IRQ10 ISA
BFAULT* BUFFER SYSTEM IRQINH LOGIC
SA0 CONTROL REG. BD0-7 BUS
INTB* BD0-7 CONTROL BLANK
BA0-23 SIGNALS P3
FANFAIL* REG. RSHDN
SA16 SRST1* Relay SHUTDOWN TO POWER
LA17 R_SHTDN* SUPPLY
LA23 TONE & VOLUME CONTROL

VOICE CONTROL MUSIC DAC
FA18-20 DECODER SYNTH.
P3 TONE SPKR+
REMOTE R_SHTDN* BUFFER BD0-7 -
SWITCH TO SPEAKER
VOICE SPKR-
STATUS
CONTROL
VOICE
OP +
S2*(IV_REV) REVISION CONTROL FA0-20 MEM. FLASH
BD0-7 REG. AMPS 15
FS_REV FLASH -15V
VARIOUS PCB SPEECH EPROM DAC
SPAREREV MUX BD0-6 SYNTHESIZER
REVISION ADC FD0-7 VOLUME
VID_REV OUTA
SIGNALS BD0-7 VINA
BUS_REV VOICE VOICE OUTB
STATUS VINB
MFB_REV
REG.
REV
15
SD0-7 BUS
-12V
P2 XCVR
PROGRAM
LOCK
RESET2*
MEMW* RESET
ISA VOLTAGE BD0-7 REG. RESET3*
BUS MEMR*
RESET4*
SYSTEM
DISABLE & SYSTEM
TEST POINTS ULOCK* LOCK RESET CONTROL SIGNALS
TP1 TP2
POST CODE DISPLAY UNLOCK
DECODERS FLIP-FLOP TO SUBSYSTEMS
DECODER BLANK DISABLE2*
DISABLE
15 LD0-7 CHIP SELECTS REG. DISABLE3*
BD0-7
DISABLE4*
LOCK
Figure FO-1. Multifunction PCB Block Diagram
906-2000-501 2-35
REAR
* PANEL SYSTEM
SERIES 20000 FOOTSWITCH BACKPLANE MULTIFUNCTION PCB
J1 P1 P12 P15 J15 J9 P3
LV LV
SIDE RV RV
SWITCHES LH LH
RH RH
L_HEEL L_HEEL
R_HEEL R_HEEL
TILT-SAFE
(Hg) SWITCH FS_UP FS_UP
FSUP/
SPRING FAIL
SWITCHES W-111
- OPTICAL DECODER/
FS_CHB FS_CHB ISOLATOR CHB COUNTER
+
BUFFER
FS_CHA FS_CHA +
CHA
-
ADC
FTSW BD0-7
FS_UP CONTROL UP* STATUS P3
- OPTICAL
LOGIC REG.
ISOLATOR ATFSUP*
+24V
+24V DAC +
BD0-7 PEDALUP
OPTICAL DETENT FSRST*
ENCODER FTSW
MOTOR SYSTEM
CONTROL TGS/ATF*
CONTROL
REG. REFLUX SIGNALS
SOL- SOL- TEST*
+
-
RP1
24
Figure FO-2. Footswitch Interface Block Diagram
906-2000-501 2-36
SYSTEM
MULTIFUNCTION PCB BACK IV POLE PCB
BD0-7 J11 P11 P1 J1 FET J2 P2
P3 J9 PLANE MOTOR BRUSHLESS
DRIVER PHA
CONTROLLER DC MOTOR
DECODER/ IV POLE EN* PCB EN* OPTICAL
COUNTER CONTROL EN
BUFFER UP*/DN UP*/DN ISOLATORS
REG F/R
FET
PHB
CNTRST* CNTRST* DRIVER
FET PHC
IV POLE DRIVER
STATUS I_LIM* I_LIM* OPTICAL HSNSR1
REG ISOLATOR HSNSR2 HALL-EFFECT
BRK
HSNSR3 SENSORS
DS2
FAULT
+24V
LED
IV_CHA CH_A OPTICAL MOSFETS

IV_CHB ISOLATORS
CH_B
W-102
SNSR_PWR
+24V
24 SNSR_RTN
24
J3 P3 J7 P7
FET +24V BRAKE

BRKREL* BRKREL* OPTICAL DRIVER BRKREL_0
ISOLATOR
S1* S1* S1_IN SENSOR 1

SEE MULTIFUNCTION PCB IV_REV
BLOCK DIAGRAM (Sheet 1)
REV
24 DS1 DS3
+24V +5V
Figure FO-3. IV Pole Interface Block Diagram
906-2000-501 2-37
VIDEO PCB
VIDEO
BIOS BUFFER
EPROM
FLAT
P6 PANEL
VID0-7
FLAT COLOR
SD7 DATA AR0-5 PALETTE
PANEL
BUFFER AD0-15 CONTROLLER AG0-5
SD0-7
AB0-5
SD0
SYSTEM
VIDEO
ADDRESS MEMORY
P7 J7 BACKPLANE J10 P10 P5 J5 FRONT
SA19
ADDRESS
DRAM
R0 PCB PANEL
ISA SA0-15 DATA
BUS
BUFFER R1 SUBSYSTEM
SA0 R2 (SEE FPSS
SA16-19 G0 THEORY FOR
G1 DETAILS)
FRONT
14 PANEL G2 W-129
CLK0 DRIVERS
CLOCK PCLK
OSC CLK1
GENERATOR B0
CLK2 DATA_EN*
B1
B2
HSYNC
VSYNC
P7 FRONT PANEL J17 P17 P6 J6

MULTI- POWER DELAY +12V_EN*
RESET2* W-125
FUNCTION CIRCUITRY
+5V_EN*
PCB
VOLTAGE OK LEDs
TEST POINTS
DS1 DS2 DS3
TP1 TP2
+24V +15V -15V
+5VRTN CLK0 MULTI-
DS4 DS5 VID_REV
+5V +12V FUNCTION
PCB
REV
Figure FO-4. Video PCB Block Diagram
906-2000-501 2-38
FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER PCB
P6 J6 J2 P2
DISABLE2 ROW1
PEDALUP ROW2 ELASTOMER
TEST ROW3
ROW4
KEYS
RESET SUBSYSTEM 82C55 COL1
SYSTEM CONTROL RESET2* GENERATOR KERNAL I/O COL2
AND COMMUNICATIONS
COL3
LED
FROM MULTIFUNTION PCB
TX+ COL4 ILLUMINATION
TX- DVR/RCVR COL5 LAYER
RX+
RX- J1 P1
TCH SCRN Y+
INTERFACE Y- TOUCH
X+
SCREEN
X-
J7 P7
DRIVER PWM
+12V
REMOTE CONTROL
J3 P3 J1 P1 DISPLAY PCB
SA
SB LEDs A/B
SC SEL
INFRARED
+12V_EN* SD LEDs
LCD POWER ENABLE
FROM VIDEO PCB +5V_EN* DRIVER SE
SF DRIVER PHOTOCELL
W-131
SG
CPU AMP
DP
LED CMPR
87C751
DDATA SHIFT DVR (W/EPROM)
DCLK REGISTER
RST* IR
IR DETECTOR PWR
LEDREV Vcc CONTROL
MUX REV SWITCH ON/OFF
ON/OFF PYROELECTRIC
BACK-
J4 P4 4 SENSOR
LIGHT
+12V +12V CNTRL LCD12V AMP
P5 J5 LEDs
MEMBRANE CMPR
LCD5V
KEYS
R0 R0
+5V VB
R1 +5V CNTRL R1
CN1
R2 R2 BATTERY
G0 G0
COLOR
G1 G1 LCD
G2 G2 W-126
VIDEO DATA FROM
VIDEO PCB PCLK PCLK
B0 B0
When LCD PN 200-1836-001 or 200-1721-001 is used,
B1 B1
B2 B2
the Inverter is located on a separate PCB. LCD
HSYNC HSYNC
VSYNC VSYNC J8 CN8 BACK-
TOP LIGHT
CN2
CN1 INVERTER
W-720 PCB
J8 P8 +12V CN3
VOLTAGE INDICATOR LEDs TEST POINTS FRONT

CN2
+15V -15V +12V
TP1 TP2 TP3
+12V
W-128 BACK- PANEL BOTTOM
CONTROLLER
INVERTER1
+5V RESET2*
LIGHT PCB
CPU OK +24V CN3
TP4 TP5
(BLINKING)
EMOV* RST*
1 When LCD PN 088-031 is used, the Inverter
is located on the Front Panel Control PCB.
Figure FO-5. Front Panel Subsystem Block Diagram
906-2000-501 2-39
CASSETTE TYPE FLUIDICS J3 P3 P3 J3 FLUIDICS

PCB J1 P1 P5 J5
BACK- FLUIDIC CONTROLLER PCB BACK-
PLANE PLANE
PCB CST_S1
VOLTAGE INDICATOR LEDs PCB
SW1 SUBSYSTEM
W-110 CST_S1_P R24 KERNAL
+5 V +5 V +15 V
R8 CPU OK
CST_S2_P +5 V (BLINKING)
CST_S2
SW2 -15 V +24 V ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC MODULE
ANTERIOR VIT DRIVE PCB

J1 P1 P1 J1
TRANSDUCER PCB VIT_E
P4 J4 AD0 - AD15 HEXFET
MT1 ENABLE 1 VIT VIT_A DRIVERS VALVES
DRIVER
VAC_X_A VIT_B
A AMP BUFFER
DIODE
VIT_C W-108
CLAMP
+10 V
REF VLV_A_FB
VAC_X_B 82C55A
B AMP I/O VLV_B_FB ISOLATORS
VLV_C_FB
ANTERIOR
VLV_E_FB COMPRESSOR
P1 J1 SERIAL
COMM.
OPTICAL
TXD +3 AVENT_FB
DRIVERS SWITCH
TXD -3 J5 P5
RXD +3 RFX_SW PLUNGER
IRRIG_SW SWITCHES
HOST SYSTEM RXD -3 SOLENOID
REFLUX RF_SOLEN W-110
W-108 IRRIG SOLENOID FET REFLUX
AIR_VENT CONTROL IR_SOLEN SOLENOID
DISABLE3 DRIVERS
CPU_RDY* LOGIC AV_SOLEN IRRIGATION
PEDAL UP DISABLE SOLENOID
TEST* 5
PHASE A, B, C, D, AIR VENT
PUMP_EN SOLENOID
ENABLE 1
MOTOR
DRIVER STEP_A PERISTALTIC
STEPPER MOTOR STEP_B W-110 PUMP
CONTROL
RESET STEP_C STEPPER
LOGIC 4 FET DRIVERS
RESET3* LOGIC STEP_D
RST MOTOR
RST*
Figure FO-6. Fluidics Subsystem Block Diagram
906-2000-501 2-40
PHACO
PHACO CONTROLLER PCB BACK- U/S DRIVER PCB
P1 P1 J1 J2 P2 +85V (V3.01 and below)
-15V OPTICAL -15VOK
(V3.01 and below) PLANE +85V VBIAS J2
MUX2 SCALE ACH4
+15V ISOLATORS +15VOK
10VREF AMP
+12V +12VOK TP2
TP3 MUX2*
SCALE
RMS- ACH2
BWR* ENABLE AMP DC
DECODE MUX1*
RESET SUBSYSTEM BUFFER BRD* CSREG* TP4
XRST* LOGIC
GENERATOR KERNAL BALE FRST
SCALE
RMS- ACH1
BA0 AMP DC
CPU ADDR BA1
BWRITE*/MDAC* TO PHACO
TX+ LAD0-7 DAC0A*
SUB- TX- BUFFER BA2 DAC0B*
+85V CONTROLLER
SYSTEM RX+ DVR/RCVR BA3 (THRU PHACO
RX- EMULATOR ANALOG BACKPLANE)
TEST ROM DUAL SCALE VOLTAGE
AD8-12 FINE VCO MULT. POWER
SOCKET DAC AMP SELECT
DAC AMP
ACH1 COARSE SWITCH RELAY
ACH2 BD0
0-3 0-7 DC 0-3 0-7
ACH3 AD0-7 BD1 OFFSET ZEN
ACH4 BD2 DATA (SQUARE WAVE) FRQ

U/S DATA BD3 BUFFER DATA0-7 ZERO
AD0-7 BUFFER CROSSING STEP-UP
DRIVER/ AD0-15 BD4 & (SINE WAVE)
ACH5 (CAUT_PWR) DETECT XFMR
CAUTERY BD5 LATCH GND
LDATA0-7
FEED- BD6 FAULT
BACK BD7 U/S & LGNDF* DETECT J4
0-7 RELAY US1B
FRQ FF
GFRQ LATCH TP5 US1A
USEN U/S FRST
FRQGATE* PU* CSREG*
ENABLE
ENABLE OUTPUT
ACH0-P AD0-7 PD* FPUP LOGIC SELECT J5
BUFFER ENABLE* TEST* RELAYS US2B
DISABLE US2A
P1 J1 BUFFER J6 P6
AD0-7 1PROG2 RELAY ENABLES
CAUTERY STATUS BUFFER US3B
STATUS 1PGND INPUT US3A
1PROG0 RELAY
1PROG1
REV1 BDEN1 CALR1 J2
MUX INPUT MUX1*
TO PHACO
PCB REV2 AD8-10 BDEN2 B10VREF SCALE ACH3
DECODER BDEN3 RELAY BUFFER MUX1 CONTROLLER
REV. REV3 AMP
REV2
BDEN4 P2 J2 (THRU PHACO
VOLTAGE INDICATOR LEDs 2PROG2 REV
BACKPLANE)
TEST POINTS 2PGND INPUT
CPU OK +24V -15V +15V
(BLINKING) TP1 TP2 2PROG0 RELAY
BUFFER DATA0-3
2PROG1
+5V +12V +5VRTN +15VRTN CALR2
B10VREF
J4 P3 J3
P19 3PROG2
W-107 3PGND INPUT
3PROG0
HOST 3PROG1
RELAY

SYSTEM P29 J5 CALR3

W-107
B10VREF
J1 J3
UP/
8
DAC
CAUTERY PCB
PU NAND DOWN
INPUT
GATES CNTR
BUFFER
PD DIGITAL MV
EN 340 KHz
CAUTEN*
EN
J2 P2
PWR CAUT_A
TO
FET XFMR
CAUTERY
CAUT_B CONNECTOR
+85V
REL1
J1 J3
DC
AMP/ PWM PWR STATUS
FILTER COMPLIANCE LED
FILTER REG TO PHACO
COMPARATOR
REV3 CONTROLLER
REV (THRU PHACO
BACKPLANE)
CAUT_PWR (ACH5)
Figure FO-7. Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.01 and below)

906-2000-501 2-41
PHACO
BACK-
J4
PLANE
J1 P1
FPUP NEOSONIX CONTROLLER PCB
TEST* (V3.12 and above)
DISABLE
PWMA-B MOTOR J3
DRIVER
XRST* RESET FUSE0-2 U/S
Conn1
TX+
TX- J14
RX+ RS422 U/S

RX- Conn2
PLD ERBE_ENABLE*
ST10F168 SPI BUS J6
CONTROL 40KHz-1
CAUT COMPLIANCE U/S
PROCESSOR
40KHz AMP Power
NCO 40KHz-2
ERBE_ENABLE* Conn1
PD* J13
PU* U/S
Power
CURRENT
DC2DC Conn2
DAC
VPHACO_FB
VRMS_FB RMS
TO
DC
24VDC RMS
+15V IRMS_FB
TO
-15V A17..A1
DC
12V
HOST 5V
RAM RAM
P19
SYSTEM W-107 LO HI
GROUND
85V GROUND_FAULT
FAULT
DETECT
D17..D1
P29 J5 J1 J3
W-107 UP/
DOWN
8
DAC
CAUTERY PCB
PU NAND
INPUT
GATES CNTR
BUFFER
PD DIGITAL MV
EN 340 KHz
CAUTEN*
EN
J2 P2
PWR CAUT_A
TO
FET XFMR
CAUTERY
CAUT_B CONNECTOR
+85V
REL1
J1 J3
DC
AMP/ PWM PWR STATUS
FILTER COMPLIANCE LED
FILTER REG TO NeoSonix
COMPARATOR
REV3 CONTROLLER
REV (THRU PHACO
BACKPLANE)
CAUT_PWR (ACH5)
Figure FO-8. Phaco Subsytem Block Diagram (V3.12 and above)

906-2000-501 2-42
SECTION THREE
PARTS LOCATION AND DISASSEMBLY
GENERAL INFORMATION SKINS REMOVAL

This section is written to instruct the service engineer on Skins removal is accomplished by following the
how to locate, gain access to, and remove various skins instructions in Table 3-1 and associated Figures 3-1 and
and subassemblies from the STTL. In addition to written 3-2 . Each skin number on Table 3-1 corresponds to the
instructions, several drawings and photos are included to skin with the same number on Figures 3-1 and 3-2 . The
aid in disassembly. If further detail is required than DESCRIPTION column on Table 3-1 gives a description
shown in this section, refer to the engineering assembly and part number of each skin. The "FIRST REMOVE"
drawings located in Section 6: PARTS LISTS & column lists those skins which must be removed prior to
DRAWINGS. removing a selected skin, and the "INSTRUCTIONS"
column contains specific instructions for removing the
REQUIRED TOOLS selected skin. For example, prior to removing skin 8,
skins 5 and 7 must be removed. After removing skins 5
The following tools are required to perform the and 7, perform the instructions for removing skin 8.
procedures contained in this section:
Standard Service Tool Kit
Long Metric Screwdriver (see Table 4-2)
24 mm Custom Wrench (see Table 4-2)
906-2000-501 3-1
TABLE 3-1. Skins Removal Instructions (see Figures 3-1 and 3-2)
FIRST
SKIN # DESCRIPTION INSTRUCTIONS
REMOVE
1 LEFT SIDE PANEL 4, 16, 17, 1. Remove (or loosen) ten 3 mm hex screws securing Left Side
PN 200-1204-001, 11&12, 13 Panel to front and rear of chassis.
-002, or -004 2. Remove one 2.5 mm hex screw securing top of panel to
chassis, and one 2.5 mm hex screw on inside-center of panel.
Remove Left Side Panel.
2 TOP CURVE 16, 17, Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing Top Curve Panel to
PANEL 11 & 12 Chassis. Remove Top Curve Panel.
PN 200-1427-001
3 FRONT BEZEL 5, 7, 8 Remove four 3 mm hex screws securing Front Bezel to front
PN 200-1143-001 or 002 panel chassis. Remove Front Bezel.
4 FRONT CURVED Using a 4 mm hex wrench, turn release latch located on

PANEL underside of system until bottom of Front Curved Panel
PN 200-1216-001 releases. Pull Front Curved Panel down and remove.
5 DISPLAY BOTTOM Remove three 2.5 mm hex screws securing Display Bottom
PANEL CAP Panel Cap to Front Panel. Pull Display Bottom Panel Cap down
PN 200-1193-001 to remove.
6 CAP ENDS 16, 17, Remove 2 mm hex screw from inside of Cap End. Remove Cap
PN 200-1264-001 11 & 12, 9 End.
7 DISPLAY TOP Remove three 3 mm hex screws on top back of Front Panel. Pull
PANEL CAP Display Top Panel Cap up to remove. NOTE: When replacing
PN 200-1192-001 Display Top Panel Cap, make sure to align center tab with
center hole in Front Panel.
Align tab and hole
8 BACK BEZEL 5, 7 CAUTION

PN 200-1194-001 When removing this item, ensure the Back Bezel standoff
(lower left as you face the back of the system) doesnt catch
the gold ribbon cable as you remove the Back Bezel.
Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing Back Bezel to Front

Panel. Slide Back Bezel up and away from Front Panel to
remove.
9 TOP ARM 16, 17, 11 Remove four 3 mm hex screws (underside of arm, outside row)
PN 200-1209-001 & 12 securing Top Arm to arm chassis. Remove Top Arm.
10 BOTTOM ARM 16, 17, Remove six 3 mm wide flange hex screws (underside of arm,
PN 200-1210-001 11 & 12, 2 inside row) securing Bottom Arm to chassis. Remove Bottom
Arm.
3-2 906-2000-501
TABLE 3-1. Skins Removal Instructions

FIRST
SKIN # DESCRIPTION INSTRUCTIONS
REMOVE
11 & 12 BACK PANEL 16, 17 NOTE: The Back Panel (11) and the Top Curve Back Cover
PN 200-1426-001 & (12) are removed as one piece. They are attached (inside) by
TOP CURVE BACK four 2.5 mm hex screws.
COVER
PN 200-1205-001 1. Remove three 2.5 mm hex screws securing Top Curve Back
Cover to chassis .
2. Remove 2.5 mm hex screw securing Top Curve Back Cover
to chassis at IV Pole opening.
3. Remove 11 and 12 assembly by sliding it back then up from
chassis.
13 REAR PANEL 1. Unplug power cord from outlet and rear of system.
PN 200-1165-001 2. Remove 21 2.5 mm hex screws (includes power cable clamp
screw) securing Rear Panel to chassis. Remove Rear Panel.
14 RIGHT SIDE 16, 17, 1. Remove drawer.

PANEL 11 & 12, 2. Remove (or loosen) ten 3 mm hex screws securing Right Side
PN 200-1203-001 4, 13 Panel to front and rear of chassis.
3. Remove one 2.5 mm hex screw securing top of panel to
chassis. Remove Right Side Panel.
15 FRONT TOP LID 1, 4, 16,17, Remove four 4 mm hex screws securing Front Top Lid to
PN 200-1206-001 11&12, 13, chassis. Remove Front Top Lid.
14, 18
16 IV POLE CAP Unscrew IV Pole Cap counter-clockwise to remove.

PN 200-1434-001
17 IV POLE 16 Pull IV Pole Shroud back toward rear of system until metal
SHROUD securing tab releases.
PN 200-1432-001
18 TRAY ARM Loosen one 2 mm hex screw located in side of arm near Front
PN 200-1083-501 Top Lid. Pull up on Tray Arm to remove.
Not ARM SUPPORT 1. Remove drawer.

shown PIN
PN 200-1087- 2. Remove 4 mm hex screw and two washers securing Arm
001 Support Pin. Turn Pin clockwise until it stops, then pull up to
remove.
906-2000-501 3-3
FRONT
3
TOP BEZEL
2 CURVE
PANEL
FRONT
CURVED 4
LEFT PANEL
1 SIDE
PANEL
Figure 3-1 STTL Skins Location Diagram (Front View)
3-4 906-2000-501
7 DISPLAY TOP
PANEL CAP
BACK BEZEL 8
6 CAP END (2) TOP ARM 9
DISPLAY BOTTOM
5 PANEL CAP BOTTOM ARM 10
BACK PANEL 11
TOP CURVE
12
BACK COVER
TRAY
18 ARM
17 IV POLE
SHROUD
16 IV POLE
CAP REAR 13
PANEL
15 FRONT
TOP LID
RIGHT
14 SIDE
PANEL
Figure 3-2 STTL Skins Location Diagram (Rear View)
906-2000-501 3-5
STTL DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
The following procedures provide instructions on

disassembling the STTL. Unless otherwise noted, 1.2 Disconnect connectors P1, both P2's, P7, and P8
replacement of a particular assembly is performed in the from Front Panel Controller PCB.
reverse order of removal. Refer to Figures 3-9 through
3-11 for location of part(s) to be removed. 1.3 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing touch
screen and LED layer to Front Panel Assembly.
CAUTION Remove touch screen and LED illumination layer
from system (see Figure 3-3).
The STTL contains electrostatic discharge (ESD)
sensitive devices. Always use care and wear a wrist 1.4 Remove four stand-off screws securing LCD to
strap when working with or near these devices. The
Front Panel and remove LCD from system.
system contains three ground connections for
wriststraps as shown in Figures 3-9 and 3-10.
1.5 Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 088-031
1 REMOVAL OF TOUCH SCREEN, KEYPAD,
1.5.1 Use a small screwdriver to pull back on tabs
LED ILLUMINATION LAYER, LCD, AND
securing backlight cover to backlight assembly (see
LCD BACKLIGHTS
Figure 3-4). The metal cover will spring up as it
releases.
1.1 Remove skins 3, 5, 7, 8, and 9 per Table 3-1.
NOTE: The elastomer keypad will remain with
1.5.2 Slide backlight cover out to remove from backlight
front bezel.
assembly. Replacement: Ensure that white side of
backlight cover faces bulb when replacing.
Front Bezel
Keypad
Touch Screen
LED
Layer
Front Panel
Controller PCB
Front Panel Sub-Assembly

(includes LCD)
Inverter PCB
Figure 3-3 Exploded View of the STTL Front Panel Module
3-6 906-2000-501
Backlight Cover
Tabs securing
backlight covers
(two on each side).
Bulb
Backlight cover slides out.
Rubber Retainer holding bulb in place.

Figure 3-4 Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 088-031
1.5.3 Remove bulb connectors from retainer. Disconnect 1.7 Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 200-1721-
connector from bulb that is being replaced. 001 (refer to Figure 3-6).
1.5.4 Remove rubber retainer that secures bulb. 1.7.1 Remove two screws securing backlight to LCD.
1.5.5 Carefully remove bulb (with connectors) from 1.7.2 Carefully remove Backlight (with connectors) from
assembly. LCD.
Replacement: Insert tabbed side of backlight into
1.6 Removal of Backlights from LCD PN 200-1836- LCD first.
001. Screw (2) Backlight
1.6.1 Slide backlight out of LCD from location shown in

Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-5 Location of LCD Backlights on LCD Backlight

PN 200-1836-001 Tab (3)
Figure 3-6 Location of LCD Backlights on LCD
PN 200-1721-001
906-2000-501 3-7
2 REMOVAL OF DISPLAY PCB. 5.5 Loosen four captive screws securing Anterior
Pneumatic module to chassis. Remove module
2.1 Remove skins 3, 5, 7, and 8 per Table 3-1. from system.
2.2 Disconnect connector P1 from Display PCB. 6 REMOVAL OF FLOPPY DRIVE
2.3 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing Display 6.1 Remove skin 13 per Table 3-1.
PCB to Front Panel. Remove Display PCB from
system. 6.2 Remove two 2.5 mm hex screws securing floppy
drive panel to chassis.
3 REMOVAL FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER
PCB 6.3 Disconnect power cable and ribbon cable from
floppy drive.
3.1 Remove skins 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 per Table 3-1.
6.4 Remove four 2.5 mm hex screws securing floppy
3.2 Disconnect connectors P1 through P8 from Front drive to panel. Remove floppy drive from system.
Panel Controller PCB.
7 REMOVAL OF IV POLE ASSEMBLY
3.3 Using a standard screwdriver, carefully pry Front
Panel Controller PCB from each standoff. Remove 7.1 If possible, lower IV Pole to lowest position.
Front Panel Controller PCB from system.
7.2 Remove skins 11 & 12, and 13 per Table 3-1.
CAUTION
7.3 Disconnect connector P1 from IV Pole PCB (top
Place screwdriver next to standoff when prying connector) and ground wire from chassis.
PCB from standoff to avoid damaging PCB.
7.4 Loosen three captive screw securing IV Pole
4 REMOVAL OF FRONT PANEL SUB- assembly to chassis.
SYSTEM (COMPLETE ASSEMBLY)
7.5 Lift IV Pole assembly up and out of system.
4.1 Remove skins 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 per Table 3-1.
8 REMOVAL OF IV POLE PCB
4.2 Disconnect connectors P5 and P6 from Front Panel
Controller PCB. 8.1 Remove skin 13 per Table 3-1.
4.3 Remove four 7 mm nuts securing Front Panel 8.2 Disconnect connectors P1, P2 and P3 from IV Pole
Subsystem to chassis. PCB.
NOTE: Before removing connectors, ensure that
4.4 Remove Front Panel Subsystem from chassis. all connectors are clearly labelled as they can be
mistakenly interchanged when reconnected.
5 REMOVAL OF ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC
MODULE 8.3 Using a standard screwdriver, carefully pry IV Pole
PCB from each standoff. Remove PCB.
5.1 Remove skin 13 per Table 3-1.
CAUTION
5.2 Remove two 2.5 mm hex screws securing floppy
drive panel to chassis. This allows access and To avoid damaging PCB, Place screwdriver next
removal of Anterior Pneumatic module. to standoff when prying PCB from standoff.
5.3 Disconnect connector P2 from Anterior VIT Drive 9 REMOVAL OF POWER SUPPLY
PCB.
9.1 Unplug AC power cord.
5.4 Disconnect clear pneumatic line at white
connector. 9.2 Remove skin 4 per Table 3-1.
3-8 906-2000-501
9.3 Remove 3 mm hex screw securing ground wire. 12 REMOVAL OF PHACO SYSTEM
MOTHERBOARD
9.4 Disconnect power supply connectors from power
supply. 12.1 Remove skin 4 per Table 3-1.
9.5 Loosen two captive screws securing power supply 12.2 Disconnect connectors from Phaco Controller, U/S
to chassis. Driver, and Cautery PCBs (see Figure 3-11 for
PCB locations).
9.6 Slide power supply straight out of system.
12.3 Remove Phaco Controller, U/S Driver, and Cautery
10 REMOVAL OF SYSTEM FANS PCBs from card cage.
10.1 Remove skin 4 per Table 3-1. 12.4 Disconnect all cables from Phaco motherboard and
route back through card cage as necessary to enable
10.2 Remove Power Supply per procedure 9. card cage to be removed from system. Note
orientation and position of each connector as it is
10.3 Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing front panel disconnected.
latch to chassis. Remove latch from system.
12.5 Loosen four captive screws securing card cage to
10.4 Disconnect fan power wire. chassis. Remove card cage/motherboard assembly
from system.
10.5 Loosen four captive screws securing CPU card
cage to chassis. This is done to provide space for 12.6 Remove six 2.5 mm hex screws securing
removal of system fans. motherboard to card cage. Remove Phaco
motherboard.
10.6 Simultaneously lift CPU card cage and pull system
fans out of system. 13 REMOVAL OF FLUIDICS MODULE
11 REMOVAL OF HOST SYSTEM 13.1 Remove skins 11 & 12, 16, and 17 per Table 3-1.
MOTHERBOARD
13.2 Disconnect connector P1 from Fluidics Backplane
11.1 Remove skin 4 per Table 3-1. PCB.
11.2 Disconnect connectors from CPU, Multifunction, 13.3 Loosen four captive screws securing Fluidics
and Video PCBs. module to chassis. See Table 5-1 for special
screwdriver specifications.
11.3 Remove CPU, Multifunction, and Video PCBs
from card cage. 13.4 Slide Fluidics module toward IV Pole and lift out
of system when module clears chassis.
11.4 Disconnect all cables from Host motherboard and
route back through card cage as necessary to enable 14 REMOVAL OF FLUIDICS HUB ROLLER
card cage to be removed from system. Note ASSEMBLY
orientation and position of each connector as it is
disconnected. 14.1 Remove skins 11 & 12, 16, and 17 per Table 3-1.
11.5 Loosen four captive screws securing card cage to 14.2 Remove Fluidics Module per procedure 13.
chassis. Remove card cage/motherboard assembly
from system. 14.3 Loosen Hub Roller Assembly by turning the 2 mm
hex set screw counter-clockwise approximately one
11.6 Remove nine 2.5 mm hex screws securing full turn.
motherboard to card cage. Remove Host NOTE: It is best not to use a ball-end hex
motherboard. wrench for tightening or loosening the set screw.
The screw can be easily stripped using this type
of wrench.
906-2000-501 3-9
14.4 Pull Hub Roller Assembly straight out to remove. Top Coag connector - loosen slotted screw
located in center of connector. Slide connector
Replacement: out of bracket.
14.5 Align the flat part of the D-bore hole with the flat
side of the motor drive shaft and then slide hub Bottom Coag connector - loosen connector
roller into place. using small and large counter spanner tools on
each side of the connector. Slide connector out of
14.6 Position the Hub Roller Assembly so there is bracket.
approximately a 1.5 mm gap between it and the
Fluidic Housing by sliding a 1.5 mm hex wrench IEC 601 Connector Panel:
between the two parts, then tightening the set Two U/S and Attach connectors - loosen 24
screw. mm nut using modified wrench. Slide connector
out of bracket.
15 REMOVAL OF HANDPIECE CONNECTORS Two Coag connectors - loosen connector using

small and large counter spanner tools on each
15.1 Remove skins 1, 2, 4, 11 & 12, 16, and 17 per side of the connector. Slide connector out of
Table 3-1. bracket.
15.2 Remove two 3 mm hex screws securing connector Steerable I/A and Vit connectors - remove nut
bracket to chassis. NOTE: Do not move set securing connector to bracket. Slide connector
screws. out of bracket.
15.3 Remove selected connector as follows (see Figure 15.4 Cut tie wraps from cable assembly.
3-7):
15.5 Remove selected connector and cable assembly.
Non-IEC 601 Connector Panel:
Three U/S connectors - loosen 24 mm nut using NOTE: For Coag connectors, replace connector only.
modified wrench. Slide connector out of bracket.
U/S Port
U/S Port
U/S Port
U/S Port (capped off in V3.12
and above)
Steerable I/A
Port Set
U/S Port Set
Coag Port screws
screws (do not
(do not move)
Coag Port Coag Port
move)
Attach Port
Coag Port
VIT Port
Non-IEC 601 IEC 601

(VIT Port not shown)
Figure 3-7 Connector Panel
3-10 906-2000-501
Connector P1
NOTE: 202-1311-xxx footswitches

also have a heelswitch in this
location. Tie Wrap
24 mm Nut
Ground
Connection
Figure 3-8 Series 20000* Footswitch (PN 200-3500-501 shown)
16 REMOVAL OF FOOTSWITCH CABLE 16.4 Carefully cut tie wrap shown in Figure 3-8.
NOTE: This procedure applies to the 200-3500-
XXX and 202-1311-XXX footswitches only. 16.5 Disconnect connector P1 from footswitch PCB.
16.1 Disconnect footswitch from rear of system. 16.6 Using modified 24 mm wrench, loosen nut
securing cable to footswitch assembly.
16.2 Remove eight 2.5 mm hex screws securing bottom
cover to footswitch assembly. Remove bottom 16.7 Slide connector P1 through 24 mm nut and hole in
cover. footswitch assembly.
16.3 Disconnect ground connection by removing 3 mm

hex screw.
906-2000-501 3-11
Display PCB
Touch Screen
Ground Connection
for Wriststrap
Host System
(CPU PCB on V3.12 and
above is a half-height PCB.)
Phaco Subsystem
(V3.01 system shown;
V3.12 and above contain
only the NeoSonix and
Cautery PCB's)
Power Supply
System Fans Front Panel Latch
Figure 3-9 STTL Parts Location (Front View)
3-12 906-2000-501
Front Panel
Controller PCB
Fluidics
Controller PCB
Stepper Motor
Transducer PCB
Ground Connection
for Wrist strap Anterior
Compressor
Anterior VIT
Ground Connection
Drive PCB
for Wriststrap
Floppy Drive
Optional Steerable I/A

Module located here
if installed.
IV Pole
PCB
IV Pole
Motor Footswitch
Connection
Figure 3-10 STTL Parts Location (Rear View)
906-2000-501 3-13
CAUTERY PCB J27

J26 J14
MULTIFUNCTION PCB
J4
J25
J28
U/S DRIVER PCB

J15
VIDEO PCB
PHACO
CONTROLLER PCB J5
J16
CPU PCB (half-height

NOTE: For V3.12 and J17 PCB on V3.12 and above)
above the U/S Driver
and Phaco Controller J18
PCB's are combined J19

J10
J6
into the NeoSonix PCB.
J11
J21
J22
J29 J12
J23
J13
P1
J24
P3
P2
FAN/FILTER
Figure 3-11 STTL PCB Location
3-14 906-2000-501
SECTION FOUR
MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
GENERAL INFORMATION The STTL performs "Self Check" diagnostics during
boot-up and continuously monitors all subsystems during
This section of the manual contains the following
operation. If a problem occurs, the Front Panel displays a
information to assist the Field Engineer in maintenance
message indicating the type of problem. These messages
and troubleshooting of the
are listed in Tables 4-5 through 4-7.
STTL:
Troubleshooting information contained in Table 4-8 lists
Table 4-1. Recommended Supplies common problems found in the system and actions
Table 4-2. Recommended Tools necessary to correct the problem. For problems that
Table 4-3. Recommended Spares require further instruction than Table 4-8 provides, refer
Table 4-4. System Configurations to the maintenance procedures immediately following the
Table 4-5. Legacy System Fault Messages table.
Table 4-6. Legacy System Warning Messages
Table 4-7. Legacy System Advisory Messages Tables 4-9 and 4-10 contain Power-On-Self-Test (POST)
Maintenance Procedures codes used by various CPU's used on the system. If there
Table 4-8. Troubleshooting is an error during the boot cycle (indicates a faulty CPU
Tables 4-9 and 4-10. CPU POST Codes PCB) one of these codes will be displayed on DS1 and
DS2 located on the Multifunction PCB. These codes are
Tables 4-1 through 4-3 list supplies, tools, and spares included for reference only. When returning a faulty CPU
used when servicing the STTL. PCB, please note the error code displayed when the fault
occurred.
TABLE 4-1
RECOMMENDED SUPPLIES
DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION PART NUMBER
I/V Bottle w/stopper
Standard Cassette I/A Cassette Pak

Cat. No. 20111
Standard Phaco Tip w/Tip Wrench, From phaco cassette pak PEA Cassette Pak
Sleeve w/BSI, & Test Chamber Cat. No. 20115
Silicone Tubing 12 inches from BSS irrigation line of cassette
Check Valve From irrigation line of cassette
Pressure Tubing 5 inches of 1/8 inch I.D. tubing 042-022
T-Fitting 1/8 inch barbed nylon or brass T-fitting
906-2000-501 4-1
TABLE 4-2
RECOMMENDED TOOLS
TOOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Standard Service Tool Kit To Include:

Slotted screwdriver (small & large)
Right angle, ratcheting slotted
screwdriver or slotted offset screwdriver
Metric ball-end hex wrench set (1.5mm,
2mm,2.5mm, 3mm, 4mm)
Metric nut driver (7mm)
Electrostatic protective (ESD) wrist strap
Hemostats
19mm deep socket and ratchet wrench
T-Handled hex wrenches (2mm, 2.5mm,
3mm)
Long Metric Screwdriver 1.2mm thick x 1.8mm wide x 175mm long Ref. P/N 51080
Carlton-Bates Co. (501)562-9100
Counter Spanner Tool Supplier: Multi-Contact USA Ref. P/N 25.0022

(707) 575-7575
Counter Spanner Tool Ref. P/N 25.0020
Modified 24mm Combo-Wrench Tool Number 995-2000-076

(see Figure 4-1 for specifications)
Calibrated Volt & Frequency Meter Must be capable of measuring: Fluke Scopemeter
RMS voltages from 0 to 45 Volts RMS
Frequency between 300 and 400 kHz
Must be capable of measuring: Bio-Tek

Vacuum/Pressure Meter Vacuums from 0 to 550 mmHg DPM II or DPM III
Pressures from 0 to 35 psi
Syringe 50 cc
Timer Capable of indicating 1 to 120 seconds Stop watch or wrist watch
Flow Meter Capable of indicating 0 to 40 cc/min. GF2260

or
Graduated Cylinder Capable of holding and indicating 0 to 50cc
IC Extraction Tool Universal PLCC Extraction Tool
Cautery Load Box 75 Ohm, 1%, 30 watt, non-inductive load
Legacy Phaco Handpiece P/N 200-1794-501
Metal Tip Wrench Cat No. 8065740749
4-2 906-2000-501
Figure 4-1 24 mm Custom Wrench Specifications
906-2000-501 4-3
Table 4-3
RECOMMENDED SPARES
QUANTITY
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION NOTES (per 10 units)
063-022 JACK,BANANA,4MM GOLD PLATED Small Coag connector only, no wiring 2
143-096 LAMP,TFT-LCD,FLOUR BACKLIGHT Used in LCD 200-1836-001. For system s/n I203002835 2
and above.
190-008 BATTERY,AA,1.5V 24 OHMS For Remote Control (requires qty 4) 12
190-010 BATTERY,LITHIUM,3.6V 1.0A For all Legacy CPU PCBs 2
200-1014-509 ASSY,PCB,MULTIFUNCTION Compatible with ALL software versions. Will only provide 1
English voice responses with ALL systems.
200-1017-503 ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER,PHACO Compatible with systems containing software version 2.23 1

and LOWER.
200-1017-505 ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER PHACO System must have software v2.5X thru v3.00. 1
200-1032-501 ASSY,PCB,CASSETTE TYPE This part is mounted inside the Fluidics Module and has the 2
two mini-optical switches for detection of cassette and type
of cassette inserted.
200-1052-501 POWER SUPPLY, TESTED 1
200-1450-001 CORD,POWER,AC Power cord recommended as a spare since we have added 2

an AC ground check to the Legacy STP.
200-1452-001 LABEL,CHART,SERVICE HISTORY History label located inside the front curved panel. 3
200-1510-502S ASSY,PCB,XDCR FLUIDICS SERVICE 1
200-1538-501S ASSY,MODULE,FLUIDICS SERVICE 1
200-1546-501 ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER SOA Alternate p/n 200-1019-502E 2
200-1635-001 TUBING,POLY,.06X.12X5.0" Lower tubing that connects to the Fluidics Transducer. 10
200-1648-501 ASSY,KIT,PLUNGER STTL 3
200-1741-001 BACKLIGHT,TUBE,HOT CATHODE Used in LCD 088-031. For systems below s/n I203001400 3
200-1742-001 BACKLIGHT,TUBE,COLD CATHODE Used in LCD 200-1721-001. For system s/n I203002000 to 3
I203002834.
200-1845-001 PCB,CPU,486 STTL For systems with software version v2.23 thru v3.00. Is 1
interchangeable with CPU 200-1592-001.
200-2268-501S ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER Only compatible with systems containing software v3.12. 1

NEOSONIX*
200-2274-001 Replaces 3 parts: 202-1768-001Baseplate Rubber Pad; 3
BASEPLATE ASSY,FOOTSWITCH 202-1493-001 Footswitch Baseplate; 202-1494-001
(plate & rubber pads) Baseplate Gasket
200-2290-001 Only compatible with systems containg software v3.12. 1

PCB,CPU,PENTIUM LEGACY
200-3149-001 Part of the footswitch. 1
CABLE ASSY,FOOTPEDAL
812-1010-022 Upper tubing that connects to the Fluidics Transducer. 1
TUBING,SILICONE,.062X.125X5.75
891-021 AMOUNT TO BE USED AS REQUIRED - Used to lubricate 1
LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL IV Pole Guide Rods and Lead-Screw
4-4 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-4
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS
203-0000-501 H 203-0000-501 J 203-0000-501 X

PCB/ASSEMBLY 200-0000-501 203-0001-502
and below and above and above
Front Panel Module 200-1061-502 203-1008-501 203-1008-502 203-1008-502 203-1008-502
FP Controller PCB 200-1028-503 200-1577-501 200-1722-501 200-1722-501 200-1722-501
LCD Display 088-031 088-031 200-1721-001 200-1836-001 200-1836-001
Inverter PCB N/A N/A 200-1724-001 200-1829-001 200-1829-001
Touch Screen 200-1455-001 200-1455-001 200-1455-001 200-1455-001 200-1455-001
Display PCB 200-1026-501 200-1026-501 200-1026-501 200-1026-501 200-1026-501
Fluidics Module 200-1538-501 200-1538-501 200-1538-501 200-1538-501 200-1538-501
Anterior Pneumatic 200-1076-501 200-1076-501 200-1076-501 200-1076-501 200-1076-501

Module
Phaco Module 200-1053-504(1) or 200-1053-504(1) or 200-1053-504(1) or 200-1053-504(1) or 200-1053-507(6)

-506(2) -506(2) -506(2) -506(2)
NeoSonix* Controller 200-2268-507(6) 200-2268-507(6) 200-2268-507(6) 200-2268-507(6) 200-2268-507(6)
Phaco Controller 200-1017-503(1) or 200-1017-503(1) or 200-1017-503(1) or 200-1017-503(1) or N/A

-505(2) -505(2) -505(2) -505(2)
U/S Driver PCB 200-1546-501 or 200-1546-501 or 200-1546-501 or 200-1546-501 or N/A

200-1019-502 200-1019-502 200-1019-502 200-1019-502
CPU PCB 200-1592-001(4) or 200-1592-001(4) or 200-1592-001(4) or 200-1592-001(4) or 200-2290-001(6)

200-1845-001(3) or 200-1845-001(3) or 200-1845-001(3) or 200-1845-001(3) or
200-2290-001(6) 200-2290-001(6) 200-2290-001(6) 200-2290-001(6)
Video PCB 200-1011-501 or 200-1545-501 200-1545-502 200-1545-502 200-1545-502

200-1545-501
Multifunction PCB 200-1014-507(7) or 200-1014-507(7) or 200-1014-507(7) or 200-1014-507(7) or 200-1014-507(7) or

-509(8) -509(8) -509(8) -509(8) -509(8)
Footswitch 200-3500-XXX or 200-3500-XXX or 200-3500-XXX or 200-3500-XXX or 200-3500-XXX or

202-1311-501 or 202-1311-501 or 202-1311-501 or 202-1311-501 or 202-1311-501 or
203-1030-501(5) 203-1030-501(5) 203-1030-501(5) 203-1030-501(5) 203-1030-501(5)
(1) For use with software versions 2.23 and lower.

(2) For use with software versions 2.42 and 3.01.
(3) Requires software version 2.23 through 3.01.
(4) Requires software version 2.01 through 3.01.
(5) Requires software version 2.42 or higher and Multifunction PCB 200-1014-504 or higher (excluding -510 Multifunction
PCB).
(6) Advantec/NeoSonix* system, software version 3.12.
(7) For use with software versions 3.01 through 3.12; will have multi-language voice response.
(8) English only voice response when used with software versions 3.01 and 3.12.
906-2000-501 4-5
Tables 4-5, 4-6, and 4-7 list the FAULTS, WARNINGS, TABLE 4-5
and ADVISORIES displayed by the Legacy system. Many of

LEGACY
these messages will only appear on software SYSTEM
versions FAULT
2.42 and MESSAGES
above.
TABLE 4-5
FAULT MESSAGE CONDITION
LEGACY
SYSTEM FAULT POSSIBLE
MESSAGES CAUSE & CORRECTIVE ACTION
FAULT MESSAGE CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE & CORRECTIVE ACTION
Fluidics RAM Test The Fluidic subsystems RAM test Poor connection reseat Fluidics Controller PCB.
Failure failed. Faulty PCB replace Fluidics Controller PCB.
Fluidics ROM Test The Fluidic subsystems ROM test

Failure failed.
Fluidics Transducer The Fluidic subsystem reports an Faulty PCB replace Transducer PCB.
Failure error with the vacuum transducer for
the 4 time.
Fluidics Liquid Vent The Fluidics subsystem reports a Dried BSS clean fluidics module basin and replace
Error malfunctioning of the Liquid Vent irrigation and liquid vent plunger assemblies.
valve. Faulty switch replace Fluidics Cable Assy W-110 or
Fluidics Module.
Fluidics Irrigation Valve The Fluidics subsystem reports a Faulty PCB replace Fluidics Controller PCB.
Error malfunctioning of the Irrigation valve.
The Fluidics subsystem reports a Poor connection reseat the connector for cable W-110.
Fluidics Air Vent Error malfunctioning of the Air Vent valve. Faulty solenoid replace the Air Vent Solenoid.
Faulty PCB replace Fluidics Controller PCB.
The Fluidics subsystem reports Poor connection reseat Fluidics Controller PCB.
Fluidics 24V Failure problem with the 24 volts power Poor connection - reseat fluidics interconnection cable
supply. (W-108) at both ends.
The Fluidic subsystem reports a Faulty cable - replace fluidics interconnection cable (W-
Fluidics -15V Failure problem with the 15 volts power 108).
supply.
The Fluidic subsystem reports a

Fluidics +15V Failure problem with the +15 volts power
supply.
Poor connection reseat fluidics interconnection cable

(W-108) at both ends.
Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
Fluidics Module Not The host software can no longer Poor connection reseat Fluidics Controller PCB.
Responding detect the presence of a working Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
Fluidics module. Faulty PCB replace Fluidics Controller PCB.
Faulty cable replace fluidics interconnection cable (W-
108).
Attach Transducer The LFA subsystem reports an error Faulty transducer replace Attach Controller PCB.
Failure with the vacuum transducer for the 4th
time.
Attach Liquid Vent The LFA subsystem reports a Poor connection reseat liquid vent or irrigation valve
Failure malfunctioning of the Liquid Vent connector.
valve. Alignment problem adjust alignment of the valve
positioning tab to the sensor on the Attach Controller
Attach Irrigation Valve The LFA subsystem reports a Faulty PCB replace Attach Controller PCB.
Failure malfunctioning of the Irrigation valve. Faulty solenoid replace either the liquid vent or
irrigation solenoid assembly.
Attach Purge Vent The LFA subsystem reports a Poor connection reseat purge valve connector.
Failure malfunctioning of the Purge Vent Faulty solenoid replace purge valve solenoid assembly.
valve. Faulty PCB replace Attach Controller PCB.
4-6 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-5
LEGACY SYSTEM FAULT MESSAGES
Attach 24V Failure The LFA subsystem reports problem Poor connection reseat Attach Module connector to
with the 24 volts power supply. the side of the console.
Poor connection reseat Attach internal connector.
The LFA subsystem reports a Faulty cable replace the Attach Module cable that
Attach -15V Failure problem with the 15 volts power connects to the side of the console.
supply. Faulty cable replace Attach internal connector.
Faulty PCB replace Attach Controller PCB.
The LFA subsystem reports a
Attach +15V Failure problem with the +15 volts power
supply.
Poor connection reseat Attach Module connector to

the side of the console.
Poor connection reseat Attach internal connector.
Attach Module Not The host software can no longer Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
Responding detect the presence of a working LFA Faulty PCB replace Attach Controller PCB.
module. Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
Faulty cable replace the Attach Module cable that
connects to the side of the console.
Faulty cable replace Attach internal connector.
Poor connection - reseat Phaco Controller PCB.

Poor connection reseat phaco interconnection cable
U/S Module Down (No The host software can not detect the (W-107) at both ends.
Response) presence of a working U/S module at Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
startup. Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable (W-107).
Poor connection disconnect footswitch cable then plug

Footpedal Error The host detected an error while in making certain it is seated completely.
initializing the footpedal; or the Faulty footswitch replace footswitch.
footswitch was not in position 0 on Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
startup or when it was inserted. Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
Faulty cable replace internal footswitch cable (W-111).
Communication Error A serial communication error is Poor connection reseat interconnection cable at both
Sub-error: 1NACK detected on one of the subsystem/ ends for the subsystem reported in the error message.
2Checksum host communication channels Poor connection reseat Controller PCB for the
3Transmit Buffer Full (excluding Steerable I/A). subsystem reported in the error message.
4Receive Buffer Full Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Controller PCB for the subsystem
Comm Buffer Error - Invalid serial communication detected reported in the error message.
SubSytem ... between one of the subsystem/host Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
communication channels. Faulty cable replace interconnection cable.
MF System ADC Error The host could not read the System Poor connection reseat CPU and Multifunction PCBs.
ADC (Analog to Digital Converter). Faulty P/S replace power supply.
Faulty PCB replace CPU PCB.
PS AC Shutdown AC shutdown due to imminent power Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB for the
fail. subsystem reported in the error message.
Faulty P/S - replace power supply.
MF Watch Dog Timeout Time out of the watch dog timer on Faulty PCB - replace Host Backplane PCB.
the host.
PS 5V Supply Out of 5-volt supply out of tolerance.

Tolerance
906-2000-501 4-7
TABLE 4-5
Host Internal Error The host detected an unexpected

software condition.
Host - Operating The host detected a divide by zero,

Exception Error overflow, or bound error.
Host AMX Error An Operating System error occurred

during an AMX system call.
CPU Invalid Opcode Host attempted to execute an invalid-

opcode.
CPU Coprocessor Not Host detected a coprocessor not

Available available condition.
CPU Double Fault Host detected a double fault. The

double fault occurs when the
processor detects an exception while
trying to process a prior exception.
CPU Coprocessor Host detected a coprocessor

Segment Overrun segment overrun. This fault is
generated in the math coprocessor Poor connection Reseat CPU PCB.
systems when the CPU detects a Faulty PCB replace CPU PCB.
page or segment violation. Faulty P/S Replace power supply.
Faulty PCB - replace Host Backplane PCB.
CPU Invalid TSS Host detected an invalid TSS (Task
State Segment). This fault occurs if a
task switches to a segment with an
invalid TSS is attempted.
CPU Segment Not This fault occurs when the host

Present processor detects that the segment is
not present.
CPU Stack Fault Host detected a stack fault. This

condition usually results from a stack
underflow or overflow in the Floating
Point Unit.
CPU General Protection Host detected a general protection

Fault fault. All protection violations which
do not cause another exception
cause a general protection exception.
CPU Page Fault Host detected a page fault. This fault

is caused by a page level protection
violation.
CPU Critical Error Host detected an unexpected disk

interrupt.
4-8 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-5
System Fault 24 volt Upon power-up the yellow "IV Pole Faulty cable, PCB, or power supply. Troubleshoot as follows:
error error" is displayed, then a red
"System Fault -24 volt error" is 1. Connect multimeter to 24 V line on system backplane. It
displayed, and the system locks up. usually reads approximately 0 V when this error is
present.
CAUTION
Turn off system using main power switch on
backside of system next to power cord before
unplugging a PCB or cable connector.
2. Unplug each cable connector, and then each PCB, one at

a time, until 24 V is present on power up. If all modules
are unplugged and 24 V is not present, replace the power
supply.
3. Plug in each connector and PCB one at a time, except for

the suspected faulty component to ensure there are no
other components involved.
4. Plug in faulty component to verify that 24 V is pulled low.
5. If problem is with a subsystem cable, disconnect all cables

and PCB's within the subsystem to determine which
component is faulty.
6. Replace faulty component and verify system powers up

properly.
The following parts are listed in order of likelihood as being

the cause of the 24 V error:
1 Front Panel Controller PCB
2 Anterior Pneumatic Module
3 Power Supply
4 Footswitch Assembly
5 Fluidics Controller PCB
6 Phaco Controller PCB
7 Fluidics Module
8 I/V Pole Assembly
9 Multifunction PCB
10 System Backplane PCB
11 Cables to subsystems and footswitch
906-2000-501 4-9
TABLE 4-6
LEGACY SYSTEM WARNING MESSAGES
WARNING MESSAGE CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE & CORRECTIVE ACTION
Fluidics Vacuum The Fluidics subsystem reports an Faulty PCB replace Transducer PCB.
Reading Error error with the vacuum transducer.
Poor connection reseat fluidics interconnection cable

(W-108) at the fluidics module and Anterior Pneumatics
Fluidics Vit Compressor The Fluidics subsystem reports a Module.
Failure malfunctioning of the Vit Poor connection reseat Fluidics Controller PCB.
Compressor. Faulty module replace Ant.-Vit. pump module.
Faulty module replace Fluidics Module.
Faulty cable replace fluidics interconnection cable (W-108).
Attach Vacuum The LFA subsystem reports an error Faulty transducer replace Attach Fluidics Controller
Reading Error with the vacuum transducer. PCB.
U/S Module Down The U/S subsystem reports

(Mux 2) Multiplexor-2 10 volt reference is out
of tolerance. Poor connection reseat U/S Driver PCB.
Faulty PCB replace U/S Driver PCB.
U/S Module Down The U/S subsystem reports
(Mux 1) Multiplexor-1 10 volt reference is out
of tolerance.
Poor connection reseat Cautery PCB.

U/S Cautery The U/S subsystem failed the Poor connection reseat Phaco Controller PCB.
Compliance Error cautery compliance check. Faulty PCB replace Cautery PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
Poor connection reseat phaco HP (record HP s/n).

Moisture in connector disconnect HP and look for
moisture in the connector or at the console receptacle
U/S Handpiece Ground The U/S subsystem reports a (record HP s/n).
Fault Ground Fault condition on the U/S Faulty HP replace HP (record HP s/n).
HP. Poor connection reseat U/S Driver PCB.
Poor connection reseat Phaco Controller PCB.
Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable, W-
117-502 (top), W-117-503 (middle), W-117-504 (bottom).
U/S Cautery Level Error The U/S subsystem received an Poor connection reseat phaco interconnection cable (W-
invalid cautery level from the host. 107) at both ends.
The U/S subsystem received an Poor connection reseat Phaco Controller PCB.
U/S Range Error invalid pulse rate, mode, or burst Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
width from the host. Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable (W-
U/S Power Level Error The U/S subsystem received an 107).
invalid power level from the host.
4-10 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-6
Poor connection reseat U/S Driver PCB.

Poor connection reseat phaco interconnection cable
U/S Handpiece Current The U/S subsystem reports that the (W-107) at both ends.
Error HP open or short circuit current test Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
failed. Faulty PCB replace U/S Driver PCB.
107).

Poor connection reseat +85V cable connectors at each
end (P29 & P5).
U/S Module Down The U/S subsystem reports a Poor connection reseat Cautery PCB.
(85V) problem with the 85 volts power Faulty P/S replace power supply.
supply. Faulty PCB replace U/S Driver PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Cautery PCB.
107).
U/S Module Down The U/S subsystem reports a

(+12V) problem with the +12 volts power
supply.
U/S Module Down The U/S subsystem reports a Poor connection reseat sub-sytem interconnection
(-15V) problem with the -15 volts power cable (W-107).
supply. Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
Faulty cable - replace sub-sytem interconnection cable
U/S Module Down The U/S subsystem reports a (W-107).
(+15V) problem with the +15 volts power
supply.
U/S Module Down The U/S subsystem reports that it Faulty HP - replace phaco HP and record S/N.
(Interrupt) encounter an unexpected or unused Poor connection reseat U/S and Cautery PCB(s).
interrupt. Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
Faulty PCB replace Cautery PCB.
Faulty HP - replace phaco HP and record S/N.

U/S Module Down (No The host software can no longer Poor connection reseat phaco interconnection cable
Response) detect the presence of a working U/S (W-108) at both ends.
module. Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
Faulty cable replace phaco interconnection cable (W-108).
Interference Look for tap or other material being stuck

to the IV Pole.
Incorrect power down If main power switch (near power
IV Pole Error The system reports an I/V Pole cord) is turned of when pole is at it highest setting, then
(if another error is movement or positioning problem. some systems will not be able to properly home the IV
displayed after this then Pole. Make certain they turn the standby power off first
troubleshoot last then the main power switch.
displayed error) Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
Poor connection reseat IV Pole interconnection cable
W-102.
Faulty module replace IV Pole assembly.
Faulty cable replace IV Pole interconnection cable W-102.
906-2000-501 4-11
TABLE 4-6
Poor connection reseat Steerable I/A interconnection

Steer I/A Module Down The Steerable I/A subsystem reports cable at both ends.
(Interrupt) that it encountered an unexpected or Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
unused interrupt. Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
Faulty cable replace Steerable I/A interconnection cable.
Poor connection Reseat Steerable I/A Module

Steer I/A Module Down The Steerable I/A subsystem reports communication cable.
(UART) a problem with its UART. Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
Faulty cable replace Steerable I/A interconnection cable
Steer I/A Module Down The Steerable I/A subsystem reports Poor connection reseat Steerable I/A interconnection
(Pump Motor) a problem with pump motor. cable at both ends.
Faulty pump replace Steerable I/A diaphragm pump.
Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
Poor connection remove and reconnect Steerable I/A HP

and tubing.
Steer I/A HP Leak: The Steerable I/A subsystem reports Faulty HP replace HP.
Check Connections a HP leak due to a drop in pressure Tubing leak replace HP tubing.
in the HP. Tubing leak replace tubing from connector panel to
Steerable I/A module.
Faulty pump replace Steerable I/A diaphragm pump.
Steer I/A Accumulator The Steerable I/A subsystem reports Tubing leak replace tubing inside Steerable I/A module.
Leak an accumulator leak due to a drop in Accumulator leak replace accumulator.
pressure in the accumulator. Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
Steer I/A Module Down The Steerable I/A subsystem reports

(+15V) a problem with the +15 volts power
supply.
Poor connection reseat Steerable I/A interconnection
Steer I/A Module Down The Steerable I/A subsystem reports cable at both ends.
(-15V) a problem with the -15 volts power Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
supply. Faulty cable replace Steerable I/A interconnection cable
Steer I/A Module Down The Steerable I/A subsystem reports

(24V) a problem with the +24 volts power
supply.
(HPVentValve) a problem with the HP vent valve. cable at both ends.
(HPChargeValve) a problem with the HP charge valve. cable at both ends.
(Accum Valve) a problem with the accumulator cable at both ends.
charge valve. Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
(TransducerRef) a problem with the transducer cable at both ends.
reference. Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
4-12 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-6
Steer I/A Module Down The host software can no longer

(No Response) detect the presence of a working
Steerable I/A module.
Steer I/A Module Down The host software detected that the
(Transmit Full) Steerable I/A communication transmit Poor connection reseat Steerable I/A interconnection
buffer is full. cable at both ends.
Steer I/A Module Down The host software received a Faulty PCB replace Steerable I/A Controller PCB.
(Checksum) message from the Steerable I/A Faulty PCB replace Multifunction PCB.
subsystem with an incorrect Faulty cable replace Steerable I/A interconnection cable
checksum.
Steer I/A Module Down The Steerable I/A subsystem

(NACK) received a message from the host
with an incorrect checksum and sent
the host a NACK message.
906-2000-501 4-13
TABLE 4-7
LEGACY SYSTEM ADVISORY MESSAGES
ADVISORY MESSAGE CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE & CORRECTIVE ACTION
Please Insert Cassette The cassette is not inserted. Cassette not installed Insert a cassette.
Faulty PCB replace Cassette Type PCB.
Faulty module - replace Fluidics Module.
Invalid Cassette Type An invalid type of cassette is inserted Faulty PCB replace Cassette Type PCB.
into the active fluidic module. Faulty PCB replace Fluidics Controller PCB.
Faulty module - replace Fluidics Module.
Please Remove One Both the STTL and Attach fluidics Both modules have a cassette inserted remove the
Cassette module have a cassette inserted cassette from either the Attach or the Legacy console.
when in the Test (priming) screen. Switch stuck in module without a cassette refer to
troubleshooting for Invalid Cassette Type advisory.
Moisture in HP connection unplug HP and look for

moisture in the connector.
Poor HP connection disconnect HP and reseat it
making certain to seat it completely.
Unknown Handpiece The U/S subsystem reports that Faulty HP receptacle try a different HP receptacle.
or unknown HP is connected. Replace receptacle HP cable assembly.
Invalid Handpiece Type Faulty HP replace HP.
Poor PCB connection reseat U/S Driver and Phaco
Controller PCBs.
Please Insert Footswitch The footswitch is not inserted. Poor connection disconnect footswitch and reseat the
connector making certain it is completely seated.
Faulty footswitch replace footswitch.
Invalid Footswitch Type An invalid type of footswitch is Poor connection reseat Multifunction PCB.
inserted into the system. Faulty cable replace internal footswitch cable (W-111).
Setup incorrect - If priming in irrigation mode DO NOT

have a HP attached.
Setup incorrect - If priming in U/S mode must irrigate to fill
1. Check fittings - Failed vacuum test (did not build to at HP and test chamber first.
Reprime least 400 mmHg), but pass vent test Clogged tubing/transducer - clean and replace tubing or
(vacuum did dropped to at least transducer as needed.
5 mmHg). Sticking plunger - clean and replace fluidics plungers.
Air leak - check for leak in internal tubing and transducer
block, replace as needed.
Faulty soleniod - replace air vent soleniod.

have a HP attached.
Setup incorrect - If priming in U/S mode must irrigate to fill
2. Check fittings - Passed vacuum test (did build to at HP and test chamber first.
Reprime least 400 mmHg), but failed vent test Stuck drip chamber ball - Flick drip chamber near vent
(vacuum did not dropping to at least flange with finger to free ball.
5 mmHg). Kink in tubing - Straighten and massage out the kink.
Faulty cassette - Replace cassette and prime again.
Blockage in HP - Try priming without HP in the irrigation
mode, if works replace HP.
4-14 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-7

have a HP attached.
3. Check fittings - Failed vacuum test (did not build to at Setup incorrect - If priming in U/S mode must irrigate to fill
Reprime least 400 mmHg), and failed vent test HP and test chamber first.
(vacuum did not dropping to at least Kink in tubing - Straighten and massage out the kink.
5 mmHg). Clogged tubing/transducer - clean and replace tubing or
transducer as needed.
Sticking plunger - clean and replace fluidics plungers.
Tune Failed: 10 (3.01 & below) U/S power was on while tuning
Tune Failed: 4 (3.12 & above) command was issued from host to
sub-system.
Tune Failed: 11 (3.01 & below) U/S module was not placed in test
Tune Failed: 5 (3.12 & above) mode by host when tune command
was issued.
Software issue record all information (such as: setting,
Tune Failed: 13 (3.01 & below) Request for tuning an invalid HP port mode in use, HP s/n) and report problem to ITC.
was received
Tune Failed: 14 (3.01 & below) There is no HP installed.

Tune Failed: 2 (3.12 & above)
Tune Failed: 15 (3.01 & below) HP type is unknown

Tune Failed: 3 (3.12 & above)

Tune Failed: 12 (3.01 & below) Hardware TEST signal was not Poor connection reseat phaco interconnection cable
Tune Failed: 6 (3.12 & above) initiated by sub-system when tune (W-108) at both ends.
command was issued by host. Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
108).
Tune Failed: 16 (3.01 & below) Slope of coarse VCO is zero Poor connection reseat Phaco Controller PCB.
Tune Failed: 17 (3.01 & below) Slope of fine VCO is zero Faulty PCB replace U/S Driver PCB.
Tune Failed: 18 (3.01 & below) Current less than minimum allowable Poor connection disconnect and reconnect phaco HP.
Tune Failed: 8 (3.12 & above) during tuning Faulty HP replace HP.
Tune Failed: 9 (3.12 & above) Handpiece voltage less than Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
minimum allowable Faulty PCB replace U/S Driver PCB.
Poor connection disconnect and reconnect phaco HP.

Tune Failed: 19 (3.01 & below) Current exceeded maximum Faulty HP replace HP.
allowable during tuning Poor connection reseat Phaco Controller PCB.
906-2000-501 4-15
TABLE 4-7
Tune Failed:20 (3.01 & below) The differential admittance between

Tune Failed:16 (3.12 & above) series and parallel resonance is low .
Tune Failed: 22 Admittance at parallel resonance

does not meet the minimum
requirements. Loose phaco tip retighten tip.
Poor connection reseat ultrasonic HP.
Tune Failed: 23 (3.01 & below) Series and parallel frequency are Moisture in HP connection disconnect HP and dry both
Tune Failed:12 (3.12 & above) swapped. the cable connector and system receptacle.
Faulty HP replace HP.
Tune Failed:13 (3.12 & above) Series & parallel resistance are Faulty connector plug HP connector into a different
swapped. connector, replace HP cable assembly (inside system).
Tune Failed: 24 (3.01 & below) Bandwidth too low. Poor connection reseat Phaco Controller PCB.
Tune Failed:17 (3.12 & above) Faulty PCB replace U/S Driver PCB.
Tune Failed:18 (3.12 & above) Bandwidth too high.
Tune Failed: 25 (3.01 & below) Parallel resonance frequency too

close to 41 KHz.
Tune Failed: 26 Admittance slope is zero.
Tune Failed: 27 (3.01 & below) Ground fault detected.

Tune Failed: 24 (3.12 & above) Poor connection reseat ultrasonic HP.
Moisture in HP connection disconnect HP and dry both
Tune Failed: 28 Ground fault detected during tuning. the cable connector and system receptacle.
Faulty connector plug HP connector into a different
Tune Failed: 29 Ground fault detected while tune connector, replace HP cable assembly (inside system).
frequency was being measured. Faulty HP replace HP.
Faulty footswitch try disconnecting and reconnecting
Tune Failed: 30 Ground fault detected while tune the footswitch if error goes away investigate possible
frequency was applied. footpedal up signal problem.
HP Ground Fault Ground fault detected while tune or Faulty PCB replace Phaco Controller PCB.
during ultrasonic HP operation.
Tune Failed: Tuning In Air Tuning attempted while tip is 1. Flush handpiece with fluid and fill test chamber.
(3.12 & above) exposed to air. 2. Replace handpiece.
Tune Failed: Loose Tip Loose Tip. 1. Retighten phaco tip.

(3.12 & above) 2. Replace handpiece.
3. Replace NeoSonix* Controller PCB.
Tune Failed: 19 (3.12 & above) Parallel resonant frequency too close 1. Reseat handpiece and retighten phaco tip.
to 41 KHz. 2. Replace handpiece.
3. Replace NeoSonix* Controller PCB.
Tune Failed: 20 (3.12 & above) Series resonant frequency too close 4. Replace handpiece cable assembly.
to 36 KHz.
High Resistance Flow - Following a successful tune the Using of MicroTip (purple sleeve and tip) and standard
verify HP Flow system check for proper flow cassette (blue striped tubing) press STOP and continue
capability and detected a buildup of to use for surgery.
vacuum of 150 mmHg or more. Using a standard phaco tip (blue sleeve and shiny metal
System detected a standard (blue tip) and standard cassette First check cassette tubings
stripe) cassette. for kinks, and then replace HP.
Using a MaxVac cassette (red striped tubing) press
Software versions 2.21 or higher. STOP and continue to use for surgery, then replace
Cassette Type PCB.
4-16 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-7
Flow Obstruction - Chk Following a successful tune the Tubing kinked message kink from cassette tubing.
HP system check for proper flow HP aspiration or irrigation line blocked replaced phaco
capability and detected a buildup of HP.
vacuum of 250 mmHg or more.
System could be using a MaxVac
(red stripe) or standard (blue stripe)
cassette.
Software versions 2.21 or higher.
Check HP Flow Following a successful tune the If using MicroTip (purple sleeve and tip) and/or MaxVac
system check for proper flow cassette (aspiration line has red stripe), system is okay to
capability and detected a buildup of use if it passes the test below. Otherwise replace HP, if
vacuum of 150 mmHg or more. problem persists replace cassette:
Software versions 2.12 or lower. 1. Leave HP on tray and press STOP to exit test screen.
2. Select I/A MAX mode, set aspiration to 30 cc/min. then
depress footswitch pedal all the way. Observe that test
chamber maintain its shape.
3. With pedal still depressed fold over and pinch off the
irrigation line. Hold pinched for 5 seconds, test chamber
should start collapsing release pinch observe test
chamber re-inflates.
If using a standard phaco tip (blue sleeve and shiny metal

tip):
1. Check cassette tubings for kinks.
2. HP may have partial obstruction in the irrigation or
aspiration line, try second phaco HP.
Invalid Media Type Database of Doctors memory is Corrupted file select and delete doctor from system
Reading C Drive corrupted. then reprogram.
Corrupted database - reinitialize SRAM (U14) on CPU
by removing and plugging back in.
ALL PROGRAMMED DOCTOR MEMORIES WILL BE
DELETED!!!
Faulty PCB - Replace CPU PCB.
906-2000-501 4-17
TABLE 4-8
TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
1 Remote Control not 1. Remote channel not the same as the 1. Change remote control or system channel
functioning. system or programmed memory. (see Operators manual for instructions).
2. Low Batteries. 2. Change batteries.
3. Florescent light interference. (Turn off 3. Call Technical Support for corrective action.
lights and try remote again. If it works
with room lights off, problem is
florescent light interference.)
4. Bad remote control. 4. Replace remote control.
5. Interconnection problem: cable or 5. Reseat cable W-131 at both ends.

connectors.
6. Display PCB bad. 6. Replace Display PCB.
7. Front Panel Controller PCB bad. 7. Replace Front Panel Controller PCB.
2 Cassette difficult to 1. Faulty Cassette. 1. Replace cassette and arrange to have old
remove. cassette sent to consumer affairs in Houston
@ (800) 445-2389, note cassette pak lot
number and catalog number for evaluation.
2. Cassette Latch loose. 2. Tighten cassette latch screws.
3. Old style cassette latch (old style is 3. Replace with new style which is black
stainless steel). anodized.
3 No aspiration. 1. Kink in aspiration tubing. 1. Massage kink out of tubing.
2. Vacuum limit set too low. 2. Increase vacuum limit.
3. Aspiration rate set too high. 3. Decrease aspiration rate.
4. Leak in I/A handpiece. 4. Replace handpiece o-rings or tubing.

Replace I/A handpiece.
5. Faulty cassette. 5. Replace cassette.
6. Internal leak in Fluidics Module. 6. Look for leak in internal tubings and
transducer block; replace parts as needed.
7. Faulty or intermittent air vent solenoid. 7. Replace air vent solenoid.
8. Liquid vent plunger not closing 8. Clean or replace plungers.

completely.
4 Footswitch not 1. Footswitch connection. 1. Unplug footswitch connector and reinsert.

responding.
2. Faulty footswitch cable. 2. Replace cable per Section 3.
3. Faulty system footswitch cable. 3. Replace system cable W-111.
4. Faulty footswitch. 4. Replace footswitch.
5. Faulty Multifunction PCB. 5. Replace Multifunction PCB.
4-18 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-8
TROUBLESHOOTING
5 Front Panel Buttons 1. Stuck contact on the button layer. 1. Replace Touch Screen layer per Section 3.
dont function but
Remote and Touch 2. Faulty Front Panel Controller PCB. 2. Replace Front Panel Controller PCB.
Screen work.
6 Front Panel buttons, 1. An advisory message being displayed 1. Inservice user(s) in troubleshooting system.
touch screen and such as "Invalid Cassette" or "1. If displaying Invalid Cassette or HP Flow
remote not Check Fitting - Reprime" or "Flow advisory, the Cassette Type PCB may be
responding. obstruction - Check handpiece." faulty.
2. Faulty Front Panel Controller PCB. 2. Replace Front Panel Controller PCB.
7 Memory - partial loss 1. User programming error. 1. Train staff on memory programming. Refer
of settings or doctors to Operators manual for detailed
names. instructions.
2. Faulty CPU PCB. 2. Replace CPU PCB.

NOTE: Make certain to record doctors
settings when possible.
8 Memory - lose of all 1. CPU battery dead. 1. Replace battery per maintenance
settings and doctors procedure 1.
names. Reprogram doctors settings.
2. Faulty CPU PCB. 2. Replace CPU PCB.

NOTE: Make certain to record doctors
settings when possible.
9 Priming Failure Note advisory message and reference the

appropriate Warning, Fault, or Advisory
table.
10 Tunes handpiece but 1. Loose tip. 1. Re-tighten the phaco tip,

fails to operate.
2. Moisture in handpiece connector. 2. Disconnect the handpiece, look at the
or handpiece connector and system receptacle
to make certain there is no moisture on
Poor phaco power or either,
sputtering sound from
handpiece. 3. Poor connection. 3. Plug handpiece back into system, make
certain it clicks into place,
4. Handpiece was tuned while still HOT, 4. Re-tune the handpiece.

then cooled and shifted resonant
frequency.
5. Faulty connector recepticle. 5. Connect handpiece to a different connector

and retune. Replace faulty connector
assembly.
Continued on next page...
906-2000-501 4-19
TABLE 4-8
TROUBLESHOOTING
6. Faulty handpiece. 6. If problem persists try a different handpiece

receptacle.
NOTE: Record handpiece serial number
in case problem reoccurs (most
handpiece related problems will be
intermittent).
7. Poor connection. 7. Reseat U/S Driver PCB and Phaco

Controller PCB.
8. Faulty U/S Driver PCB. 8. Replace U/S Driver PCB.
9. Faulty Phaco Controller PCB. 9. Replace Phaco Controller PCB.
11 No irrigation when in 1. Kink in tubing. 1. Massage out kink in tubing.

Irr-Freeflow mode.
2. Stuck drip chamber ball. 2. Flick air vent with finger to free vent ball.
(Prior to spiking BSS bottle shake drip
chamber to hear vent ball rattle.)
3. Poor or no footswitch connection. 3. Unplug the footswitch from back of system

then reconnect it, making certain it seats
completely into the receptacle,
4. Faulty Cassette. 4. Replace and keep cassette then report

problem to Consumable Consumer Affairs in
Houston @ (800) 445-2389, note cassette
pak lot number and catalog number.
12 Fluid on the floor 1. Cassette drainage bag stuck together 1. When inserting cassette pull out on drainage
during or after or pinched between cassette and bag to prevent it from being pinched
surgery. fluidics module basin. between the cassette and fluidics basin or
sticking together,
2. Cassette not fully seated. 2. When inserting cassette, press in on the

handle to fully seat it.
3. Leak in cassette. 3. Replace and keep cassette then report

problem to Consumable Consumer Affairs in
Houston @ (800) 445-2389, note cassette
pak lot number and catalog number.
13 System not 1. Poor or no footswitch connection. 1. Unplug the footswitch from back of system
responding to then reconnect it, making certain it seats
footswitch depression. completely into the receptacle.
2. Faulty footswitch. 2. Depress pedal and verify footswitch icon,

located in upper right corner of display,
changes from 0 to 1,2,3. Replace footswitch
if it is not responding properly.
3. Poor Multifunction PCB connection. 3. Reseat Multifunction PCB.
4. Faulty Multifunction PCB. 4. Replace Multifunction PCB.
5. Faulty internal system footswitch cable 5. Replace cable W-111.

(W-111).
4-20 906-2000-501
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
1 REPLACING CPU PCB LITHIUM 2 INSTALLING OR UPGRADING SYSTEM

BATTERY SOFTWARE
CAUTION 2.1 Turn system power OFF.
The CPU PCB contains electrostatic discharge (ESD) 2.2 Insert floppy disk containing system software
sensitive devices. Always wear a wriststrap when into disk drive on rear panel. The disk label must
working with this device. face up, and end with metal sleeve must be
inserted first (see Figure 4-3).
1.1 Remove Front Curved Panel per Section 3.
2.3 Turn system power ON. The front panel display
1.2 Remove brackets securing PCBs in Host System illuminates during complete downloading
card cage. process. This takes approximately 3 minutes.
1.3 Disconnect connectors from CPU PCB. 2.4 When green light on the floppy disk drive
remains off for more than 30 seconds, turn
1.4 Gently pull up on battery to remove from PCB system power OFF.
(see Figure 4-2 for battery location).
NOTE: Once the battery is removed, you have 2.5 Remove floppy disk by pressing ejection button
less than 15 minutes to install new battery on lower right side of floppy disk drive.
before doctors settings (if any remain) are
lost. 2.6 Turn system power ON.
1.5 Install new battery and replace CPU PCB. 2.7 On power up, verify installed software version
that is displayed in lower right corner of blue
1.6 Perform Service Test Procedure located in ALCON screen.
Section 4.
2.8 Perform Service Test Procedure located in
Section 4.
Lithium Battery
Figure 4-2 Lithium Battery on CPU PCB Figure 4-3 Disk Insertion
906-2000-501 4-21
3 CLEANING THE TOUCH SCREEN 4.6 Coarse adjust TP1 on Cautery PCB for DVM
reading of approximately 39 VAC.
The touch screen uses a UV cure acrylate coating on the
front polyester (PET) surface. This coating is 4.7 Adjust TP2 to maximize reading on DVM. After
substantially harder and more abrasion and chemical adjusting TP2, check oscilloscope waveform.
resistant than uncoated PET. Verify period of 2.5 to 3.3 microseconds
(300-400 KHz).
The surface of the touch screen should be kept free of
dirt, dust, fingerprints or other materials that could NOTE: Adjustment of TP2 tunes cautery
degrade optical properties. Long term contact with frequency to maximize delivered power; TP1
abrasive materials will scratch the front surface and adjustment sets cautery output power to 20
image quality will be detrimentally affected. watts.
3.1 Apply any commercially available NON- 4.8 With footswitch in position 3, readjust TP1 for
AMMONIA window cleaner to a NON- 109-111 Vpp on oscilloscope.
ABRASIVE cloth towel.
4.9 Set COAG POWER to 0% (footswitch in
CAUTION position 3).
Verify output on oscilloscope 1.0 Vpp (audible
Do not apply cleaner directly to touch screen as it is tone heard from unit).
not designed with a water tight bezel and some ingress
may occur from behind the panel. 4.9 Set COAG POWER to 10% (footswitch in
position 3) and observe Peak-to-Peak voltage on
3.2 Wipe cloth across touch screen until clean. oscilloscope.
4.10 While continuing to depress footswitch, increase

4 CAUTERY CALIBRATION COAG POWER on front panel by 10% steps up
to 100%.Verify the following:
4.1 Remove Front Curved Panel per Table 3-1. Oscilloscope voltage increases with each step
by 8-12 Vpp.
4.2 Turn system ON. Audible tone from unit through full power
range.
4.3 Insert a 75 ohm noninductive load into cautery
output jacks. Connect oscilloscope and DVM to 4.11 Release footswitch, disconnect oscilloscope,
output of the load (set DVM for AC volts). DVM and load.
4.4 Select COAG mode and set COAG POWER to 4.12 Replace Front Curved Panel.
100%.
4.5 Depress footswitch to position 3 and check

oscilloscope for sinusoidal cautery waveform.
4-22 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-9
POWER ON SELF-TEST (POST) ERROR CODES
FOR CPU PCBs PN 200-1592-001 and 200-1845-001
CODE DEFINITION CODE DEFINITION

01 ...... Processor register test about to start, and NMI toe 18 ...... CH-0 timer test over. About to start memory refresh.
disabled.
19 ...... Memory Refresh started. Memory Refresh test to be done
02 ...... NMI is Disabled. Power on delay starting. next.
03 ...... Power on delay complete. Any initialization before 1A ...... Memory Refresh line is toggling. Going to check 15 micro
keyboard BAT is in progress. second ON/OFF time.
04 ...... Any initialization before keyboard BAT is complete. 1B ...... Memory Refresh period 30 micro second test complete.
Reading Keyboard SYS bit, to check soft reset/power-on. Base 64k memory test about to start.
05 ...... Soft reset / power-on determined. Going to enable ROM. 20 ...... Base 64k memory test started. Address line test to be
i.e. disable shadow RAM/Cache is any. done next
06 ...... ROM is enabled. Calculating ROM BIOS checksum, and 21 ...... Address line test passed. Going to do toggle parity.
waiting for KB controller input buffer to be free.
22 ...... Toggle parity over. Going for sequential data R/W test.
07 ...... ROM BIOS checksum passed, KB controller I/B free.
Going to issue the BAT command to keyboard controller 23 ...... Base 64k sequential data vector initialization complete.
ANy setup before Interrupt vector init about to start.
08 ...... BAT command to keyboard controller is issued. Going to
verify the BAT command. 24 ...... Setup required before vector initialization complete.
Interrupt vector initialization about to begin.
09 ...... Keyboard controller BAT result verified. Keyboard
command byte to be written next. 25 ...... Interrupt vector initialization done. Going to read I/O port
of 8042 for turbo switch (if any)
0A ...... Keyboard command byte code is issued. Going to write
command byte data. 26 ...... I/O port 8042 is read. Going to initialize global data for
turbo switch.
0B ...... Keyboard controller command byte is written. Going to
issue Pin-23, 24 blocking/unblocking command. 27 ...... Global data initialization is over. Any initialization after
interrupt vector to be done next.
0C ..... Pin-23,24 of keyboard controller is blocked/unblocked.
NOP command of keyboard controller to be issued next. 28 ...... Initialization after interrupt vector is complete. Going for
monochrome mode setting.
0D ..... NOP command processing is done. CMOS shutdown
register test to be done next. 2A ...... Monochrome mode setting is done. About to go for toggle
parity before optional rom test.
0E ...... CMOS shutdown register R/W test passed. Going to
calculate CMOS checksum, and update DIAG byte. 2B ...... Toggle parity over. About to give control for any setup
required before optional video ROM check.
0F ...... CMOS checksum calculation is done, DIAG byte written.
CMOS init, to begin (if INIT CMOS IN EVERY BOOT IS 2C ..... Processing before video ROM control is done. About to
SET) look for optional video ROM and give control
10 ...... CMOS initialization done (if any). CMOS status register 2D ..... Optional video ROM control is done. About to give control
about to init for Date and Time. to do any processing after video ROM returns control.
11 ...... CMOS Status register initialized. Going to disable DMA 2E ...... Return from processing after the video ROM control. If
and Interrupt controllers. EGA/VGA not found then do display memory R/W test.
12 ...... DMA controller #1,#2, interrupt controller #1,#2 disabled. 2F ...... EGA/VGA not found. Display memory R/W test about to
About to disable Video display and init port-B. begin.
13 ...... Video display is disabled and port-B is initialized. Chipset 30 ...... Display memory R/W test passed. About to look for the
init / auto memory detection about to begin. retrace checking.
14 ...... Chipset initialization / auto memory detection over. 8254 31 ...... Display memory R/W test or retrace checking failed.
timer test about to start. About to do alternate Display memory R/W test.
15 ...... CH-2 timer test halfway. 8254 CH-2 timer test to be 32 ...... Alternate Display memory R/W test passed. About to look
complete. for the alternate display retrace checking.
16 ...... CH-2 timer test over. 8254 CH-1 timer test to be complete. 33 ...... Video display checking over. Verification of display type
with switch setting and actual card to begin.
17 ...... CH-1 timer test over. 8254 CH-0 timer test to be complete.
906-2000-501 4-23
TABLE 4-9
34 ...... Verification of display adapter done. Display mode to be 4E ...... Memory test started. (NOT SOFT RESET) About to display
set next. the first 64k memory test.
35 ...... Display mode set complete. BIOS ROM data are about to 50 ...... Memory test below 1M complete. Going to adjust memory
be checked. size for relocation/shadow
36 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to set cursor for 51 ...... Memory size adjusted due to relocation/shadow. Memory
power on message. test above 1M to follow.
37 ...... Cursor setting for power on message id complete. Going to 52 ...... Memory test above 1M complete. Going to prepare to go
display the power on message. back to real mode.
38 ...... Power on message display complete. Going to read new 53 ...... CPU registers are saved including memory size. Going to
cursor position. enter in real mode.
39 ...... New cursor position read and saved. Going to display the 54 ...... Shutdown successful, CPU in real mode. Going to restore
reference string. registers saved during preparation for shutdown.
3A ...... Reference string display is over. Going to display the Hit 55 ...... Registers restored. Going to disable gate A20 address line.
<ESC> message.
56 ...... A20 address line disabled successfully. BIOS ROM data
3B ...... Hit <ESC> message displayed. Virtual mode memory test area about to be checked.
about to start.
57 ...... BIOS ROM data area check halfway. BIOS ROM data area
40 ...... Preparation for virtual mode test started. Going to verify check to be complete.
from video memory.
58 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to clear Hit <ESC>
41 ...... Returned after verifying from display memory. Going to message.
prepare the descriptor tables.
59 ...... Hit <ESC> message cleared. <WAIT...> message dis-
42 ...... Descriptor tables prepared. Going to enter in virtual mode played. About to start DMA and interrupt controller test.
for memory test.
60 ...... DMA page register test passed. About to verify from display
43 ...... Entered in the virtual mode. Going to enable interrupts for memory.
diagnostics mode.
61 ...... Display memory verification over. About to go for DMA #1
44 ...... Interrupts enabled (if diagnostics switch is on). Going to base register test.
initialize data to check memory wrap around at 0:0.
62 ...... DMA #1 base register test passed. About to go for DMA #2
45 ...... Data initialized. Going to check for memory wrap around base register test.
at 0:0 and finding the total system memory size.
63 ...... DMA #2 base register test passed. About to go for BIOS
46 ...... Memory wrap around test done. Memory size calculation ROM data area check.
over. About to for writing patterns to test memory.
64 ...... BIOS ROM data area check halfway. BIOS ROM data area
47 ...... Pattern to be tested written in extended memory. Going to check to be complete.
write patterns in base 640k memory.
65 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. About to program DMA
48 ...... Patterns written in base memory. Going to find out amount unit 1 and 2.
of memory below 1M memory.
66 ...... DMA unit 1 and 2 programming over. About to initialize 8259
49 ...... Amount of memory below 1M found and verified. Going to interrupt controller.
find out amount of memory above 1M memory.
67 ...... 8259 initialization over. About to start keyboard test.
4A ...... Amount of memory above 1M found and verified. Going for
BIOS ROM data area check. 80 ...... Keyboard test started, clearing output buffer, checking for
stuck key, about to issue keyboard reset command.
4B ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to check <ESC>
and to clear memory below 1M for soft retest. 81 ...... Keyboard reset error/stuck key found. About to issue
keyboard controller interface test command.
4C ..... Memory below 1M cleared. (SOFT RESET) Going to clear
memory above 1M. 82 ...... Keyboard controller interface test over. About to write
command byte and init circular buffer.
4D ..... Memory above 1M cleared. (SOFT RESET) Going to save
the memory size. 83 ...... Command byte written. Global data init done. About to check
for lock-key
4-24 906-2000-501
TABLE 4-9

84 ...... Lock-key checking over. About to check for memory size ROM check and control will be done next.
mismatch with CMOS.
98 ...... Optional ROM control is done. About to give control do any
85 ...... Memory size check done. About to display soft error and required processing after optional ROM returns control.
check for password or bypass setup.
99 ...... Any initialization required after optional ROM test over.
86 ...... Password checked. About to do programming before Going to set up timer data area and printer base address.
setup.
9A ...... Return after setting timer and printer base address. Going to
87 ...... Programming before setup complete. Going to CMOS set the RS-232 base address.
setup program.
9B ...... Returned after RS-232 base address. Going to any
88 ...... Returned from CMOS setup program and screen is initialization before coprocessor test.
cleared. About to do programming after setup.
9C ..... Required initialization before coprocessor is over. Going to
89 ...... Programming after setup complete. Going to display power initialize the coprocessor next.
on screen message.
9D ..... Coprocessor initialized. Going to do any initialization after
8A ...... First screen message displayed. About to display coprocessor test.
<WAIT...> message
9E ...... Initialization after coprocessor test is complete. Going to
8B ...... <WAIT...> message displayed. About to do Main and Video check extd keyboard, keyboard ID and num-lock.
BIOS shadow.
9F ...... Extd keyboard check is done, ID flag set. Num-lock on/off.
8C ..... Main and Video BIOS shadow successful. Setup options Keyboard ID command to be issued.
programming after CMOS setup about to start.
A0 ...... Keyboard ID command issued. Keyboard ID flag to be reset.
8D ..... Setup options are programmed, mouse check and init to be
done next. A1 ...... Keyboard IFD flag reset. Cache memory test to follow.
8E ...... Mouse check and initialization complete. Going for hard A2 ...... Cache memory test over. Going to display andy soft errors.
disk, floppy reset.
A3 ...... Soft error display complete. Going to set the keyboard
8F ...... Floppy check returns that floppy is to be initialized. Floppy typematic rate.
setup to follow
A4 ...... Keyboard typematic rate set. Going to program memory wait
90 ...... Floppy setup is over. Test for hard disk presence to be states.
done.
A5 ...... Memory wait states programming over. Screen be cleared
91 ...... Hard disk presence test over. Hard disk setup to follow. next.
92 ...... Hard disk setup complete. About to go for BIOS ROM data A6 ...... Screen cleared. Going to enable parity and NMI.
area check.
A7 ...... NMI and parity enabled. Going to do any initialization
93 ...... BIOS ROM data area check halfway. BIOS ROM data area required before giving control to optional ROM at E000.
check to be complete.
A8 ...... Initialization before E000 ROM control over. E000 ROM to
94 ...... BIOS ROM data area check over. Going to set base and get control next.
extended memory size.
A9 ...... Returned from E000 control. Going to do any initialization
95 ...... Memory size adjusted due to mouse support, disk type-47. required after E000 optional ROM control.
Going to verify from display memory.
AA ..... Initialization after E000 optional ROM control is over. Going
96 ...... Returned after verifying form display memory. Going to do to display the system configuration.
any init before C800 optional ROM control.
00 ...... System configuration is displayed. Going to give control to
97 ...... Any init before C800 optional ROM control is over. Optional INT 19h boot loader.
906-2000-501 4-25
TABLE 4-10
FOR CPU PCB PN 200-2290-001
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
01 .................... BOOT BLOCK 46 .................... Reserved
03 .................... Initialize Chips 47 .................... Set Speed for Boot
04 .................... Test Memory Refresh Toggle 48 .................... Reserved 49 Reserved
05 .................... Blank Video, Initialize Keyboard 4A thru 4C ...... Reserved
06 .................... EPROM Checksum 4D ................... Init. PC-Speaker to LINE OUT
07 .................... Test CMOS Interface and Battery Status 4E ................... Manufacturing POST Loop or display
08 .................... Program Chipset default Messages
09 .................... Early Cache Initialization 0A Setup Interrupt 4F ................... Security Check
Vector Table 50 .................... Write CMOS
0B ................... Test CMOS RAM Checksum 51 .................... Pre-Boot Enable
0C ................... Initialize Keyboard 52 .................... Initialize Option (ROM scan)
0D ................... Initialize Video Interface & Chipset 53 .................... Initialize Time Value
0E ................... Test Video Memory 54 .................... Reserved
0F ................... Test DMA Controller 0 55 .................... Reserved
10 .................... Test DMA Controller 1 56 .................... Reserved
11 .................... Test DMA Page Registers 57 thru 5F ....... Reserved
12 &13 ............ Reserved 60 .................... Store boot partion of head and cylinder
14 .................... Test Timer Counter 2 61 .................... Final Init
15 .................... PIC Test 8259-1 mask bits 62 .................... Num Lock ON
16 .................... PIC Test 8259-2 mask bits 63 .................... Boot Attempt
17 .................... Test Struck 8259s Interrupt Bits 64 thru 7F ....... Reserved
18 .................... Test 8259 Interrupt functionality 80 .................... Teknor Segment Move 1
19 .................... Test Struck NMI Bits (Parity/IO check) 81 .................... Teknor Segment Move 2
1A thru 1E ...... Reserved 82 .................... Teknor Segment Move 3
1F ................... Set EISA Mode 83 .................... Check & Program CPLD
20 .................... Enable Slot 0 84 .................... Teknor CRC Check
21 .................... Enable Slot 1 85 thru AF ....... Reserved
22 .................... Enable Slot 2 B0 ................... Spurious
23 .................... Enable Slot 3 B1 ................... Unclaimed NMI
24 .................... Enable Slot 4 B2 thru BD ...... Reserved
25 .................... Enable Slot 5 BE ................... Early Prog Chipset Def.
26 .................... Enable Slot 6 BF ................... Program Chip Set
27 .................... Enable Slot 7 C0 ................... Turn ON/OFF Cache
28 .................... Enable Slot 8 C1 ................... Memory presence
29 .................... Enable Slot 9 C2 ................... Early Memory Initialization
2A ................... Enable Slot 10 C3 ................... Extended Memory Initialization
2B ................... Enable Slot 11 C4 ................... Special Display Switch Handling
2C ................... Enable Slot 12 C5 ................... Early Shadow
2D ................... Enable Slot 13 C6 ................... Cache Programming
2E ................... Enable Slot 14 C7 ................... Reserved
2F ................... Enable Slot 15 C8 ................... Special Speed Switching
30 .................... Size Base & Extended Memory C9 ................... Special Shadow Handling
31 .................... Test Base & Extended Memory CA ................... Very Early Initialization
32 .................... Test EISA Extended Memory CB thru CF ...... Reserved
33 thru #B ....... Reserved D0 ................... Power Management Full speed
3C ................... Setup Enable D1 ................... Power Management Doze mode
3D ................... Initialize & Install PS/2 Mouse D2 ................... Power Management Sleep mode
3E ................... Setup Cache Controller D3 ................... Power Management Suspend mode
3F ................... Reserved D4 thru DF ...... Debug
40 .................... Reserved E0 ................... Reserved
41 .................... Initialize Floppy Drive & Controller E1 thru EE ...... Setup Page
42 .................... Initialize Hard Drive & Controller EF ................... Shadow Error
43 .................... Detect & Initialize Serial/Parallel/Joystick ports F0 thru FE ....... Reserved
44 .................... Reserved FF ................... Boot
45 .................... Detect & Initialize Math Coprocessor
4-26 906-2000-501
SECTION FIVE
SCHEMATICS
CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER (Rev) PAGE #
DIAGRAM, INTERCONNECT, 20K SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-0002-801 (T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
DIAGRAM, INTERCONNECT, 20K SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-0000-801 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1010 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1013-001 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
ASSY, PCB, MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1014-XXX (BB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
schematic 940-2000-001 (L) 5-17
ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1011-501 (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
schematic 940-2000-010 (D) 5-26
ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1545-XXX (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
schematic 940-2000-041 (F) 5-30
ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1028-503 (X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
schematic 940-2000-022 (G) 5-34
ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1577-501 (AA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
schematic 940-2000-044 (E) 5-38
ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1722-501 (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
schematic 940-2000-046 (B) 5-43
ASSY, PCB, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1026-501 (K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
schematic 940-2000-019 (D) 5-48
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1016-XXX (V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
schematic 940-2000-014 (D) 5-50
ASSY, PCB, PHACO CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1017-XXX (AU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
schematic 940-2000-015 (H) 5-52
ASSY, PCB, U/S DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1019-XXX (Y) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
schematic 940-2000-017 (G) 5-62
ASSY, PCB, U/S DRIVER, SOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1546-XXX (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
schematic 940-2000-042 (B) 5-70
ASSY, PCB, CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1018 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
ASSY, PCB, FLUIDICS TRANSDUCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1510-502 (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
schematic 940-2000-038 (B) 5-80
ASSY, PCB, FLUIDICS CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1021-501 (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
schematic 940-2000-003 (D) 5-82
ASSY, PCB, BACKPLANE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1020-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
schematic 940-2000-004 (A) 5-89
ASSY, PCB, ANT VIT DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1030-501 (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
schematic 940-2000-027 (B) 5-92
ASSY, PCB, ANT VIT DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1556-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
schematic 940-2000-043 (A) 5-95
ASSY, PCB, CASSETTE TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1032-501 (G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
schematic 940-2000-031 (A) 5-97
ASSY, PCB, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-3094-501 (V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
schematic 940-2000-021 (D) 5-99
ASSY, PCB, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1034-502 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
schematic 940-2000-035 (B) 5-101
ASSY, PCB, REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1029-502 (AJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
schematic 940-2000-023 (F) 5-104
ASSY, PCB, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1937-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
schematic 940-2000-048 (A) 5-107
ASSY, PCB, NeoSonix Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-2268-501 (R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
schematic 940-2000-052 (G) 5-113
906-2000-501 5-1
5-2 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-3
5-4 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-5
5-6 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-7
5-8 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-9
5-10 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-11
5-12 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-13
5-14 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-15
5-16 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-17
5-18 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-19
5-20 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-21
5-22 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-23
5-24 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-25
5-26 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-27
5-28 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-29
5-30 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-31
5-32 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-33
5-34 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-35
5-36 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-37
5-38 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-39
5-40 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-41
5-42 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-43
5-44 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-45
5-46 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-47
5-48 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-49
5-50 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-51
5-52 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-53
5-54 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-55
5-56 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-57
5-58 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-59
5-60 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-61
5-62 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-63
5-64 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-65
5-66 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-67
5-68 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-69
5-70 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-71
5-72 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-73
5-74 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-75
5-76 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-77
5-78 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-79
5-80 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-81
5-82 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-83
5-84 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-85
5-86 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-87
5-88 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-89
5-90 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-91
5-92 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-93
5-94 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-95
5-96 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-97
5-98 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-99
5-100 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-101
5-102 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-103
5-104 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-105
5-106 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-107
5-108 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-109
5-110 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-111
5-112 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-113
5-114 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-115
5-116 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 5-117
5-118 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
SECTION SIX
DWG PART DESCRIPTION QTY STK REMARKS
ITEM NUMBER PARTS LISTS AND DRAWINGS U/M
CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER (Rev) P/L PAGE # ASSY PAGE #
ASSY, MONLITH, STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-0000-XXX (AG) . . . . . . 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

ASSY, MONLITH, STTL IEC-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-0000-XXX (BL) . . . . . . 6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
MODULE, CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1062-XXX (D) . . . . . . . 6-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
MODULE, CPU -601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1009-501 (H) . . . . . . . 6-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
ASSY, IV POLE W/BALL BRG BSHG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-3087-XXX (M) . . . . . . . 6-10 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
ASSY, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1771-501 (V) . . . . . . . . 6-10 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1061-XXX (H) . . . . . . . 6-11 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
MODULE, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1008-XXX (G) . . . . . . . 6-12 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
SUB-ASSY, LCD DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1321-XXX (J) . . . . . . . 6-12 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-67
SUB-ASSY, LCD DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1007-XXX (B) . . . . . . . 6-12 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
SUB-ASSY, LCD DISPLAY PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1020-XXX (G) . . . . . . . 6-13 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-71
ASSY, DISPLAY W/PIVOT ARM CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-1033-XXX (J) . . . . . . . 6-13, 14 . . . . . . . . 6-73
MODULE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1538-501 (V) . . . . . . . . 6-14 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76
MODULE, ANTERIOR/PNEUMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1076-501 (R) . . . . . . . 6-15 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-78
MODULE, PHACO/CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1053-XXX (Y) . . . . . . . 6-16 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-80
ASSY, REAR PANEL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1167-XXX (H) . . . . . . . 6-17 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-81
ASSY, SUPPORT ARM/TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1083-501 (L) . . . . . . . . 6-17 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-82
ASSY, FAN HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1290-501 (L) . . . . . . . . 6-18 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-83
ASSY, BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1447-501 (X) . . . . . . . . 6-18 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-85
ASSY, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-3500-XXX (AE) . . . . . . 6-18, 20 . . . . . . . . 6-86
ASSY, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202-1311-501 (W) . . . . . . . 6-21 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-90
ASSY, REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-4000-XXX (L) . . . . . . . 6-22 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-96
ASSY, CABLE, PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1574-XXX (D) . . . . . . . 6-23 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-97
ASSY, CABLE, PANEL CONNECTOR (W-105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1105-501 (F) . . . . . . . . 6-23 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-98
ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS (W-110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1110-501 (J) . . . . . . . . 6-24 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99
ASSY, SHIP, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1960-501 (A) . . . . . . . . 6-24 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-100
ASSY, DRIVE MECH., STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1938-XXX (C) . . . . . . . 6-24 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-102
ASSY, CONNECTOR, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1958-XXX (C) . . . . . . . 6-25 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106
ASSY, CABLE, HP CONNECTOR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1828-XXX (F) . . . . . . . 6-25, 26 . . . . . . . . 6-107
ASSY, CABLE, IV POLE DRIVER (W-102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1102-501 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-109

ASSY, CABLE, POWER SUPPLY (W-103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1103-501 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-110
ASSY, CABLE, PARALLEL PORT (W-106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1106-501 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-111
ASSY, CABLE, PHACO POWER (W-107) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1107-501 (J) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-112
ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS SIGNAL/POWER (W-108) . . . . . . . . . 200-1108-501 (J) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-113
ASSY, CABLE, FOOTSWITCH (W111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1111-001 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116
ASSY, CABLE, REMOTE POWER SWITCH (W-112) . . . . . . . . . 200-1112-501 (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-117
ASSY, CABLE, IV POLE SENSOR (W-115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1115-501 (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-118
ASSY, CABLE, CAUTERY (W-116) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1116-XXX (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-119
ASSY, CABLE, SERIAL PORT (W-118) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1118-XXX (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-120
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PNL PWR/SIGNAL (W-125) . . . . . . . . . . 200-1125-501 (J) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-121
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PNL FLEX CIRCUIT (W-126) . . . . . . . . . 200-1126-501 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122
ASSY, CABLE, LCD DISPLAY (W-128) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1128-501 (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-123
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PANEL VIDEO (W-129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1129-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-124
ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY PWR (W-130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1130-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-125
ASSY, CABLE, FRONT PANLE/LCD DISPLAY (W131) . . . . . . . . 200-1131-501 (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126
ASSY, CABLE, ANTERIOR PNEUMATICS (W-133) . . . . . . . . . . 200-1133-XXX (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
ASSY, CABLE, FAN, PHACO/CAUT MDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1933-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-128
ASSY, CABLE, SOLENOID, CABLE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1934-501 (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-129
ASSY, CABLE, PWR SIGNAL, STRBLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-1936-501 (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-130
ASSY, CABLE, FOOTPEDAL (for the footpedal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-3149-001 (F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-131
NOTE: Some drawings may not contain all pages of the original document. These pages were not included because
they contain information that is not useful to the Field Engineer.
906-2000-501 6-1
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, MONOLITH, STTL

200-0000-501
001 . . . . . 200-1538-501 . . . ASSY, MODULE, FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1545-501 . . . ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1014-502 . . . ASSY, PCB, MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 276-230 . . . . . . . . CPU ASSY, 486, 25 MHZ FOR S20K . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1053-503 . . . ASSY, MODULE, W/PEM FSTNR BRKT . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1061-502 . . . ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1062-501 . . . ASSY, MODULE, CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-1076-501 . . . ASSY, MODULE, ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1083-501 . . . ASSY, TRAY, ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 200-1102-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, IV POLE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-102
012 . . . . . 200-1103-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-103
013 . . . . . 200-1104-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-104
014 . . . . . 200-1828-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, HP CONNECTOR PANEL . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-105
016 . . . . . 200-1107-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, PHACO POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-107
017 . . . . . 200-1108-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS SIGNAL/PWR . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-108
019 . . . . . 200-1111-001 . . . CABLE ASSY, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-111
020 . . . . . 200-1112-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, REMOTE POWER SWITCH . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-112
025 . . . . . 200-1125-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, PWR SIGNAL FR PANEL . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-125
026 . . . . . 200-1129-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, VIDEO FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-129
028 . . . . . 200-1132-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-132
029 . . . . . 200-1290-501 . . . ASSY, HOUSING, FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 100-0079-501 . . . ASSY, WIRE, GND MOTOR 6.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
032 . . . . . 200-3087-502 . . . ASSY, IV POLE, W/BALL BRG BSHG . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 197
033 . . . . . 200-1488-001 . . . FILTER ASSY, STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
040 . . . . . 200-1052-001 . . . POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
041 . . . . . 200-1064-001 . . . BRACKET, CARD CAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
042 . . . . . 200-1069-001 . . . FRAME, MONOLITH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
043 . . . . . 200-1070-001 . . . ENCLOSURE, DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
044 . . . . . 200-1087-001 . . . PIN, ARM SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
045 . . . . . 200-1088-001 . . . BLOCK, SUPPORT ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
046 . . . . . 200-1090-001 . . . SPACER, RND, .76X1.13X.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
047 . . . . . 200-1100-001 . . . BUTTON, REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
048 . . . . . 200-1461-001 . . . BRACKET, PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
050 . . . . . 200-1468-001 . . . PLATE, NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
051 . . . . . 200-1469-001 . . . BRACKET, PIVOT, ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
052 . . . . . 200-1467-001 . . . BASE, ARM, ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
053 . . . . . 200-1157-001 . . . TRAY, DRIP ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
054 . . . . . 200-1557-001 . . . BRACKET, CORD, WRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
055 . . . . . 200-1161-001 . . . BRACKET, SUPPORT, FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
056 . . . . . 200-1162-001 . . . BRACKET, REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
057 . . . . . 200-1167-502 . . . ASSY, PANEL, REAR CONNECTOR DOM . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
058 . . . . . 200-1165-001 . . . PANEL, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
060 . . . . . 200-1186-001 . . . CLIP, SPRING, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
061 . . . . . 200-1187-001 . . . BRACKET, LATCH, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
062 . . . . . 200-1203-001 . . . PANEL, SIDE, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
063 . . . . . 200-1204-001 . . . PANEL, SIDE, LEFT 0.923 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
064 . . . . . 200-1205-001 . . . COVER, BACK, TOP CURVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
065 . . . . . 200-1206-001 . . . LID, TOP, FRONT LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
066 . . . . . 200-1209-001 . . . ARM, TOP, PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
067 . . . . . 200-1210-001 . . . ARM, PLASTIC, BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
069 . . . . . 200-1427-001 . . . CURVE, TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
070 . . . . . 200-1213-001 . . . DRAWER, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
071 . . . . . 200-1214-001 . . . DRAWER, TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
072 . . . . . 200-1432-001 . . . SHROUD, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
073 . . . . . 200-1216-001 . . . PANEL, FRONT, CURVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
078 . . . . . 200-1225-001 . . . HANDLE, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
079 . . . . . 200-1228-001 . . . HANDLE, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
080 . . . . . 200-1466-001 . . . WASHER, MAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
081 . . . . . 200-1426-001 . . . PANEL, BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-2 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M

200-0000-501 (continued)
084 . . . . . 200-1447-501 . . . ASSY, BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
085 . . . . . 200-1434-001 . . . CAP, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
086 . . . . . 200-1452-001 . . . LABEL, CHART, SERVICE HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
100 . . . . . 040-333 . . . . . . . . TUBING, SILICONE, .187X.375 NCLR . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 . . . . FT
101 . . . . . 144-006 . . . . . . . . SPEAKER, 3.5 POLY DUAL CONE, 20W . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
106 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET, .160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . FT
107 . . . . . 684-012 . . . . . . . . SLIDE, .50X1.80X9.84, CRS DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
113 . . . . . 775-011 . . . . . . . . GASKET, SEAL, .75X1X.12 CUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
115 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . . WASHER, FLAT, M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
116 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . . WASHER, FLAT, M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.0 . . . EA
117 . . . . . 801-005 . . . . . . . . WASHER, FLAT, M5 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 . . . EA
121 . . . . . 805-137 . . . . . . . . SETSCREW, SKT HD, FLT M3X30 SST . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
124 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . . SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M4X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.0 . . . EA
125 . . . . . 807-014 . . . . . . . . SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M4X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
126 . . . . . 807-015 . . . . . . . . SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M4X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.0 . . . EA
133 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . . SCREW, BTN HD SKT, M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.0 . . . EA
134 . . . . . 809-008 . . . . . . . . SCREW, BTN HD SKT, M4X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
135 . . . . . 811-003 . . . . . . . . SCREW, FLAT HD SKT, M3X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
136 . . . . . 811-010 . . . . . . . . SCREW, FLAT HD SKT, M4X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 14.0 . . . EA
138 . . . . . 811-018 . . . . . . . . SCREW, FLAT HD SKT, M5X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
139 . . . . . 813-002 . . . . . . . . NUT, HEX, M4X0.7 W/LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
140 . . . . . 815-003 . . . . . . . . WASHER, SPRING, .50X.25X.038 SST . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
142 . . . . . 662-008 . . . . . . . . GROMMET, CATERPILLAR, .056-.085 . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . FT
143 . . . . . 593-067 . . . . . . . . TAPE, SEAL, EMI .25X.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
147 . . . . . 027-019 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE, BLACK, HT STABILIZED . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
148 . . . . . 063-013 . . . . . . . . JACK, BANANA, UNINSULATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
149 . . . . . 797-087 . . . . . . . . WASHER, INT LOCK.26X.48X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
153 . . . . . 200-1843-001 . . . BOLT, HEX HEAD, M12X1.75X45 SST . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
154 . . . . . 797-043 . . . . . . . . WASHER, BELLEVILLE, .5X1X.06 SST . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
155 . . . . . 803-030 . . . . . . . . NUT, HEX, TORQUE M12X1.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
158 . . . . . 200-1192-001 . . . CAP, PANEL, DISPLAY TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
159 . . . . . 200-1193-001 . . . CAP, PANEL, DISPLAY BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
160 . . . . . 200-1194-001 . . . BEZEL, BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
161 . . . . . 200-1264-001 . . . CAP, END, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
162 . . . . . 027-025 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE, FLAT, 2.19X.04 ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
163 . . . . . 200-1347-001 . . . BRACKET, CABLE RETAIN, FLAT+RND . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
165 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE, .625X3.50L, NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
168 . . . . . 200-1297-001 . . . LABELS, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
169 . . . . . 200-1450-001 . . . CORD, POWER, AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
170 . . . . . 026-030 . . . . . . . . CLAMP, CABLE, .312 DIA NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
172 . . . . . 203-1012-001 . . . LABEL, FOOTPEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
173 . . . . . 200-1381-001 . . . LABEL, NAMEPLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
174 . . . . . 809-002 . . . . . . . . SCREW, BTN HD SKT, M3X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
175 . . . . . 813-003 . . . . . . . . NUT, HEX, M5X0.8 W/LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
176 . . . . . 026-111 . . . . . . . . CLAMP, CABLE, FLT.020 TO .080THK . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
177 . . . . . 200-1386-001 . . . LABEL, EQUIPOTENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
178 . . . . . 200-1388-001 . . . LABEL, I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
179 . . . . . 200-1385-001 . . . LABEL, ID, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
183 . . . . . 200-1387-001 . . . LABEL, SYSTEM GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
184 . . . . . 200-1418-001 . . . TAPE, FOAM, BARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
185 . . . . . 200-1431-001 . . . CLIP, SHROUD, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
186 . . . . . 807-153 . . . . . . . . SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M3X4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-3
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
200-0000-501 (continued)
187 . . . . . 200-1448-001 . . . GASKET, CAP, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
188 . . . . . 604-012 . . . . . . . . BEARING, THRUST, .56X1X.08 WSHR . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
189 . . . . . 490-1521 . . . . . . . LABEL, SERVICE, HISTORY CHART . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 86
190 . . . . . 797-063 . . . . . . . . WASHER, EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
191 . . . . . 200-1134-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, W134 SYS GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
192 . . . . . 200-1050-504 . . . ASSY, FLOPPY, 3.5 PROGRAM 1.40 . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . INSTALL IN FLOPPY DRIVE
SOFTWARE VERS 1.40
193 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . . ADHESIVE, SUPERBONDER, 454 CLEAR . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
194 . . . . . 200-1264-002 . . . CAP, END, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
196 . . . . . 200-1011-501 . . . ASSY, PCB, VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 2
197 . . . . . 200-1771-501 . . . ASSY, IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
198 . . . . . 200-1738-001 . . . HANDLE, FRONT, DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 78
199 . . . . . 200-1739-001 . . . HANDLE, REAR, DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 79
200 . . . . . 200-1105-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, CONNECTOR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 14
201 . . . . . 144-012 . . . . . . . . SPEAKER, 3.5 POLY DUAL CONE, 25W . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 101
ASSY, MONOLITH, STTL IEC-601

203-0000-501
001 . . . . . 200-1538-501 . . . ASSY,MODULE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1545-502 . . . ASSY,PCB,VIDEO LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1014-506 . . . ASSY,PCB,MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1845-001 . . . PCB,CPU,486 STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1592-001 . . . PCB,CPU,486,25MHZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
005 . . . . . 200-1053-506 . . . ASSY,MODULE,W/PEM FSTNR BRKT . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 203-1033-501 . . . ASSY,DISPLAY,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 203-1009-501 . . . ASSY,MODULE,CPU -601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-1076-501 . . . ASSY,MODULE,ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1083-501 . . . ASSY,SUPPORT,TRAY/ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 200-1102-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,IV POLE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-102
012 . . . . . 200-1103-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-103
013 . . . . . 200-1104-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-104
014 . . . . . 200-1828-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,HP CONN PANEL STTL . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-574
........ 200-1574-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
016 . . . . . 200-1107-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,PHACO POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 200-1108-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,FLUIDICS SIGNAL/PWR . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 200-1111-001 . . . CABLE ASSY,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-111
020 . . . . . 200-1112-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,REMOTE POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-112
021 . . . . . 200-1582-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 200-1582-502 . . . ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
025 . . . . . 200-1125-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,PWR SIGNAL FR PANEL . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-125
026 . . . . . 200-1136-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-136
028 . . . . . 200-1132-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-132
029 . . . . . 200-1290-501 . . . ASSY,HOUSING,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 100-0079-501 . . . ASSY,WIRE,GND MOTOR 6.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 200-1488-001 . . . FILTER ASSY,STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
040 . . . . . 200-1052-001 . . . POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
042 . . . . . 200-1069-001 . . . FRAME,MONOLITH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
043 . . . . . 200-1070-001 . . . ENCLOSURE,DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
044 . . . . . 200-1087-001 . . . PIN,ARM SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
045 . . . . . 200-1088-001 . . . BLOCK,SUPPORT ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
046 . . . . . 200-1090-001 . . . SPACER,RND,.76X1.13X.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
047 . . . . . 200-1100-001 . . . BUTTON,REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
048 . . . . . 200-1571-001 . . . COVER,CARD CAGE,EMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
052 . . . . . 200-1467-001 . . . BASE,ARM,ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
053 . . . . . 200-1157-001 . . . TRAY,DRIP ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
054 . . . . . 200-1557-001 . . . BRACKET,CORD,WRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
055 . . . . . 200-1161-001 . . . BRACKET,SUPPORT,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-4 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M

203-0000-501 (continued)
056 . . . . . 200-1162-001 . . . BRACKET,REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
057 . . . . . 203-1011-501 . . . ASSY,PANEL,REAR CONNECTOR DOM . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
058 . . . . . 200-1165-001 . . . PANEL,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
060 . . . . . 200-1186-001 . . . CLIP,SPRING,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
061 . . . . . 200-1187-001 . . . BRACKET,LATCH,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
062 . . . . . 200-1203-001 . . . PANEL,SIDE,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
063 . . . . . 200-1204-004 . . . PANEL,LEFT SIDE,0.601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1204-002 . . . PANEL,SIDE,LEFT 0.601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
064 . . . . . 200-1205-001 . . . COVER,BACK,TOP CURVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
065 . . . . . 200-1206-001 . . . LID,TOP,FRONT LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
066 . . . . . 200-1209-001 . . . ARM,TOP,PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
069 . . . . . 200-1427-001 . . . CURVE,TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
070 . . . . . 200-1213-001 . . . DRAWER,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
071 . . . . . 200-1214-001 . . . DRAWER,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
072 . . . . . 200-1432-001 . . . SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
073 . . . . . 200-1216-001 . . . PANEL,FRONT,CURVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
078 . . . . . 200-1738-001 . . . HANDLE,FRONT,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1225-001 . . . HANDLE,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
079 . . . . . 200-1739-001 . . . HANDLE,REAR,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1228-001 . . . HANDLE,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
080 . . . . . 200-1689-001 . . . WASHER,MAIN,MOLDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1466-001 . . . WASHER,MAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
081 . . . . . 200-1426-001 . . . PANEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
084 . . . . . 200-1447-501 . . . ASSY,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
085 . . . . . 200-1688-001 . . . CAP,MOLDED,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1434-001 . . . CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
........ 775-011 . . . . . . . . GASKET,SEAL,.75X1X.12 CUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
........ 200-1448-001 . . . GASKET,CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
086 . . . . . 200-1452-001 . . . LABEL,CHART,SERVICE HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 490-1521 . . . . . . . LABEL,SERVICE,HISTORY CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
087 . . . . . 150-029 . . . . . . . . FERRITE,BEAD,W/CASE 70 OHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
100 . . . . . 040-333 . . . . . . . . TUBING,SILICONE,.187X.375 NCLR . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . FT
106 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . FT
107 . . . . . 684-012 . . . . . . . . SLIDE,.50X1.80X9.84,CRS DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
115 . . . . . 801-003 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
116 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.0 . . . EA
121 . . . . . 805-137 . . . . . . . . SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M3X30 SST . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
124 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.0 . . . EA
125 . . . . . 807-014 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.0 . . . EA
127 . . . . . 807-002 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 . . . . EA
129 . . . . . 807-020 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X35 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.0 . . . . EA
133 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0 . . . EA
134 . . . . . 809-008 . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 . . . . EA
135 . . . . . 811-003 . . . . . . . . SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M3X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
139 . . . . . 813-002 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 W/LOCK WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
140 . . . . . 815-003 . . . . . . . . WASHER,SPRING,.50X.25X.038 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
142 . . . . . 662-008 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,CATERPILLAR,.056-.085 . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . FT
143 . . . . . 593-067 . . . . . . . . TAPE,SEAL,EMI .25X.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
147 . . . . . 027-019 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,BLACK,HT STABILIZED . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
148 . . . . . 063-013 . . . . . . . . JACK,BANANA,UNINSULATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
149 . . . . . 797-087 . . . . . . . . WASHER,INT LOCK.26X.48X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
153 . . . . . 200-1843-001 . . . BOLT,HEX HEAD,M12X1.75X45 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
154 . . . . . 797-043 . . . . . . . . WASHER,BELLEVILLE,.5X1X.06 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-5
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M

203-0000-501 (continued)
155 . . . . . 803-030 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,TORQUE M12X1.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
158 . . . . . 200-1192-001 . . . CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
159 . . . . . 200-1193-001 . . . CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
160 . . . . . 200-1194-001 . . . BEZEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
161 . . . . . 200-1264-001 . . . CAP,END,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
162 . . . . . 027-025 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,FLAT,2.19X.04 ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
164 . . . . . 203-1004-001 . . . BRACKET,CABLE RETAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
165 . . . . . 027-003 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,.625X3.50L,NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
166 . . . . . 027-029 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,BEADED,10.84 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
168 . . . . . 200-2003-001 . . . SET,LABEL,SIDE PANEL STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-1297-001 . . . LABELS,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
169 . . . . . 200-1450-001 . . . CORD,POWER,AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
170 . . . . . 026-030 . . . . . . . . CLAMP,CABLE,.312 DIA NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
172 . . . . . 203-1012-001 . . . LABEL,FOOTPEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 203-1012-002 . . . LABEL,FOOT PEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
173 . . . . . 203-1035-001 . . . LABEL,NAMEPLATE,LEGACY CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 203-1035-002 . . . LABEL,NAMEPLATE,LEGACY CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
176 . . . . . 026-111 . . . . . . . . CLAMP,CABLE,FLT.020 TO .080THK . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
177 . . . . . 200-1386-001 . . . LABEL,EQUIPOTENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-1386-002 . . . LABEL,EQUIPOTENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
178 . . . . . 200-1388-001 . . . LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-1388-002 . . . LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
179 . . . . . 203-1016-001 . . . LABEL,ID,CONN LEGACY -601 20W . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 203-1016-003 . . . LABEL,ID,CONN IDENT LEGACY 601 . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
184 . . . . . 200-1418-001 . . . TAPE,FOAM,BARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
185 . . . . . 200-1431-001 . . . CLIP,SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
188 . . . . . 604-012 . . . . . . . . BEARING,THRUST,.56X1X.08 WSHR . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
190 . . . . . 797-063 . . . . . . . . WASHER,EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . . 14.0 . . . EA
192 . . . . . 203-1010-510 . . . ASSY,FLOPPY,3.5 PRG SYS V3.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . INSTALL IN FLOPPY DRIVE
193 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . . ADHESIVE,SUPERBONDER,454 CLEAR . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
200 . . . . . 027-009 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,3.00X11.00L,NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
201 . . . . . 200-1771-501 . . . ASSY,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-3087-502 . . . ASSY,IV POLE,W/BALL BRG BSHG . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
206 . . . . . 144-013 . . . . . . . . SPEAKER,3.5 POLY DUAL CONE,100 . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 144-012 . . . . . . . . SPEAKER,3.5 POLY DUAL CONE,25W . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
207 . . . . . 800-204 . . . . . . . . WASHER,INT LOCK,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
209 . . . . . 892-042 . . . . . . . . ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,242 BLUE . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . ML
210 . . . . . 203-1040-SSC . . . KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
211 . . . . . 203-1043-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-B,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
212 . . . . . 203-1044-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-W,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
213 . . . . . 203-1045-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-V,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
214 . . . . . 203-1046-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-H,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
215 . . . . . 203-1048-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-P1,PLASTIC LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
216 . . . . . 203-1049-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-PP,PLASTIC LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
217 . . . . . 203-1054-SSC . . . KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
218 . . . . . 203-1055-SSC . . . KIT,SSC,PLASTIC 2 LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
TOTAL COMPONENTS: . . . . 132
6-6 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, MONOLITH, STTL ADVANTEC

203-0000-502
001 . . . . . 200-1538-501 ... ASSY,MODULE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1545-502 ... ASSY,PCB,VIDEO LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1014-507 ... ASSY,PCB,MULTIFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-2290-001 ... PCB,CPU,PENTIUM LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1053-507 ... ASSY,MODULE,NEOSONIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 203-1033-502 ... ASSY,DISPLAY,LEGACY ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 203-1009-501 ... ASSY,MODULE,CPU -601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-1076-501 ... ASSY,MODULE,ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1083-501 ... ASSY,SUPPORT,TRAY/ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 200-1102-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,IV POLE DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-102
012 . . . . . 200-1103-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-103
013 . . . . . 200-1104-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-104
014 . . . . . 200-1828-502 ... ASSY,CABLE,HP CONN ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-574
016 . . . . . 200-1107-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,PHACO POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 200-1108-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,FLUIDICS SIGNAL/PWR . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 200-1111-001 ... CABLE ASSY,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-111
020 . . . . . 200-1112-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,REMOTE POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-112
021 . . . . . 200-1582-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 7.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 200-1582-502 ... ASSY,CABLE,GROUND CT 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
025 . . . . . 200-1125-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,PWR SIGNAL FR PANEL . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-125
026 . . . . . 200-1136-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-136
028 . . . . . 200-1132-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . W-132
029 . . . . . 200-1290-501 ... ASSY,HOUSING,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 100-0079-501 ... ASSY,WIRE,GND MOTOR 6.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 200-1488-001 ... FILTER ASSY,STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
040 . . . . . 200-1052-001 ... POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
042 . . . . . 200-1069-001 ... FRAME,MONOLITH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
043 . . . . . 200-1070-001 ... ENCLOSURE,DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
044 . . . . . 200-1087-001 ... PIN,ARM SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
045 . . . . . 200-1088-001 ... BLOCK,SUPPORT ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
046 . . . . . 200-1090-001 ... SPACER,RND,.76X1.13X.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
047 . . . . . 200-1100-001 ... BUTTON,REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
048 . . . . . 200-1571-001 ... COVER,CARD CAGE,EMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
052 . . . . . 200-1467-001 ... BASE,ARM,ALUMINUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
053 . . . . . 200-1157-001 ... TRAY,DRIP ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
054 . . . . . 200-1557-001 ... BRACKET,CORD,WRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
055 . . . . . 200-1161-001 ... BRACKET,SUPPORT,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
056 . . . . . 200-1162-001 ... BRACKET,REAR PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
057 . . . . . 203-1011-501 ... ASSY,PANEL,REAR CONNECTOR DOM . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
058 . . . . . 200-1165-001 ... PANEL,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
060 . . . . . 200-1186-001 ... CLIP,SPRING,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
061 . . . . . 200-1187-001 ... BRACKET,LATCH,FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
062 . . . . . 200-1203-001 ... PANEL,SIDE,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
063 . . . . . 200-1204-004 ... PANEL,LEFT SIDE,0.601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
064 . . . . . 200-1205-001 ... COVER,BACK,TOP CURVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
065 . . . . . 200-1206-001 ... LID,TOP,FRONT LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
066 . . . . . 200-1209-001 ... ARM,TOP,PLASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
069 . . . . . 200-1427-001 ... CURVE,TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
070 . . . . . 200-1213-001 ... DRAWER,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
071 . . . . . 200-1214-001 ... DRAWER,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
072 . . . . . 200-1432-001 ... SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
073 . . . . . 200-1216-001 ... PANEL,FRONT,CURVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
078 . . . . . 200-1738-001 ... HANDLE,FRONT,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1225-001 ... HANDLE,FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
079 . . . . . 200-1739-001 ... HANDLE,REAR,DIE-CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1228-001 ... HANDLE,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
080 . . . . . 200-1689-001 ... WASHER,MAIN,MOLDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1466-001 ... WASHER,MAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
081 . . . . . 200-1426-001 ... PANEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-7
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M

203-0000-502 (continued)
084 . . . . . 200-1447-501 . . . ASSY,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
085 . . . . . 200-1688-001 . . . CAP,MOLDED,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1434-001 . . . CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
........ 775-011 . . . . . . . . GASKET,SEAL,.75X1X.12 CUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
........ 200-1448-001 . . . GASKET,CAP,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
086 . . . . . 200-1452-001 . . . LABEL,CHART,SERVICE HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 490-1521 . . . . . . . LABEL,SERVICE,HISTORY CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
087 . . . . . 150-029 . . . . . . . . FERRITE,BEAD,W/CASE 70 OHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
100 . . . . . 040-333 . . . . . . . . TUBING,SILICONE,.187X.375 NCLR . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . FT
106 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . FT
107 . . . . . 684-012 . . . . . . . . SLIDE,.50X1.80X9.84,CRS DRAWER . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
116 . . . . . 801-004 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.0 . . . EA
133 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0 . . . EA
142 . . . . . 662-008 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,CATERPILLAR,.056-.085 . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . FT
143 . . . . . 593-067 . . . . . . . . TAPE,SEAL,EMI .25X.50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
147 . . . . . 027-019 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,BLACK,HT STABILIZED . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
148 . . . . . 063-013 . . . . . . . . JACK,BANANA,UNINSULATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
153 . . . . . 200-1843-001 . . . BOLT,HEX HEAD,M12X1.75X45 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
154 . . . . . 797-043 . . . . . . . . WASHER,BELLEVILLE,.5X1X.06 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
155 . . . . . 803-030 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,TORQUE M12X1.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
158 . . . . . 200-1192-001 . . . CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
159 . . . . . 200-1193-001 . . . CAP,PANEL,DISPLAY BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
160 . . . . . 200-1194-001 . . . BEZEL,BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
161 . . . . . 200-1264-001 . . . CAP,END,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
162 . . . . . 027-025 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,FLAT,2.19X.04 ADH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
164 . . . . . 203-1004-001 . . . BRACKET,CABLE RETAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
166 . . . . . 027-029 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,BEADED,10.84 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
168 . . . . . 200-2003-001 . . . SET,LABEL,SIDE PANEL STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
169 . . . . . 200-1450-001 . . . CORD,POWER,AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
172 . . . . . 203-1012-001 . . . LABEL,FOOTPEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 203-1012-002 . . . LABEL,FOOT PEDAL/FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
173 . . . . . 203-1035-001 . . . LABEL,NAMEPLATE,LEGACY CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 203-1035-002 . . . LABEL,NAMEPLATE,LEGACY CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
176 . . . . . 026-111 . . . . . . . . CLAMP,CABLE,FLT.020 TO .080THK . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
177 . . . . . 200-1386-001 . . . LABEL,EQUIPOTENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1386-002 . . . LABEL,EQUIPOTENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
6-8 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M

203-0000-502 (continued)
178 . . . . . 200-1388-001 . . . LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-1388-002 . . . LABEL,I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
179 . . . . . 203-1016-001 . . . LABEL,ID,CONN LEGACY -601 20W . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 203-1016-003 . . . LABEL,ID,CONN IDENT LEGACY 601 . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
184 . . . . . 200-1418-001 . . . TAPE,FOAM,BARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
185 . . . . . 200-1431-001 . . . CLIP,SHROUD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 186 807-153 . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
188 . . . . . 604-012 . . . . . . . . BEARING,THRUST,.56X1X.08 WSHR . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
190 . . . . . 797-063 . . . . . . . . WASHER,EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . . 14.0 . . . EA
192 . . . . . 203-1010-511 . . . ASSY,FLOPPY,3.5 PRG SYS V3.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . INSTALL IN FLOPPY DRIVE
200 . . . . . 027-009 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,3.00X11.00L,NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
201 . . . . . 200-1771-501 . . . ASSY,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
206 . . . . . 144-013 . . . . . . . . SPEAKER,3.5 POLY DUAL CONE,100 . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
207 . . . . . 800-204 . . . . . . . . WASHER,INT LOCK,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
210 . . . . . 203-1040-SSC . . . KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
211 . . . . . 203-1043-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-B,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
212 . . . . . 203-1044-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-W,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
213 . . . . . 203-1045-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-V,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
214 . . . . . 203-1053-SSC . . . ASSY,SSC-H,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
215 . . . . . 203-1048-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-P1,PLASTIC LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
216 . . . . . 203-1051-SSC . . . KIT,SSC-PP,PLASTIC ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
217 . . . . . 203-1054-SSC . . . KIT,SSC,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
218 . . . . . 203-1055-SSC . . . KIT,SSC,PLASTIC 2 LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, MODULE, CPU

200-1062-501
001 . . . . . 200-1010 . . . . . . . PCB, BACKPLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1063-001 . . . CARD CAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 272-014 . . . . . . . . PCB HDW, CARD GUIDE, .06X2.5 NYL . . . . . . . . . 5.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET, .160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6000 . FT
017 . . . . . 892-271 . . . . . . . . ADHESIVE, SUPERBONDER, 454 CLEAR . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
ASSY, MODULE, CPU 601

203-1009-501
001 203-1013-001 . . . . . . . . . PCB,SYSTEM,BACKPLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 200-1566-001 . . . . . . . . . CARD CAGE,EMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
013 662-005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5000 . FT
015 801-003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 . . . . EA
016 807-003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 . . . . EA
017 892-271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADHESIVE,SUPERBONDER,454 CLEAR . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
018 058-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR,BRACKET,BLANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
019 807-002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M3X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
020 200-1849-001 . . . . . . . . . SPACER,PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
021 200-1864-001 . . . . . . . . . BRACKET,END,BLANK PCB MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 18
906-2000-501 6-9
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, IV POLE, W/BALL BRG BSHG

200-3087-502
001 . . . . . 200-3127-001 . . . SCREW,LEAD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-3088-001 . . . SLEEVE,LEADSCREW,END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-3091-001 . . . PLATE,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-3080-001 . . . GUIDE,FLANGE,BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1435-001 . . . GUIDE,FLANGE,TOP IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-3078-001 . . . CARRIER,NUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1433-001 . . . POLE,IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 720-030 . . . . . . . . SHAFT,CLASS L,.375X34.460 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1277-001 . . . TARGET,SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-1115-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,I/V POLE SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 200-3126-001 . . . BRACKET,PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-3094-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 200-3089-001 . . . HANGER,BOTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 811-009 . . . . . . . . SCREW,FLAT HD SKT,M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 810-001 . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 773-034 . . . . . . . . RING,RETAINING,.303 SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
023 . . . . . 805-038 . . . . . . . . SETSCREW,SKT HD,FLT M4X3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
026 . . . . . 200-1346-001 . . . MOTOR,W/BRAKE,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
027 . . . . . 200-1338-001 . . . PLATE,MOUNTING,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 716-024 . . . . . . . . PULLEY,TIMING,12 GROOVE .744OD . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
029 . . . . . 701-019 . . . . . . . . BELT,TIMING,.20 PITCH X9 CRCMF . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
030 . . . . . 800-003 . . . . . . . . WASHER,SPLITLOCK,M3 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 716-023 . . . . . . . . PULLEY,TIMING,36GROOVE 2.272OD . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
032 . . . . . 200-1436-001 . . . BEARING,MODIFIED,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 200-1437-001 . . . FOAM,DAMPING,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
034 . . . . . 593-069 . . . . . . . . TAPE,VINYL,PRES-BOND .60 WIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10 . . . FT . . . . (13 INCHES)
035 . . . . . 720-032 . . . . . . . . SHAFT,.38X34.460,SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 8
036 . . . . . 891-021 . . . . . . . . LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
037 . . . . . 200-1853-001 . . . MOTOR,W/BRAKE,I/V POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 026
ASSY, IV POLE
200-1771-501
001 . . . . . 200-3127-001 . . . SCREW,LEAD,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-3088-001 . . . SLEEVE,LEADSCREW,END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1745-001 . . . PLATE,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1744-001 . . . GUIDE,FLANGE,BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1743-001 . . . GUIDE,FLANGE,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 202-1726-001 . . . GUIDE,NUT CARRIER,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1433-001 . . . POLE,IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 891-023 . . . . . . . . LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBN GEL,855D . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . OZ
009 . . . . . 202-1670-001 . . . TARGET,SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-1115-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,I/V POLE SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 200-3126-001 . . . BRACKET,PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-3094-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 200-3089-001 . . . HANGER,BOTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-10 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
019 . . . . . 810-001 . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M3X6 BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
026 . . . . . 202-1754-001 . . . MOTOR,W/BRAKE,IV POLE ACCURUS . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-1346-001 . . . MOTOR,W/BRAKE,IV POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
. . . . . . . . 200-1853-001 . . . MOTOR,W/BRAKE,I/V POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
027 . . . . . 200-1746-001 . . . PLATE,MOUNTING,I/V POLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 716-024 . . . . . . . . PULLEY,TIMING,12 GROOVE .744OD . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
029 . . . . . 701-019 . . . . . . . . BELT,TIMING,.20 PITCH X9 CRCMF . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 716-023 . . . . . . . . PULLEY,TIMING,36GROOVE 2.272OD . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 026-091 . . . . . . . . CABLE,MOUNT,.75X.75 ABS WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 . . . . EA
034 . . . . . 593-069 . . . . . . . . TAPE,VINYL,PRES-BOND .60 WIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT
035 . . . . . 891-021 . . . . . . . . LUBRICANT,FLUOROCARBON GEL . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
036 . . . . . 202-1760-001 . . . PLATE,SLIDE CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
037 . . . . . 691-250 . . . . . . . . SPRING,CPRSN,.31X.120 OD SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL

200-1061-502
001 . . . . . 200-1143-001 . . . BEZEL, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . . KEYPAD, ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . . TOUCH SCREEN, SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . . LAYER, ILLUM, LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1321-502 . . . ASSY, SUB, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . . BRACKET, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 200-1197-001 . . . BRACKET, TILT, HINGE LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
018 . . . . . 200-1195-001 . . . BRACKET, TILT, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . . SCREW, SHLDR, SKT.25-20X1.50 SST . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . . NUT, HEX, LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
023 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . . BEARING, THRUST, .31X.75X.08 THK . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
024 . . . . . 815-001 . . . . . . . . WASHER, SPRING, .50X.25X.025 SST . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
025 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . . SPACER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
026 . . . . . 691-196 . . . . . . . . SPRING, .76X4.0X.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
027 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . . WASHER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . . WASHER, THRUST, .62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
029 . . . . . 691-197 . . . . . . . . SPRING, .76X4.0X.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
030 . . . . . 200-1195-002 . . . BRACKET, TILT, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 200-1197-002 . . . BRACKET, TILT, HINGE RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
032 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . . BRACKET, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET, .160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 . . . FT
906-2000-501 6-11
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, MODULE, FRONT PANEL -601

203-1008-501, -502
001 . . . . . 200-1143-001 . . . BEZEL, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . . KEYPAD, ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . . TOUCH SCREEN, SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . . LAYER, ILLUM, LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 203-1007-501 . . . ASSY, FANEL, FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . for -501
. . . . . . . . 203-1020-501 . . . ASSY, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL -601 . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . for -502
006 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
O11 . . . . 807-017 . . . . . . . . SCREW, CAP ND SKT, M4X2O SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 807-012 . . . . . . . . SCREW, CAP ND SKT, M4X6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . . SCREW, BTN HD SKT, N4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . . BRACKET, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 200-1197-001 . . . BRACKET, TILT, HINGE LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
018 . . . . . 200-1195-001 . . . BRACKET, TILT, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 807-159 . . . . . . . . SCREW, CAP HD SKT, M3X1O SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . . SCREW, SHLDR, SKT.25-2OX1.50 SST . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . . NUT, HEX, LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
023 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . . BEARING, THRUST, .31X.75X.08 TNK . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
024 . . . . . 815-001 . . . . . . . . WASHER, SPRING, .SOX.25X.025 337 . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
025 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . . SPACER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
026 . . . . . 691-196 . . . . . . . . SPRING, .76X4.OX.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
027 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . . WASHER, PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . . WASHER, THRUST, .62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
029 . . . . . 691-197 . . . . . . . . SPRING, .76X4.OX.06, TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
030 . . . . . 200-1195-002 . . . BRACKET, TILT, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 200-1197-002 . . . BRACKET, TILT, HINGE RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
032 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . . BRACKET, RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET, .160X.15OX.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/R . . . FT
035 . . . . . 798-324 . . . . . . . . WASHER, FLAT, .125X.25OX.O15 TFL . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
TOTAL COMPONENTS: . . . . . . 28
ASSY, SUB, FRONT PANEL
200-1321-502
001 . . . . . 200-1403-001 . . . SUPPORT, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 088-031 . . . . . . . . DISPLAY, LCD, 10.4 DIAGONAL RGB . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1026-501 . . . ASSY, PCB, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1341-001 . . . STANDOFF, MODIFIED, FR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1028-503 . . . ASSY, PCB, CONTROLLER FRONT PNL . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1126-501 . . . ASSY, FLEX CIRCUIT, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-1128-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 593-053 . . . . . . . . TAPE, POLYIMIDE, .25W 2.8 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 . . . FT . . . . 2.5"
ASSY, PANEL, FRONT
203-1007-501
001 . . . . . 200-1585-001 . . . SUPPORT, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 088-031 . . . . . . . . DISPLAY, LCD, 10.4 DIAGONAL RGB . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1026-501 . . . ASSY, PCB, DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1341-001 . . . STANDOFF, MODIFIED, FR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1577-501 . . . ASSY, PCB, FRONT PANEL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1126-501 . . . ASSY, FLEX CIRCUIT, FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-1128-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 593-053 . . . . . . . . TAPE, POLYIMIDE, .25W 2.8 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 . . . FT . . . . 2.5"
012 . . . . . 797-063 . . . . . . . . WASHER, EXT LOCK.17X.38X.02 SST . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
6-12 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, DISPLAY, FRONT PANEL 601

203-1020-501
001 . . . . . 200-1893-001 . . . PLATE,SUPPORT,LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1836-001 . . . LCD,COLOR TFT,10.4 DIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1026-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1341-001 . . . STANDOFF,MODIFIED,FR DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1722-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,FRONT PANEL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 809-006 . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 272-053 . . . . . . . . STANDOFF,SNAP-IN,.187 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1719-001 . . . CABLE ASSY,FLEX CIRCUIT,VIDEO . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-1720-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,INVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 593-053 . . . . . . . . TAPE,POLYIMIDE,.25W 2.8 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 . . . . FT
015 . . . . . 200-1829-001 . . . LCD,INVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY,DISPLAY,LEGACY
203-1033-501
001 . . . . . 200-1143-001 . . . BEZEL,FRONT,LEGACY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . . KEYPAD,ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . . TOUCH SCREEN,SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . . LAYER,ILLUM,LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 203-1020-501 . . . ASSY,DISPLAY,FRONT PANEL -601 . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 798-324 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,.125X.250X.015 TFL . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 203-1023-001 . . . BRACKET,PIVOT,ARM MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . . SCREW,SHLDR,SKT.25-20X1.50 SST . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . . BEARING,THRUST,.31X.75X.08 THK . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . . BRACKET,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT
015 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . . BRACKET,LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . . WASHER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 691-197 . . . . . . . . SPRING,.76X4.0X.06,TORSION SST . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . . SPACER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . . WASHER,THRUST,.62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
024 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
025 . . . . . 200-2020-001 . . . TUBING,PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-13
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, DISPLAY, LEGACY ADVANTEC

203-1033-502
001 . . . . . 200-1143-002 . . . BEZEL,FRONT,ADVANTEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1077-001 . . . KEYPAD,ELASTOMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1455-001 . . . TOUCH SCREEN,SWITCH LAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1079-001 . . . LAYER,ILLUM,LED FRONT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 203-1020-501 . . . ASSY,DISPLAY,FRONT PANEL -601 . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 798-324 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,.125X.250X.015 TFL . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 203-1023-001 . . . BRACKET,PIVOT,ARM MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 782-153 . . . . . . . . SCREW,SHLDR,SKT.25-20X1.50 SST . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 604-011 . . . . . . . . BEARING,THRUST,.31X.75X.08 THK . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1406-001 . . . BRACKET,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT
015 . . . . . 200-1407-001 . . . BRACKET,LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 200-1148-001 . . . WASHER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 200-1147-001 . . . SPACER,PIVOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 798-048 . . . . . . . . WASHER,THRUST,.62X.26X.062 BRZ . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 769-015 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,LKG .25-20 UNC-3B SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
024 . . . . . 200-1131-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,FR PNL/LCD DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
025 . . . . . 200-2020-001 . . . TUBING,PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, MODULE, FLUIDICS

200-1538-501
001 . . . . . 200-1021-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,FLUIDICS CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1510-502 . . . ASSY,PCB,TRANSDUCER FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1020-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1770-001 . . . BEZEL,CASSETTE HSG,MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1511-001 . . . BEZEL,PLATE,CASSETTE HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
........ 200-1770-002 . . . BEZEL,CASSETTE HSG,MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
005 . . . . . 200-1527-001 . . . PAD,DAMPENER,.50X2.11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1505-001 . . . STINGER,ASPIRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1287-001 . . . LEVER,SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-1693-001 . . . STINGER,VENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1534-501 . . . ASSY,HUB ROLLER,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-1526-001 . . . PIN,ACTUATOR,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 200-1429-001 . . . CARD CAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1560-001 . . . CHASSIS,BASE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1278-001 . . . PLATE,MOUNTING,SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 200-1110-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 672-025 . . . . . . . . DAMPER,SHAFT,CLEAN 0 6.35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 663-039 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,SILICONE,.69OD X.38ID . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 814-007 . . . . . . . . SCREW,SHLDR,SKT HD M4X5.013 SS . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 272-015 . . . . . . . . PCB HDW,CARD GUIDE,.06X4.5 NYL . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
020 . . . . . 812-1010-022 . . . TUBING,SILICONE,.062X.125X5.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 200-1528-001 . . . PAD,DAMPENER,1.40X2.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 200-1736-001 . . . BASIN,DRAIN,FLUIDICS-DIE CAST . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
........ 200-1519-001 . . . BASIN,DRAIN,FLUIDICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
........ 200-1736-002 . . . BASIN,DRAIN,FLUIDICS-ANODIZED . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
023 . . . . . 200-1453-001 . . . PLATE,SWITCH,SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
024 . . . . . 803-004 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
025 . . . . . 786-311 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,4-40X.250 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
6-14 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
027 . . . . . 800-002 . . . . . . . . WASHER,SPLITLOCK,M2.0 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
030 . . . . . 807-145 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.0X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 200-1032-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,CASSETTE TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
034 . . . . . 691-205 . . . . . . . . SPRING,COMPRESSION,0.5 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
035 . . . . . 773-021 . . . . . . . . RING,RETAINING,.145 DIA SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
036 . . . . . 200-1535-001 . . . PAD,DAMPENER,9.1X.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
039 . . . . . 200-1504-001 . . . LATCH,CASSETTE HOUSING,ALUM . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
042 . . . . . 200-1536-001 . . . PAD,DAMPENER,3.41X.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
045 . . . . . 891-019 . . . . . . . . LUBRICANT,SEALANT,VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
046 . . . . . 200-1635-001 . . . TUBING,POLY,.06X.12X6.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
047 . . . . . 797-014 . . . . . . . . WASHER,SPLT LK,.11X.21X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
048 . . . . . 799-015 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,RDC DIA NO.4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
049 . . . . . 892-097 . . . . . . . . ADHESIVE,THD SEALANT,PST WHITE . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
050 . . . . . 663-041 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.18X.44X.18,SILICONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
051 . . . . . 200-1543-001 . . . GASKET,BASEPLATE,SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
052 . . . . . 200-1544-001 . . . GASKET,BASEPLATE,REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
053 . . . . . 200-1537-001 . . . PAD,DAMPENER,MOTOR 2.25 SQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
056 . . . . . 200-1559-001 . . . SHEET,DAMPENING,5.00X5.75X.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, MODULE, ANTERIOR PNEUMATIC

200-1076-501
001 . . . . . 200-1481-001 . . . PUMP,PRESS/VAC,VDC VENTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1155-001 . . . HOUSING,BOTTOM,PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1156-001 . . . HOUSING,TOP,PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1300-001 . . . FOAM,SOUND DAMPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1556-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,ANTERIOR VIT DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 043-005 . . . . . . . . TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.250 RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50 . . . FT
008 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . . TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.063 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . . .350 . . . FT
010 . . . . . 663-019 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,RUBBER,.69X.38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 663-038 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,RUBBER,.188X.563X.313 . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1326-001 . . . BRACKET,TOP,PUMP SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 200-1327-001 . . . BRACKET,BOTTOM,PUMP SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 796-011 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,NO.6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
020 . . . . . 893-333 . . . . . . . . FITTING,BARBED,QC .06X.06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 788-069 . . . . . . . . SPACER,ROUND,.12X.18X.30 NYL . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 672-028 . . . . . . . . MOUNT,SANDWICH,METRIC THREAD . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 672-026 . . . . . . . . ISOLATOR,WIRE ROPE,1.38X4.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
. . . . . . . . 807-015 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M4X12 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
906-2000-501 6-15
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, MODULE, W/PEM FSTNR BRKT

200-1053-504
001 . . . . . 200-1440-001 . . . CARD CAGE,PHACO/CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1016-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1018 . . . . . . . PCB,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1546-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER SOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-1017-503 . . . ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1439-001 . . . BRACKET,PCB HOLD DOWN,PHACO . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1667 . . FT
011 . . . . . 277-030 . . . . . . . . FAN,12VDC,13CFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 18
012 . . . . . 050-450 . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR,CABLE,2S STR LKG . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 060-055 . . . . . . . . CONTACT,SOCKET,CRIMP 22-30 AWG . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 200-1019-502 . . . ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 7
017 . . . . . 277-038 . . . . . . . . FAN,12VDC,17CFM 29DBA 1.2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 18
018 . . . . . 277-036 . . . . . . . . FAN,12VDC,.9W 13.8CFM 23DBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, MODULE, W/PEM FSTNR BRKT

200-1053-506
003 . . . . . 200-1016-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1018 . . . . . . . PCB,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1546-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER SOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-1019-502 . . . ASSY,PCB,U/S DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
008 . . . . . 200-1017-505 . . . ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER PHACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1667 . . FT
. . . . . . . . 277-030 . . . . . . . . FAN,12VDC,13CFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
. . . . . . . . 277-038 . . . . . . . . FAN,12VDC,17CFM 29DBA 1.2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
ASSY, MODULE, NEOSONIX

200-1053-507
003 . . . . . 200-1016-503 . . . ASSY,PCB,BACKPLANE US NEOSONIX . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1018 . . . . . . . PCB,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-2268-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,CONTROLLER NEOSONIX . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-16 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
010 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1667 . . FT
. . . . . . . . 277-030 . . . . . . . . FAN,12VDC,13CFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
. . . . . . . . 277-038 . . . . . . . . FAN,12VDC,17CFM 29DBA 1.2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
ASSY, PANEL, REAR CONNECTOR

200-1167-501
001 . . . . . 200-1101-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1106-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, PARALLEL PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1118-502 . . . ASSY, CABLE, SPARE SERIAL PORT . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1118-503 . . . ASSY, CABLE, COM 1 PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1130-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1164-001 . . . PANEL, CONNECTOR, REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 276-207 . . . . . . . . DRIVE, FLOPPY, 3.5, 2 MEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 646-019 . . . . . . . . PLUG, BUTTON, .42X.86X.2 BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 655-031 . . . . . . . . PLUG, HOLE, .25 HOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 655-032 . . . . . . . . PLUG, HOLE, .50 SQ HOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE
ASSY, PANEL, REAR CONNECTOR DOM

200-1167-502
001 . . . . . 200-1101-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1106-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, PARALLEL PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1118-502 . . . ASSY, CABLE, SPARE SERIAL PORT . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1118-503 . . . ASSY, CABLE, COM 1 PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1130-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, FLOPPY POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1164-002 . . . PANEL, CONNECTOR, REAR DOMESTIC . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 276-207 . . . . . . . . DRIVE, FLOPPY, 3.5, 2 MEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 655-032 . . . . . . . . PLUG, HOLE, .50 SQ HOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE
ASSY, SUPPORT, TRAY/ARM

200-1083-501
001 . . . . . 200-2102-501 . . . ASSY,ARM,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1089-001 . . . PIVOT,SUPPORT TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1093-001 . . . ROD,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1095-001 . . . SUPPORT,TRAY,STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1265-001 . . . COVER,TRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 769-066 . . . . . . . . FASTENER,PUSH-ON,.56X.44X.017 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 817-643 . . . . . . . . SETSCREW,SCH,CUP M4X20 SST BLK . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1349-001 . . . LATCH,SLIDE,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-17
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY,HOUSING,FAN
200-1290-501
001 . . . . . 050-127 . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR,CABLE,9T CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 059-050 . . . . . . . . CONTACT,PIN,24-18 AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1268-001 . . . WELDMENT,FILTER HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1687-001 . . . GUIDE,FILTER,MOLDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1270-001 . . . FOAM,ADHESIVE BACKED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-1280-001 . . . PANEL,FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1291-001 . . . WELDMENT,FAN HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 277-031 . . . . . . . . FAN,12V,50CFM 25DB 4.7X4.7X1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50 . . . FT
018 . . . . . 278-009 . . . . . . . . FAN ACC,GUARD,4X4 WIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 200-1269-001 . . . GUIDE,FILTER,LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 4,LEFT
SIDE ONLY
022 200-1269-002 . . . . . . . . . GUIDE,FILTER,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 4,RIGHT
SIDE ONLY
ASSY, BASE
200-1447-501
001 . . . . . 200-1185-001 . . . MOUNT,LATCH,BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1727-001 . . . BASE/BUMPERS,DIE CAST,MACHINED . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 200-1490-001 . . . BASE,W/BUMPERS,MACHINED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
008 . . . . . 070-000 . . . . . . . . POST,BINDING,M6X15 BRS/NKL PLT . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 685-031 . . . . . . . . CASTER,4.00IN,SWIVEL M12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 685-023 . . . . . . . . CASTER,4X2,SWVL M12 BLK CON . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
013 . . . . . 685-032 . . . . . . . . CASTER,4.00IN,SWVL M12 LOCKING . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
. . . . . . . . 685-024 . . . . . . . . CASTER,4X2,SWVL BRK M12 BLKCON . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA . . . . * SUBSTITUTE PART *
016 . . . . . 702-006 . . . . . . . . CHAIN,BEAD,.187IN BEAD DIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . FT
017 . . . . . 702-007 . . . . . . . . COUPLING,END,10-32 .187 BEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
020 . . . . . 764-018 . . . . . . . . CATCH,HIDDEN,TOOL OPERATED . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
026 . . . . . 801-039 . . . . . . . . WASHER,GRN/YEL,.241ID X.655 OD . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 893-392 . . . . . . . . FITTING,BARB.25-28X.19 NYL WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, STTL IEC STD

200-3500-501
001 . . . . . 200-1034-502 ... ASSY,PCB,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-3149-001 ... CABLE ASSY,SHLD,15 COND 24 AWG . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1334-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,GEARMOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1335-501 ... ASSY,CABLE,MICROSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1621-001 ... HOUSING,FOOTPEDAL/BEARING ASSY . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-3153-001 ... MOTOR ASSY,GEARHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-3035-001 ... PLUNGER,SPRING RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-3036-001 ... BLOCK,TENSION ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-3034-001 ... SHAFT,TENSION,ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 202-1853-001 ... LEVER/SHAFT,PINNED,ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1391-001 ... GEAR,ACTUATOR,ENCODER MODIFIED . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-18 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
014 . . . . . 200-1393-001 . . . GEAR,MOTOR/TREADLE,MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 200-3060-001 . . . HANDLE,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 200-3168-001 . . . SUPPORT,WIRE,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
018 . . . . . 200-3029-001 . . . ARM,LEVER,SWITCH ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 200-1735-001 . . . COVER,SWITCH,L DIE CAST MACH . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
020 . . . . . 200-1733-001 . . . COVER,SWITCH,R DIE CAST MACH . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 200-1664-001 . . . TREADLE,CASTING,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 202-1767-001 . . . PAD,HEEL,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
023 . . . . . 200-2274-001 . . . BASEPLATE ASSY,HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
026 . . . . . 200-1662-001 . . . COVER,SIDE,RIGHT FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
027 . . . . . 200-1663-001 . . . COVER,SIDE,LEFT FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 200-1920-002 . . . LABEL,ID,FOOTSWITCH STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
029 . . . . . 280-003 . . . . . . . . ENCODER,OPTICAL,PNL 500 CPR . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
030 . . . . . 263-122 . . . . . . . . SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,SPST WTRPRF . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: S3, S4, S5, S6
031 . . . . . 711-025 . . . . . . . . GEAR,SPUR,32T 64 PITCH SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
032 . . . . . 774-032 . . . . . . . . O-RING,.239X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
033 . . . . . 774-122 . . . . . . . . O-RING,.176X.31X.070,NITRILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
034 . . . . . 691-191 . . . . . . . . SPRING,.58X.75X2.75,EXT MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
035 . . . . . 691-137 . . . . . . . . SPRING,CPRSN,.75X.360 DIA SST . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
036 . . . . . 691-207 . . . . . . . . SPRING,COMP,.59X.72X.75 MW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
037 . . . . . 691-193 . . . . . . . . SPRING,M5X.56X1.25,HELIX MACH . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
041 . . . . . 807-143 . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,M2.0X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
048 . . . . . 027-002 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,1.25X5.50L,NYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
051 . . . . . 775-012 . . . . . . . . GASKET,M5,.20X.39X.12 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
052 . . . . . 672-024 . . . . . . . . MOUNT,CABLE,FLAT NO.8 NYLON . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
055 . . . . . 200-1368-001 . . . PLATE,BACKUP,COVER FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
056 . . . . . 202-1492-001 . . . GASKET,COVER,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
058 . . . . . 803-004 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
059 . . . . . 202-1766-001 . . . PAD,SOLE,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
060 . . . . . 200-1380-001 . . . SUPPORT,ENCODER,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
061 . . . . . 798-014 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,NO.10 .062 THK NYL . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
065 . . . . . 200-1337-001 . . . GEAR,SPUR,GEARMOTOR MODIFIED . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
066 . . . . . 200-1401-001 . . . PLATE,SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
067 . . . . . 200-1402-001 . . . BEARING,SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
071 . . . . . 200-1419-001 . . . BRACKET,INSULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
072 . . . . . 200-1494-001 . . . PLATE,CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
073 . . . . . 200-1495-001 . . . PLATE,STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
075 . . . . . 262-069 . . . . . . . . SWITCH,PROBE & RECEPTACLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
076 . . . . . 891-013 . . . . . . . . LUBRICANT,GREASE,MULTI-PURPOSE . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . ML
077 . . . . . 040-049 . . . . . . . . TUBING,HEAT SHRINK,.063 ID BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT
086 . . . . . 812-1644-001 . . . LABEL,MADE IN USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-19
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, IEC 1.0" LIFT

200-3500-502
001 . . . . . 200-1034-502 . . . ASSY,PCB,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-3149-001 . . . CABLE ASSY,SHLD,15 COND 24 AWG . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1334-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,GEARMOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1335-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,MICROSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1621-001 . . . HOUSING,FOOTPEDAL/BEARING ASSY . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-3153-001 . . . MOTOR ASSY,GEARHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-3035-001 . . . PLUNGER,SPRING RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-3036-001 . . . BLOCK,TENSION ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-3034-001 . . . SHAFT,TENSION,ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 202-1853-001 . . . LEVER/SHAFT,PINNED,ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1391-001 . . . GEAR,ACTUATOR,ENCODER MODIFIED . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 200-1996-002 . . . LABEL,ID,FOOTSWITCH STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
058 . . . . . 803-004 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
066 . . . . . 200-1401-001 . . . PLATE,SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-20 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
072 . . . . . 200-1494-001 . . . PLATE,CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
073 . . . . . 200-1495-001 . . . PLATE,STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
077 . . . . . 040-049 . . . . . . . . TUBING,HEAT SHRINK,.063 ID BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT
080 . . . . . 200-1588-001 . . . TAPE,PAD,HEEL LIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
081 . . . . . 200-1561-001 . . . BASE,HEEL LIFT,1 INCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
082 . . . . . 200-1562-001 . . . PAD,HEEL LIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, ACCURUS/LEGACY

202-1311-501
001 . . . . . 200-1034-502 . . . ASSY,PCB,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-3149-001 . . . CABLE ASSY,SHLD,15 COND 24 AWG . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1334-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,GEARMOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 202-1309-502 . . . ASSY,CABLE,HEEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 202-1496-001 . . . HOUSING,FOOTSWITCH,RIGHT SIDE . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-3153-001 . . . MOTOR ASSY,GEARHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 200-3035-001 . . . PLUNGER,SPRING RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-3036-001 . . . BLOCK,TENSION ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-3034-001 . . . SHAFT,TENSION,ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 202-1853-001 . . . LEVER/SHAFT,PINNED,ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1391-001 . . . GEAR,ACTUATOR,ENCODER MODIFIED . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
022 . . . . . 202-1767-001 . . . PAD,HEEL,FOOTPEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 202-1658-002 . . . LABEL,ID,FOOTSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
045 . . . . . 809-007 . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD SKT,M4X10 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-21
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, FOOTPEDAL, ACCURUS/LEGACY

202-1311-501 (continued)
058 . . . . . 803-004 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,M4X0.7 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
066 . . . . . 200-1401-001 . . . PLATE,SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
072 . . . . . 200-1494-001 . . . PLATE,CONTACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
073 . . . . . 200-1495-001 . . . PLATE,STOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
077 . . . . . 040-049 . . . . . . . . TUBING,HEAT SHRINK,.063 ID BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT . . . . 2 X .70" LONG
086 . . . . . 200-2243-002 . . . BODY,HEEL SWITCH,MACH RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
087 . . . . . 202-1381-001 . . . SWITCH,PUSHBUTTON,WATERPROOF . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
088 . . . . . 202-1497-001 . . . CAP,HEEL SWITCH,RIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
089 . . . . . 200-2275-001 . . . BASEPLATE ASSY,R,HEELSWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
090 . . . . . 771-288 . . . . . . . . PIN,SPRING,.094X.875 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
091 . . . . . 774-133 . . . . . . . . O-RING,.614X.754X.07,EPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
092 . . . . . 200-1671-001 . . . GASKET,HEEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
096 . . . . . 800-107 . . . . . . . . WASHER,EXT LOCK,M6 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
097 . . . . . 042-018 . . . . . . . . TUBING,PVC,.186X.226 CLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . FT
ASSY, REMOTE CONTROL, ADVANTEC

200-4000-501
001 . . . . . 200-1029-502 . . . ASSY,PCB,REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . P5 OR GREATER
002 . . . . . 200-1178-001 . . . CASE,BOTTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1465-004 . . . CASE ASSY,TOP,STTL REMOTE CTRL . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1180-001 . . . CASE,FRONT,RC STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1181-001 . . . DOOR,BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1182-001 . . . KEYPAD,SILICONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 200-1358-001 . . . SWITCHLAYER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1355-003 . . . ICONS,REMOTE CONTROL,S20K . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 190-008 . . . . . . . . BATTERY,AA,1.5V 24 OHMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1374-001 . . . SPACER,LED,R/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 200-1918-003 . . . LABEL,REMOTE CONTROL,NEOSONIX . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 200-1376-001 . . . SCREW,CAPTIVE,M3X0.5X8 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 773-042 . . . . . . . . RING,RETAINING,EXT .069 DIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-22 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
017 . . . . . 774-118 . . . . . . . . O-RING,1.75X1.88X.07,BUNA BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
018 . . . . . 689-003 . . . . . . . . BAG,ZIP LOCK,PLSTC 2.5X3X.004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 200-1471-001 . . . GASKET,REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
020 . . . . . 200-1355-002 . . . ICON,REMOTE CONTROL,S20K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, CABLE, PANEL

200-1574-501
001 . . . . . 200-1619-001 . . . BRACKET, CABLE, CONN PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1647-001 . . . PLUG, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . . RING, LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . . RING, CAUTERY, SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1573-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . . FITTING, LUER, FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . . JACK, BANANA, 4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 027-017 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE, MARKER, NYLON 3.9 LG . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . . ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . . ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 200-1117-504 . . . ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #C . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . . TUBING, POLYUR, .125X.062 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . 1.20 . . . FT
016 . . . . . 803-031 . . . . . . . . NUT, M20X1.0, NICKEL PLD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, CABLE, CONNECTOR PANEL

200-1105-501
001 . . . . . 200-1238-001 . . . BRACKET, METAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1320-001 . . . PLUG, CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . . RING, LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . . RING, CAUTERY, SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1116-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . P2
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . . FITTING, LUER, FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 769-054 . . . . . . . . NUT, PUSH-ON, .187 DIA STUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . . JACK, BANANA, 4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 027-017 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE, MARKER, NYLON 3.9 LG . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . . ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . P3, 6
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . . ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . P2, 5
014 . . . . . 200-1117-504 . . . ASSY, CABLE, U/S HANDPIECE #C . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
015 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . . TUBING, POLYUR, .125X.062 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . 1.20 . . . FT
906-2000-501 6-23
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, CABLE, FLUIDICS

200-1110-501
001 . . . . . 200-1006-001 . . . VALVE,SOLENOID,24V 250 STROKE . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: K1, K2
002 . . . . . 200-1444-001 . . . MOTOR,STEP,2PH 16VDC .25 SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: M1
003 . . . . . 058-070 . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR HDW,EJECT COVER,30T . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: P5
004 . . . . . 058-071 . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR HDW,BACK COVER,30T . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: P5
005 . . . . . 262-066 . . . . . . . . SWITCH,MICRO,OPTO .5 TO 24VDC . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA . . . . FOR ALTERNATE SEE ITEMS
13,14,15,16,17
LOCATOR: SW1, SW2
006 . . . . . 050-721 . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR,CABLE,24S 26-22 AWG . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: P5-1
007 . . . . . 050-765 . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR,MASS TERMN,6 CONT . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: P5-2
008 . . . . . 050-723 . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR,8S,2MM 28-26 AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: P1
010 . . . . . 200-1700-001 . . . VALVE,SOLENOID,24VDC NO MOD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA . . . . LOCATOR: K3
011 . . . . . 037-165 . . . . . . . . WIRE,STR,INS 26 AWG BLK 1 COND . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . FT
012 . . . . . 027-017 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE,MARKER,NYLON 3.9 LG . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 262-080 . . . . . . . . SWITCH,MICRO,OPTO 5 TO 24 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA . . . . ALTERNATE FOR ITEM 5 TO BE
USED WITH ITEMS 14,15,16,17
014 037-304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRE,STR,INS 28 AWG BLK 1 COND . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT . . . . TO BE USED WITH ITEM 13
015 037-306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRE,STR,INS 28 AWG RED 1 COND . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT . . . . TO BE USED WITH ITEM 13
016 037-310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRE,STR,INS 28 AWG BLU 1 COND . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT . . . . TO BE USED WITH ITEM 13
017 040-009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . TUBING,HEAT SHRINK,.093 ID BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT . . . . TO BE USED WITH ITEM 13
ASSY, SHIP, STEERABLE I/A

200-1960-501
001 . . . . . 200-1938-501 . . . ASSY, MECHANISM, DRIVE STEER I/A . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1936-501 . . . ASSY, CABLE, POWER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1961-001 . . . CARTON, SHIP, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1958-501 . . . ASSY, CONNECTOR, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 027-002 . . . . . . . . CABLE TIE, 1.25X5.50L, NYL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-2004-001 . . . LABEL SET, STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 689-019 . . . . . . . . BAG, ZIP LOCK, POLY 6X8X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 689-024 . . . . . . . . BAG, ZIP LOCK, POLY 12X15X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, MECHANISM, DRIVE STEER I/A

200-1938-501
001 . . . . . 200-1939-001 . . . HOUSING BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1940-001 . . . HOUSING,TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1937-501 . . . ASSY,PCB,STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1943-001 . . . PAD,ISOLATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 893-331 . . . . . . . . FITTING,TANK,1.6X3.7,.12 NPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 200-1942-001 . . . BRACKET,CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 893-403 . . . . . . . . FITTING,ELBOW,.12NPT X.12 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 893-467 . . . . . . . . FITTING,ELBOW,90D .06X.125 BRS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 200-1865-001 . . . PUMP,VDC,STEERABLE I/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 200-1941-001 . . . CLAMP,AIR TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 893-549 . . . . . . . . FITTING,DUAL BARB,.062X.0035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 785-079 . . . . . . . . BOLD,HEX HEAD,M6X1.0X60 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 777-464 . . . . . . . . SCREW,PH PH,4-40X1.750 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
017 . . . . . 796-010 . . . . . . . . WASHER,FLAT,NO.4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
018 . . . . . 797-014 . . . . . . . . WASHER,SPLT LK,.11X.21X.03 SST . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 . . . . EA
019 . . . . . 767-097 . . . . . . . . NUT,HEX,4-40X.217X.066 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
021 . . . . . 800-004 . . . . . . . . WASHER,SPLITLOCK,M4 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.0 . . . EA
6-24 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
023 . . . . . 593-055 . . . . . . . . TAPE,TEFLON,.25X.0035 WHITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . FT
024 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . . TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.063 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . FT
025 . . . . . 316-1683-007 . . . TUBING,SILICONE,.078X.185X2.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
026 . . . . . 043-005 . . . . . . . . TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.250 RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . FT
027 . . . . . 895-332 . . . . . . . . ORIFICE,OD.07MM,.0028 ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
028 . . . . . 895-328 . . . . . . . . FILTER,PNEUMATIC,IN-LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
029 . . . . . 893-540 . . . . . . . . FITTING,TEE,.062/.093 UN-EQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
030 . . . . . 893-450 . . . . . . . . FITTING,T,.06 TUBE BARB BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
031 . . . . . 662-005 . . . . . . . . GROMMET,.160X.150X.042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 . . . . FT
032 . . . . . 593-071 . . . . . . . . TAPE,FOAM,.12X.75 ADH BLACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 . . . . FT
033 . . . . . 200-1965-001 . . . SHEET,DAMPENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
034 . . . . . 200-1964-001 . . . FOAM,SOUND,DAMPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
036 . . . . . 892-110 . . . . . . . . ADHESIVE,THREADLOCKER,262 RED . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
038 . . . . . 040-073 . . . . . . . . TUBING,SILICONE,.125X.250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 . . . . FT
039 . . . . . 805-1112 . . . . . . . FITTING,MUFFLER/FILTER,.35 OD . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
040 . . . . . 893-545 . . . . . . . . FITTING,BARB,DUAL .062 BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, CONNECTOR, STEERABLE I/A

200-1958-501
001 . . . . . 200-1944-001 . . . RING,LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 893-431 . . . . . . . . FITTING,LUER,MALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . . TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.063 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 . . . . FT
004 . . . . . 200-1957-001 . . . BRACKET,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 689-014 . . . . . . . . BAG,ZIP LOCK,POLY 3X5X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY, CABLE, HP CONN PANEL STTL

200-1828-501
001 . . . . . 200-1619-001 . . . BRACKET,CABLE,CONN PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1647-001 . . . PLUG,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . . RING,LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . . RING,CAUTERY,SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1573-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . . FITTING,LUER,FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . . JACK,BANANA,4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . . ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . . ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . . TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.063 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20 . . . FT
015 . . . . . 803-031 . . . . . . . . NUT,M20X1.0,NICKEL PLD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 6-25
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY, CABLE, HP CONN ADVANTEC

200-1828-502
001 . . . . . 200-1619-001 . . . BRACKET,CABLE,CONN PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1647-001 . . . PLUG,CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 200-1288-001 . . . RING,LUER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 200-1235-001 . . . RING,CAUTERY,SMALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 200-1573-501 . . . ASSY,CABLE,CAUTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 893-427 . . . . . . . . FITTING,LUER,FEMALE .062-.093 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 063-022 . . . . . . . . JACK,BANANA,4MM GOLD PLATED . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 200-1117-502 . . . ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
013 . . . . . 200-1117-503 . . . ASSY,CABLE,U/S HANDPIECE #B . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
014 . . . . . 043-011 . . . . . . . . TUBING,POLYUR,.125X.063 CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20 . . . FT
015 . . . . . 803-031 . . . . . . . . NUT,M20X1.0,NICKEL PLD BRASS . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
016 . . . . . 200-2292-001 . . . PLUG,RECEPTACLE,LEMO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
6-26 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-27
6-28 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-29
6-30 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-31
6-32 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-33
6-34 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-35
6-36 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-37
6-38 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-39
6-40 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-41
6-42 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-43
6-44 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-45
6-46 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-47
6-48 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-49
6-50 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-51
6-52 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-53
6-54 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-55
6-56 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-57
6-58 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-59
6-60 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-61
6-62 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-63
6-64 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-65
6-66 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-67
6-68 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-69
6-70 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-71
6-72 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-73
6-74 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-75
6-76 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-77
6-78 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-79
6-80 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-81
6-82 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-83
6-84 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-85
6-86 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-87
6-88 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-89
6-90 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-91
6-92 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-93
6-94 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-95
6-96 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-97
6-98 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-99
6-100 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-101
6-102 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-103
6-104 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-105
6-106 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-107
6-108 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-109
6-110 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-111
6-112 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-113
6-114 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-115
6-116 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-117
6-118 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-119
6-120 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-121
6-122 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-123
6-124 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-125
6-126 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-127
6-128 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-129
6-130 906-2000-501
906-2000-501 6-131
6-132 906-2000-501
SECTION SEVEN
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
There are two possibilities for setup:
VideOverlay Parameters System Standard setup
Super VHS setup.
The VideOverlay Parameters System (VOPS) accepts
operating parameters from the STTL and overlays that STANDARD SETUP
information onto the video from the microscope camera. (for USA/Japan [NTSC] and Europe [PAL])
The system then outputs a video signal to the monitor
and/or VCR. 1 Ensure power to all systems is off.
NOTES: 2 Attach the AC power cord firmly to the AC power

This unit is not a medical device and should be connector located on the rear panel of the
located/stored with other video equipment (i.e., VCR, VideOverlay (see Figure 7-1).
monitor, etc.). When connected to the STTL, the
VideOverlay unit will not increase the leakage 3 Plug the other end of the AC power cord into an
current of the STTL. appropriate wall outlet.
The main VideOverlay chassis, PCB, and power 4 Insure the red voltage select switch (i.e. 115 VAC
supply were not designed or built by Alcon. vs. 230 VAC) located under the AC power
Therefore, Alcon has limited control of the basic connector is set to the proper line voltage.
system capabilities and interface. NOTE: Japan should set the switch to 115 VAC.
The system will operate properly to as low as 90
VAC.
SERIAL 2
COMPOSITE/SVHS INTERCONNECT
SWITCH (DB-9 CONNECTOR)
(set to "Composite")
VIDEO IN
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
VIDEO OUT
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
AC POWER
CONNECTOR
115
VOLTAGE
SELECT SWITCH
NOT USED
Figure 7-1 Rear Panel - VideOverlay
906-2000-501 7-1
12. Power on the VideOverlay: set the power switch on

5 Set the Composite/SVHS switch on the VideOverlay the front of the VideOverlay to the ON position.
to the (up) "Composite" position.
13. Power on the STTL with software version 1.40 or
6 Since the VideOverlay is configured for SVHS higher.
cables, Standard setups require adaptor cables (P/N
240-1005-001) which are included with all units. 14. If an overlay video picture does not appear on the
Setup the adaptor cables as follows: monitor check the video connections. If there seems
6.1 Plug one of the RCA to SVHS adaptor cables into the to be no communications to the STTL unit, check the
(top) Video In connector on the VideOverlay. Alcon Data Cable connections to the STTL.
6.2 Plug the other RCA to SVHS adaptor cable into the
(bottom) Video Out connector on the VideOverlay SUPER VHS HIGH-RESOLUTION SETUP
(see Figure 7-2). (requires special camera and cables from customer)
7 Connect the video cable (with standard RCA jacks) 1 Ensure power to all systems is off.
from the microscope camera to the "Video In" RCA
to SVHS adaptor cable (see Figure 7-3). NOTE: 2 Attach the AC power cord firmly to the AC power
Older cameras may require an additional connector located on the rear panel of the
adaptor. VideOverlay (see Figure 7-1).
8 Connect the "Video Out" RCA to SVHS adaptor 3 Plug the other end of the AC power cord into an
cable to one end of the RCA cable (supplied with all appropriate wall outlet.
units); the other end of the RCA cable connects to the
VCR's "Video In" connector. 4 Insure the red voltage select switch (i.e. 115 VAC vs.
230 VAC) located under the AC power connector is
9 Ensure the output from the VCR is connected to the set to the proper line voltage.
video input on the Monitor. NOTE: Japan should set the switch to 115 VAC.
The system will operate properly to as low as 90
10 Connect the Alcon Data Cable from the connector VAC.
marked Serial 2on the VideOverlay to the
Serial 2port on the back of the STTL. Tighten 5 Set the Composite/SVHS switch on the rear of the
connector screws securely. VideOverlay to the (down) "SVHS" (high resolution)
position.
11 Ensure that the monitor and VCR are both on the
"video" setting.
F
VIDEO M
IN
RCA TO SVHS VIDEO

ADAPTOR CABLES OUT M
Figure 7-2 RCA To SVHS Adaptor Cables Setup
7-2 906-2000-501
SERIAL 2
(set to "Composite")
VIDEO IN
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
VIDEO OUT
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
F M
CAMERA
VIDEO
CABLE
M
EYE
ALCON CAUTION: USE ONLY ALCON SUPPLIED
VIDEO DATA CABLES CABLE TO CONNECT THE VIDEOVERLAY
F IN TO THE SERIES 20000 LEGACY.
VIDEO
RCA TO SVHS OUT SERIES 20000 LEGACY
ADAPTOR CABLES
F
115
M
VIDEOVERLAY
(rear view)
RCA CABLE
SERIAL 2
PORT
RCA
CONNECTOR
VIDEO IN
VCR
MONITOR
Figure 7-3 Standard Interconnect (using RCA to SVHS adaptor cables)
906-2000-501 7-3
6 Plug the video cable (with SVHS jacks) from the OPERATION
microscope camera into the (top) Video In
connector on the rear of the VideOverlay (see Figure After the system is connected, the system automatically
7-4). NOTE: Do not use RCA cable. displays the appropriate information onto the video
screen. Table 7-1 describes the displayed information:
7 Plug the video cable (with SVHS jacks) from the
(bottom) Video Out connector on the rear of the
VideOverlay into the SVHS Video In connector Table 7-1 VideOverlay Display Information
on the VCR.
FEATURE DISPLAYED
8 Ensure the output from the VCR is connected to the
video input on the Monitor. Footswitch
Always
Position
9 Connect the Alcon Data Cable from the connector Mode Always
marked Serial 2on the VideOverlay to the
U/S Power Level Level at FTSW 0, 1, 2, 3
Serial 2port on the back of the STTL. Tighten
connector screws securely. Any mode with vacuum
Vacuum Level (U/S, I/A, Vit) Level at
FTSW 0, 1, 2, 3
10 Ensure that the monitor and VCR are both on the
"video" setting. Any mode with vacuum
Aspiration Flow (U/S, I/A, Vit)
11 Power on the VideOverlay: set the power switch on Rate Commanded actual at
FTSW 0, 1, 2, 3
the front of the VideOverlay to the ON position.
Vent Anytime active
12 Power on the STTL system with software version Reflux Anytime active
1.40 or higher. U/S Time Always
13. If an overlay video picture does not appear on the Average Power Always
monitor check the video connections. If there seems Cut Rate Vit Mode
to be no communications to the STTL unit, check the Pulse Rate U/S Pulse Mode
Alcon Data Cable connections to the STTL.
Occlusion Anytime it occurs
Handpiece Type Always
Injection Rate HydroSonics Mode

7-4 906-2000-501
SERIAL 2
(set to "SVHS")
VIDEO IN
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
VIDEO OUT
CONNECTOR
NOT ACCESSIBLE
F M
CAMERA
CUSTOMER-SUPPLIED
SVHS VIDEO CABLE
EYE
VIDEO
M ALCON WARNING: USE ONLY ALCON SUPPLIED
IN
DATA CABLES CABLE TO CONNECT THE VIDEOVERLAY
TO THE SERIES 20000 LEGACY.
M
VIDEO
OUT
115
SERIES 20000 LEGACY
VIDEOVERLAY
(rear view)
CUSTOMER-SUPPLIED
SVHS VIDEO CABLE
SERIAL 2
PORT
M
SVHS
VIDEO IN
VCR
MONITOR
Figure 7-4 Super VHS High-Resolution Setup (using customer-supplied SVHS video cables)
906-2000-501 7-5
To have the VideOverlay Parameters System VIDEOVERLAY SPECIFICATIONS

display only the camera video with no overlay
information: Dimensions:
Size: 6.6 x 9.5 x 15.7, (168 x 240 x 399 mm)
1 Disconnect the cable connecting the VideOverlay Weight: 35 lb.
Parameters System from the Legacy or power down
the Legacy if it is not in use. Environmental:
Altitude: 10,000 feet.
2 Turn the VideOverlay Parameters System off and Temperature: 0 to 55 C
back on. The system will automatically detect that Relative Humidity: 10% to 90% Without Condensation
the Legacy is no longer connected and will not
display overlay windows. If the Legacy is connected Electrical Requirements:
later, video overlay information will be displayed. 115/230 V~, 50-60 Hz, 6/3 A.
NOTES: Certifications:
If the Legacy is powered down or disconnected IEC-950, UL1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950, EN60950,
from the VideOverlay Parameters System in the EN55022 Class B, EN50082-1, FCC Class B.
middle of use, the data displayed on the
VideOverlay screen will remain frozen. If the I/O:
VideOverlay is then powered off and then Video In: NTSC or PAL depending on system
powered on, the VideOverlay Parameters System purchased.
will simply display the camera video with no Video Out: NTSC or PAL depending on system
overlay information. purchased.
Data In: RS232C data cable from the STTL.
Due to the nature of the interface between the
Legacy and the VideOverlay Parameters System, ENGINEERING DOCUMENTATION
information transfer delays up to 100 ms may Parts lists and the assembly drawings listed below are
occur. contained on the following pages for reference.
ASSY, SHIP, VIDEOVERLAY SYSTEM
CABLE, INTERFACE, V/O, DB9, M-F
ASSY, CABLE, DATA RECEIVE
CAMERA VIDEO IN SYNC COLOR SUB CARRIER
SEPARATOR
VSYNC HSYNC
VGA RGB RGB TO OSC

CONTROLLER NTSC/PAL PLL
VIDEO GRAPHICS
ANALOG VIDEO OUT
CAMERA VIDEO
SWITCH
VIDEO CONTROL
Figure 7-5 VideOverlay Block Diagram
7-6 906-2000-501
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY NTSC
240-0001-501
001 . . . . . 905-2030-101 . . . . . . ADDENDUM,MANUAL,OP VIDEOVERLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 240-1003-001 . . . . . . CABLE,INTERFACE,V/O DB9 M-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 240-0000-501 . . . . . . ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 240-1000-001 . . . . . . CARTON,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 023-051 . . . . . . . . . . . CABLE ASSY,RCA TO RCA,MALE 72" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 240-1005-001 . . . . . . CABLE,ADAPTOR,VIDEO DIN TO RCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 050-813 . . . . . . . . . . . CONNECTOR,RCA TO PHONO,75 OHM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 240-1012-001 . . . . . . SHEET,CONNECTION WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
009 . . . . . 689-021 . . . . . . . . . . . BAG,ZIP LOCK,POLY 8X10X4 MIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
TOTAL COMPONENTS: . . . . . . . . 9
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY PAL
240-0001-502
003 . . . . . 240-0000-502 . . . . . . ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY NTSC
240-0001-503
003 . . . . . 240-0000-503 . . . . . . ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY,SHIP,VIDEOVERLAY PAL
240-0001-504
003 . . . . . 240-0000-504 . . . . . . ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
906-2000-501 7-7
PARTS LIST
ITEM NUMBER U/M
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC
240-0000-501
001 . . . . . 240-1002-001 . . . . . . CHASSIS,VIDEO OVERLAY,OEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
002 . . . . . 200-1592-001 . . . . . . PCB,CPU,486,25MHZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 240-1004-001 . . . . . . PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
004 . . . . . 240-1006-501 . . . . . . ASSY,CABLE,DATA RECEIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
005 . . . . . 240-1009-001 . . . . . . BRACKET,CHASSIS STABILIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
006 . . . . . 769-051 . . . . . . . . . . . NUT,LOCK,4-40 SST ELASTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
007 . . . . . 781-065 . . . . . . . . . . . SCREW,BTN HD HEX,4-40X.250 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
008 . . . . . 203-1003-001 . . . . . . COVER,CONNECTOR,1.220X.45X.09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 . . . . EA
010 . . . . . 786-311 . . . . . . . . . . . SCREW,CAP HD SKT,4-40X.250 SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 . . . . EA
011 . . . . . 240-1001-001 . . . . . . LABEL,NAMEPLATE,VIDEOVERLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
012 . . . . . 240-1007-502 . . . . . . ASSY,FLOPPY,VIDEOVERLAY 1.02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 . . . . . EA
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL
240-0000-502
002 . . . . . 200-1592-001 . . . . . . PCB,CPU,486,25MHZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 240-1004-002 . . . . . . PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,NTSC
240-0000-503
002 . . . . . 200-1845-001 . . . . . . PCB,CPU,486 STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 240-1004-001 . . . . . . PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
ASSY,VIDEOVERLAY,PAL
240-0000-504
002 . . . . . 200-1845-001 . . . . . . PCB,CPU,486 STTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
003 . . . . . 240-1004-002 . . . . . . PCBA,OVERLAY,VIDEO PAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 . . . . EA
7-8 906-2000-501

Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alcon Phaco Machine Series 20000 Legacy - Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Return to the Browser Screen

ALCON SURGICAL * Reg. U.S. Pat. & TM Off.

Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.

Comments or corrections concerning this manual should be addressed to:

*Registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

MANUAL REVISION RECORD

DATE REVISION REVISED PAGE NUMBERS

08/94 A Initial release

11/94 B Change of binder

12/97 C ECN 33181 - i, iii

11/99 E ECN 99200934

05/2002 F ECN 20022436

SECTION TWO - THEORY OF OPERATION

SECTION THREE - PARTS LOCATION AND DISASSEMBLY

SECTION FOUR - MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SECTION FIVE - SCHEMATICS

SECTION SIX - PARTS LISTS AND DRAWINGS

SECTION SEVEN - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Figure 1-1 The Series 20000* Legacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Figure 2-1 Subsystem Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Figure 3-1 STTL Skins Location Diagram (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Figure 7-1 Rear Panel - Videoverlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Table 1-1 Series 20000* Legacy Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Table 2-1 U/S Driver PCB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Table 3-1 Skins Removal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Table 4-1 Recommended Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Table 7-1 VideOverlay Display Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Section Two-Theory of Operation

Section Three-Parts Location and Disassembly

Section Four-Maintenance & Troubleshooting

Section Six-Parts Lists and Drawings

Section Seven-Additional Information

Figure 1-1 The Series 20000* Legacy

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS RECEIVING INSPECTION

ALCON SURGICAL UNPACKING AND SETTING UP THE SYSTEM

7 Release the tray arm and pull it out of the storage

8 Snap the instrument tray into position on the tray

9 Release the 115 VAC power cord from the Rear

10 Perform the STTL Service Test Procedure.

Figure 1-2 STTL Packing Configuration

TABLE 1-1. SERIES 20000* LEGACY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

VOLTAGE NO-LOAD VACUUM OCCLUSION

DIMENSIONS ANTERIOR VIT PUMP

WEIGHT ULTRASONIC HANDPIECE STROKE

Type B equipment, providing a particular Coagulation

Type BF equipment, providing both the Custom

Dangerous Voltage Hydrosonics

CAUTION: Consult accompanying documents.

! Advantec (V3.12 and above)

Equipotential ground connection.

Stand-by state for a part of equipment.

CAUTERY, DIATHERMY, COAGULATION ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

When the system successfully completes the self-test, it

1. Standby Power Switch - This is a two-position,

LOAD (LOG OHMS)

Figure 1-5 COAGULATION POWER VS. LOAD

8. REMOTE CONTROL SENSOR

Not Primed Not Tuned DR. ALCON 3

AND ADJUSTMENT ARROWS